The Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement: She'll Be Right Rings True January 30 2016 | From:BruceBisset [Link not available: This article was re-hand typed by hand for you from the print version as the publisher has for some reason decided not to syndicate it online as they usually do...]
Fitting New Zealand should be the location for the signing of the TPPA, because the country could be help up to be the crowning glory of the Friedman "Chicago School" economic doctrines - the first where the more brutal methods of shock and awe have had to be used to cow and enslave the population.
Instead we have gone willingly to our subservience, embracing the corporations as they strip our natural and sovereign rights, beseeching them to drip a few pennies into our outstretched hands while they pillage the bulk of our nation's intrinsic wealth.
And in return all we have had to do is meekly accept the sale of our primary assets, and extra hundred billion dollars debt (to date), and the fact that the sub-class - the unemployable, the sick, the disabled, the tragically bankrupt - are beyond redemption, but thankfully, a relatively small percentage of the population.
Not for us the "test case" genocidal generals of Chile or Argentina, the repressions of Thatcher's Britain, the civil wars of Russia or the "reconstruction" of Iraq. No, here we are all-but unscathed in the scale of things, a blissful wanton land where Milton Friedman's neo-liberal economics can finally boast some apparent success.
We're even English-speaking and notionally developed and democratic!
Why, it's so good that billionaires by the dozen are snapping up private spots to build "getaway retreats" - places they can hole up when the proverbial hits the big fans in their own countries, which (ironically thanks to the same policies) it is doing with increasing regularity.
Whereas here, we may be dipped in it but we come up smiling. That's the Kiwi way: she'll be right.
If yesterday our troubles seemed so far away, today they are on our doorstep and here to stay - or even right in our homes, should we happen to be in any way protesting the fact.
Which, next Thursday, I expect a sizeable horde of citizens to do outside Sky City while the pens stroke and the teeth glisten within as the bought and paid for politicians of a dozen nations place their countries irrevocably in corporate hands.
In almost any other place it would be a day of civil uprising, of armed mayhem and blood on the streets - and clearly that's what is expected of us, since everyone from John Key down has been talking up the threat of violence.
However, I suspect all that riot training the police have undertaken will not be needed. At least, not unless some "plants" in the crowd start throwing things.
But why trigger the violent phase (complete with its internment camps and CIA torture manuals) of these "economic reforms" when we are, to all intents and purposes , already willing to have our jewels cut off?
Adding a few more names on the "to be harassed and raided and maybe disappeared" list is small beer in comparison, one of the most right-thinking New Zealanders you will accept with a sigh of relief.
Yes, anger with restraint, and a quiet celebration with both sides after, is likely more they way of it.
We are a passionless people.
The shock doctrine which author Naomi Klein has so graphically exposed as the method of choice for disempowering the world's masses while creating a super-elite is something that happens "over there". Even when it's happening right right here, and we're having our noses rubbed in it.
So don't expect war. That won't happen for a generation or so, after we've run out of everything else the oligarchs can take money from.
[Comment: All is not lost but do whatever you can to voice opposition to this treasonous "trade deal].
The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire January 30 2016 | From: Geopolitics
The Khazarian Empire’s defeat in the Middle East coupled with migration and financial crises back home have all contributed to the massive failure of its hegemonic ambitions.
This massive defeat is also made possible when the myth about its military superiority was unmasked when both Russia and China displayed portions of their covert military arms development during its 70th Victory Parade, and the highly publicized space age technologies.
Not to mention, the successful flybys of two Sukhoi warplanes a few meters away from USS Donald Cooked whereby the latter’s Aegis advanced electronics were rendered totally useless to the point of its crew tendering their resignations once ashore. Most Russian war equipments are now equipped with advanced electronic jammers.
For the first time in the history of modern commerce, no ship transporting physical goods from the East to the West is at sea. What we’re seeing instead is the continuing crash of the derivatives market which is the lifeline of the fiat currency which some Western analysts are considering to be another deliberate action pursuant to the original NWO agenda.
It is our understanding that the ongoing march towards the Khazarian version of the New World Order against Western population is to mitigate the resulting fallout from the BRICS Initiative of instituting a separate economic system that is asset-backed.
In short, while the Western Oligarchy is putting out every measure, i.e. cash ban, mass surveillance, highly militarized police force, to counter a growing dissent resulting from the worsening economy attributed to the covert recovery of the Collateral Accounts lent to them 80 years ago, the East is laying the groundwork for a post-Khazarian massive economic development dubbed as the “One Belt, One Road”.
This turning point in our history should teach everyone a lesson how not to run a planet, and why we should not allow anyone to systematically take our freedoms away.
At this very moment, people all over the globe can have a rare chance of creating a totally different world free of wars, poverty, disease, and planetary destruction.
The Fall of Europe: EU Infighting, Refugee Crisis Signal Historic Collapse
"The migration crisis reflects the weakness of the EU’s architecture, which is leading to the rapid disintegration of the supranational union’s member states, according to the German newspaper Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung.
According to the author, the migration gridlock and a raft of other problems inside the EU may finally result in the biggest disintegration of Europe in history.
“The struggle to preserve the currency union forced Europeans to realize how strongly political ideas differ in EU countries, where a variety of mentalities, experience and cultures is still in place,” Kohler said.
The Vatican has also apologized for its past mistakes excluding only the planned population reduction and Satanic practices.
“Pope Francis apologised on Wednesday for scandals within the church at a general audience in St. Peter’s Square.
“I would like to ask for forgiveness in the name of the church for the scandals that have happened in this last period both in Rome and at the Vatican,” the Pope said, the New York Times reports. “I ask for your forgiveness.”
While it remains unclear what the Pope was referring to - Pope Francis did not clarify what scandals he was apologizing for - the Times cites reports in Italian media that a priest in Rome had sexual relations with men with the knowledge of his bosses. In another recent incident, an Italian priest said in an interview that many child-sexual-abuse victims were at fault for their abuse because they sought affection that priests could not always resist.”
Native Americans also scored big, although not that big compared to the damage done to them by the colonialists, when the US government was told to pay $554 million:
“US to Pay Largest Native American Nation $554 mn in Landmark Settlement"
The Obama administration will pay the Navajo Nation a record $554 million to settle claims by the most populous Native American tribe that funds and natural resources on its reservation were mismanaged by the US government for decades.
The agreement will be formally signed on Friday at Window Rock, Arizona, the capital of the Navajo reservation, the largest in the US by land mass.
The accord was borne from litigation that accused the government of mishandling Navajo funds and natural resources on its more than 14 million acres across Arizona, New Mexico, and Utah, all held in trust for the tribe and leased out for purposes of farming, energy development, logging, and mining. The Navajo claims date back as far as 50 years.
In return for $554 million, the Navajo have agreed to drop its lawsuit and forego any future litigation over past US management of Navajo funds or resources held by the federal government, Reuters reported.
The deal does not, though, negate future trust claims or any other claims over water and uranium pollution on the reservation, Navajo Attorney General Harrison Tsosie said. Based on non-disclosure clauses, he could not say how much the Navajo had claimed it was owed ahead of the settlement.”
Surprisingly, the once Cabalist online magazine on finance prefers to take the matter lightly.
There are some post-imperial techniques to make you feel great. The best is winning a small war’.
For Brits of a certain age, Donald Trump’s campaign slogan, “Make America great again”, rings a bell. In the 1987 British elections, Margaret Thatcher’s campaign slogan was “Britain is great again. Don’t let Labour wreck it.”
Of course, I’m not accusing Trump of plagiarism. America’s next president is a winner, a magnanimous figure who has even won the praise of Vladimir Putin. However, his echo of Thatcher is not coincidental. Like Britain before it, the US is now losing its empire.
This is a painful problem that’s hard to talk about. Often it’s accompanied by feelings of shame. The fading empire’s leaders always pretend that the loss isn’t happening. Proud imperialists, such as today’s Republican candidates, insist the loss could be easily reversed if only certain leaders weren’t pygmies and traitors. The anger just worsens the pain.
However, it is possible to be post-imperial and happy. The British are, at least on our good days. Here are some tips for coping with loss of empire.
The first step is to be straight with yourself. Look in the mirror and say: “I am losing my empire, but it needn’t be traumatic.”
Accept the loss as inevitable. True, the US still has the world’s strongest military but that’s like Kodak being the world’s leading maker of camera film: it’s an obsolete skill.
Only once since the second world war has the US secured its national interests through war: the defeat of Saddam Hussein in 1991.
If Americans want to keep a large military as a jobs project, or a Keynesian stimulus programme that dare not speak its name, that’s fine. But having lived through the past 14 years, they must know that a military isn’t much use at fighting a global terrorist franchise. Nor can it stop Russia from invading former Soviet republics, unless Americans are willing to fight world war three.
When you lose your empire, it’s perfectly normal to worry that you will become poorer.
"The prosperity of our people”, argued the British conservative politician Julian Amery in 1962, “rests really on the oil in the Persian Gulf, the rubber and tin of Malaya, and the gold, copper and precious metals of south and central Africa.” If those went, he warned, “we would lose the lot”.
This kind of argument (now echoed in Trump’s scheme to grab Iraqi oil) makes psychological sense. After all, it’s an empirical fact that economic wealth and imperial acquisition go together. However, Americans needn’t worry: it’s the wealth that prompts the acquisition, not the other way round.
Having an empire doesn’t necessarily make you rich. Indeed, when Britain and France shed their empires, their economies boomed. Buying other countries’ stuff is easier than grabbing it through conquest.
But the damage done by loss of empire is, above all, psychological. The post-imperial country is left feeling futile and pointless. I recently met an old British army officer at his gentleman’s club in London. Sitting beneath portraits of Victorian generals who had conquered places like Sudan, he scoffed that today’s Britons were softies who preferred creature comforts to greatness. He missed the empire like a lost limb.
Luckily, there are some simple post-imperial techniques to make you feel great again. The best is probably winning a small war. Thatcher did it in the Falklands (hence her 1987 slogan) but the textbook example was the American invasion of tiny Grenada (population 90,000) under President Ronald Reagan in 1983.
This was an un-losable war. Reagan’s biographer Garry Wills noted:
"Two-thirds of American casualties were inflicted by other Americans or by accident.”
Coming two days after a terrorist truck bomb killed 241 US service personnel in Beirut, the invasion helped to cheer up Americans.
Having restored military pride, Reagan then quietly withdrew US troops from Lebanon. The sequence was a masterclass in post-imperialism. No wonder British politicians now reach hopefully for their sabres whenever a Spanish politician mentions our pocket-sized imperial remnant, Gibraltar.
There are other routes to post-imperial glory. You can win a football World Cup. Since the Suez debacle of 1956, the British have also found their kicks in what historian Robert Skidelsky calls “vicarious imperialism”. This is usually safe - a simple matter of banging on about the “special relationship” whenever the US bombs somebody - but, as Tony Blair found in Iraq, vicarious imperialism can go horribly wrong.
The most enjoyable way to cope with post-imperialism is to laugh at yourself. The British have been doing this since Suez. In 1957, in his play The Entertainer, John Osborne created the faded old comedian Archie Rice to symbolise a faded old country. Rice boasts:
"I’ve played in front of them all. The Queen, the Duke of Edinburgh, the Prince of Wales, and the . . . what was the name of that other pub?”
Ideally, the US would now replace Trumpian anger with humour about national decline. The TV comedian John Oliver - a Briton raised on post-imperialism - could lead the way, until, eventually, declinist jokes become so clichéd that they reach the big networks. That will be the sign the US has gotten over empire.
We will continue to document the ongoing hard fall of the Khazarian Empire and the continuing covert operations of the Reformist Collective, together with our own independent analysis on their possible objectives.
Why The Fascist US Can Never Defeat Mother Russia January 29 2016 | From: Sott
White-supremacist American imperialists have dreamed of defeating and dismembering Russia since at least the 1920's and early '30's when most of America's elite.
Consisting of the likes of John D. Rockefeller, J.P. Morgan, Andrew Mellon, Henry Ford, William Randolph Hearst, Joseph Kennedy (father of JFK and RFK), and Prescott Bush (father of George H.W. Bush and grandfather of George W. Bush) - decided to massively bankroll Hitler and the Nazi Party, with a view to eradicating the "mongrel" Soviet Union and the Jews of Europe along the way (as documented here, here, and here) - although their attempted coup against FDR miserably failed (and FDR still pardoned his fellow patricians "for the good of the country." What else?)
Once Germany's massive rearmament got under way, it was the German factories of Ford, General Motors, General Electric, and Alcoa that built most of the tanks and warplanes of Hitler's dreaded Wehrmacht, while Dupont and Standard Oil (now Exxon) supplied the synthetic fuel.
For their part, Coca-Cola provided tons of Germany's favorite caffeinated soft drink to keep Luftwaffe pilots "coked up" for their long bombing runs.
IBM's punch-card record-keeping, in turn, made the Holocaust possible on an industrial scale: which by one estimate led to the deaths not just of 6 million Jews, but also 5.5 - 7 million Ukrainians, 3.3 million Russian POWs, 2 million Russian civilians, 3 million Poles, and 1.5 million Yugoslavs.
What marked these non-Jewish populations for extermination was that they were all assumed to be either "pure blood" or "mixed blood" Slavs - whom Hitler lumped together with Jews as untermenschen (i.e. subhumans) in Mein Kampf. (Which the Neo-Nazis of "Aryan" Ukraine often quote with approval in relation to Slavic Ukrainians and Russians to this day.)
The American Aryan imperialists took it for granted, of course, that the German Wehrmacht would roll right over their those Russian Orthodox "subhumans."
But after months of house to house, even room to room fighting, it was the Nazis who surrendered at Stalingrad on February 2, 1943.
At that point, the head of the US Office of Strategic Services, former wealthy Wall Street lawyer, Allen Dulles, realized that Hitler would soon lose the war; and that it was now up to the United States, as the sole remaining capitalist superpower, to don the invisible mantle of fascism as the only ideology tough enough to defend Godly Capitalism against Godless Communism with its demonic dream of economic equality. What poor peasant or worker would not vote for equal wealth if he had the chance?
That's why democracies are disastrous for the 1%, Dulles reasoned. Fascism is the only way. Make the masses feel exceptional - not equal. And if they still demand their own fair share, shoot em dead! The Nazis had that part down pat.
"So why not use these fellow Aryans?" Dulles thought. And he came up with a treasonous plan for the benefit of the 1% which he hid from the dying FDR. That was to have the top Nazi generals, intelligence officials, scientists, and the like surrender to the Americans, rather than the Soviets.
Then after their files were "scrubbed" clean of any atrocities they might have committed for the Third Reich (or their own amusement), they'd be shipped off in the "right" direction. The best and brightest were sent to America to work in Intelligence or Defense or, in the case of Werner Von Braun, they were put in charge of our missile program.
Whereas the worst of the worst were smuggled into South America to start fascist movements there.
Or if they were really, really bad and high-profile figures too - like Josef Mengele or Adolf Eichmann, say - they might simply be told: "Just lie on a beach and enjoy your memories." The rest were placed in positions of power and influence in the Postwar German government or elsewhere.
Comment:"Under Operation Paperclip, which began in May of 1945, the scientists who helped the Third Reich wage war continued their weapons-related work for the U.S. government, developing rockets, chemical and biological weapons, aviation and space medicine (for enhancing military pilot and astronaut performance), and many other armaments at a feverish and paranoid pace that came to define the Cold War,"
Jacobsen writes. Her book is titled Operation Paperclip: The Secret Intelligence Program that Brought Nazi Scientists to America. See more:
Flash forward to today, and American imperialists have much to be proud of. Communism is dead, and so is Arab nationalism, except in Syria under Bashar al-Assad. Sadly for me as a Christian, so too is Liberation Theology in South America. Can you picture Archbishop Romero being shot through the heart as he said Mass at the altar?
His life's blood mixing with the Blood of Christ? Is there nothing that our fascist elites will not order their death squads to do? And laugh about it too?
Watch Hillary Clinton crack up at the breaking news of Muammar Gaddafi's mutilation-murder at the hands of our "moderate" terrorists.
She crows with Satanic glee - using the royal "We." What a monster of depravity! The man has just had his throat slit--after being sodomized with a bayonet, and she's downright giddy about it! She even wants to claim all the credit for herself. This Satanic atrocity! By linking his mutilation/murder to her trip to Benghazi.
What would she have us think? That she gave "our" terrorists strict instructions to rape him with a bayonet first? She even mangles Caesar's famous line to drive her sick claim home
She does believe she's another Caesar. She's that demonically deranged. She wants to show the world she's got the biggest "balls" around--when she has none. Her pant suits fool no one.
Comment: His description of Killary Hillary Clinton is quite accurate, however history, when critically analyzed, paints a different portrait of Caesar, who actually bears much more of a resemblance to Putin: [?!]
Putin would never behave like that. Not in a million years! He's far too moral a man - too compassionate a man - too Orthodox a man - to brag that he somehow incited a lynch-mob to mutilate and murder a helpless man. As Jesus tells us in Matthew 25:40: it is the same as inciting a lynch-mob to mutilate and murder Christ Himself.
Indeed Putin's friends report that Putin felt extreme guilt over Gaddafi's mutilation/murder, having allowed himself to be fooled by those fork-tongued Americans into approving a UN Resolution which he believed only authorized NATO to keep Gaddafi from committing genocide against the people of Benghazi, but which was actually intentionally so vaguely worded as to give NATO carte blanche to do what it pleased--even to murdering Gaddafi in this sickest of ways.
Is it carrying a sense of responsibility too far, to blame himself for being deceived? Many psychologists might say so. But as a Christian psychologist myself, with over 40 years of training and experience (if that Biblical number tells you something), I would say that the depth of his guilt shows the depth of his compassion. And the depth of his compassion shows the depth of Putin's Orthodox faith.
Not that Putin is exceptional in this regard. Quite the contrary. He is a typical Orthodox man in the depth of his faith. That is the basis of his enormous popularity and power. He is just like them. He is Everyman.. And this is why the Orthodox faithful have such trust in him. He is a plain-spokenman of his word.
And while that fact may have led him to assume too readily that Americans can be trusted to live up to their word as well, Putin is a quick learner; and will not be fooled by them again. Did not Jesus Himself warn him in Matthew 7:15 to beware of such men who: " come to you in sheep's clothing," but are "ravening wolves within?"
Putin thought Erdogan could be trusted as well. But after the Russian plane was shot down, he saw the "ravening wolf" in Erdogan too. And when it comes to meting out just punishment, Putin has as much Christian patience as anyone.
This is why the Satanic West can never defeat Holy Russia. Though the West has long since lost its Christian moorings, as Hillary Clinton shows so well, patience is not a weakness. Nor are modesty, humility, and compassion. These are Putin's personal qualities. (If you watch RT, you can see them). But they are not his uniquely.
Though I'm not Russian, I would say from my dealings with many Russians over the years as a psychologist that these particular qualities typify devout Russian Orthodox men like Putin. That's why most Russians trust Putin - whether they themselves are Orthodox or not. They know the type. And men possessed of Orthodox virtues make for undefeatable Christian warriors: just ask Hitler.
Whereas our generals drew the wrong lesson from World War II; and decided that the Allies would have beaten the Nazis single-handedly (or so the Serpent whispered in their ears) all the quicker if only our troops had embraced the Satanic "virtues" of pride, cruelty, and demonization-of-the-enemy. And we've been demonizing our troops ever since--with the results one can see.
But Russia also has a loving kind of weapon that has long protected it. It sees all of Russia as Mother Russia (In Russian: Россия-Матушка). Think about it for a sec. Germany has no motherland, just a fatherland. And the USA doesn't even have that. If one goes to a patriotic film here about, say, an American sniper blowing off the heads of defenseless "towel-heads," a bunch of tattooed ex-Marines may get up and shout: "USA! USA! USA!"
But we have no motherland. France tried to plant the seed with the Statue of Liberty in New York Harbor. But a mother is supposed to open her arms to all her children--even brown ones. And the US government didn't want those brown "tired and poor" on our shores, so the idea of a motherland never really stuck. In fact, we've tended to exterminate or enslave all none-whites. Hitler even said he took his racial policies from us!
Russia, on the other hand, has always been a multi-religious, multi-cultural, multi-ethnic land of abundant resources, stretching across 12 time zones. So it's always been natural to think of "her" as a mother. For what is a mother? One who feeds and shelters her children. And when they grow to adulthood, her sons and daughters, in turn, protect and care for her.
Thus the concept of Mother Russia elicits feelings of love, loyalty and protectiveness that go far, far beyond post-Renaissance notions of the nation-state and the kind of patriotism a given nation-state--especially under the aegis of austerity--might arouse. Those who see Russia as their Mother will give back the very lives she once gave them to defend her.
The author is a licensed clinical psychologist and long-time activist for progressive causes, who lives and practices in New York. He wrote this article specially for Russia Insider
Comment: As Edgar Cayce predicted over 80 years ago, Russia has become the hope of the world and a beacon of light in the dark times that have been brought on by US/NATO western imperialism with the ruling psychopaths at the helm:
"In Russia there comes the hope of the world, not as that sometimes termed of the communistic, or Bolshevik, no; but freedom, freedom! That each man will live for his fellow man! The principle has been born. It will take years for it to be crystallised, but out of Russia comes again the hope of the world."
- Edgar Cayce, 1944, No. 3976-29
The Strawman Is The Ego: The Parasite Cleanse Begins At Home January 28 2016 | From: KitWalker
Humanity needs a parasite cleanse, I think that’s not difficult to see at this point. It’s becoming more and more obvious that, no, it is NOT “human nature” to kill, steal, rape, destroy.
Anyone with their eyes and heart open can see that some of us have in fact been infected by a kind of virus, a parasitic cancer of the soul, which is also contagious, and is spreading rapidly.
And those of us who have contracted this sickness can be recognized by a cold blooded lack of compassion and basic humanity, a lack of true sense of humor or humility, and the tendency to put oneself and one’s greed first, with no concern for the effects of our actions on others, or on the planet. It sounds “corporate”, doesn’t it? We should probably be asking ourselves: Am I becoming like this?
In case you have never heard the term, in Native American traditions they have a word for this malignant virus of the psyche and soul. It is called “Wetiko”. More about it here.
In this essay i am going to endeavor to bring to light to just how we can begin to deal with this malignancy, before it overtakes us completely. In order to do that, we will need to see how it has infected us, and how it is using our energy. Although this is not a pleasant topic, take heart. It must be done, and my feeling is that to SEE it clearly is most of the battle. We can see the “nuts and bolts” of how it works in the system of corporate commerce.
The Strawman and the Ego are two sides of the same coin
What is the Strawman? You may have heard this term, and you may even be familiar with what it is, but perhaps you are not really aware of how it works in your life, or, why it is something that you need to be aware of.
But if you are concerned about the encroaching corporatism that is enslaving humanity and destroying the planet, and you want to be able to be effective in helping to stop this, then your Strawman is the place to start, because it is the corporation that you are supposed to think is you. Yes, that’s right, “you” are a corporation. The parasite cleanse begins at home, by taking responsibility for your “corporate self”.
But when i say “you”, i mean your ego, not the infinite being that you truly are.
Here is a great introduction, a very short video called “Meet Your Strawman”
The way to identify your Strawman is that it is simply your name in all capital letters. It is the name that is used in all business, on your passport, driver’s license, bills, bank account information, and so forth.
Just like your ego, your Strawman is an artificial person. But the trick, the deception, is that you are never told that your name in all capital letters is not really you, but a fictitious corporate entity. And you are tricked, time and time again, to sign for this entity, all the while thinking it is you.
In the same way, most humans walk around thinking that they are the mental duality construct in their heads, which is kept in place by unconscious reactivity, and built on uninspected assumptions about “reality”, inherited from parents, schools, religions, and so forth. This psycho-somatic infection of unconscious society, just going through the motions, like a machine, is called ego.
They Work Together
Let’s notice the correlations between the strawman and the ego. They reinforce each other.
The ego is a false persona, i.e., a mask, a fictitious entity that we have been inculcated from birth to believe is us. It is just an idea, the “I thought”.
“That which rises as ‘I’ in the body is the mind. If one inquires as to where in the body the thought ‘I’ rises first, one would discover that it rises in the Heart.
That is the place of the mind’s origin. Even if one thinks constantly ‘I’, ‘I’, one will be led to that place. Of all the thoughts that arise in the mind, the ‘I’ thought is the first. It is only after the rise of the “I-thought” that other thoughts occur.”
Sri Ramana Maharshi
This ego persona has a name, a nationality, and later, religious beliefs, job, and so forth. It identifies itself by what it does, how much money it has in the bank, whether it is a father, mother, sister, brother, husband, wife, etc. It exists as a part of time, because there is no place for it in timelessness. It is how we are bound in time.
Time is ruled in astrology by Saturn, which is also the ruling planet of the ego. It is Satan, and the sense of separate self. It is the planet of Capricorn, which has to do with business, the corporate world, and the structures of society. No wonder so much Satanic activity exists in the upper echelons of government, religion, and the entertainment (illusion) business! Saturn is the “ring-pass-not”, the walls of society, outside of which you pass at your own risk. It is the rules, written and unwritten, that are enforced outwardly by the “legal” system, and inwardly by group-think.
Scared, or Sacred
This is what i am noticing, and I am not seeing anyone mentioning this: the Strawman is the “real-world” representation of the ego. It is a fictitious entity ascribed to you at birth, without your knowledge. When your parents signed your birth certificate, and registered you with the state, your Strawman came into being. It is the corporate version of you. It is what binds you into the system of commerce.
When you really start to contemplate and comprehend the correlations between the strawman and the ego, everything falls into place. It is the only way the “matrix” is able to interact with you and steal your energy. And every time it does interact with you it steals your energy.
And ego is the way that your energy gets robbed psychologically, because it places a limit on your infinite being. It locks you in fear. The strawman is the scarecrow. Its purpose is to keep you in fear and without a soul. Made of straw. Scared, not sacred.
Ego is Self-Contraction
The ego is the self-CONTRACTion. When you begin to understand exactly how ego works, you see how there is a subtle contraction going on in the subtle energy bodies, as well as in the physical body, which gives the sense of “I” and “other”, the sense of duality and separation, which is really the primal wound.
So we have to see how the system is constantly inviting, and moreover, coercing us to “contract” with it, in SO many different ways, from gross to subtle. Any time you sign any kind of official document, or license, that contains your straw man all-caps name, you are entering into a contract, you are “contracting” within the system of commerce.
Saturn is Satan, ego, and the principle of contraction, and rules contracts in general. All these things are really of the same energy, that of limitation, and the binding force of duality and separation. We say we are “bound” by a “contract”.
You may say, well, so what, that doesn’t affect me at all. Don’t be so sure. Remain open. Investigate for yourself. Notice how you feel. You may begin to recognize that in whatever contract you enter into within that system, you will be giving consent for the system to use your energy, to use your life-force like a battery.
The system has been referred to in many shamanic teachings and traditions as the Parasite, and for good reason. We have to see beyond the presentation it shows us, into what it is really doing with our energy. Why? Because, the more we “contract” with it, the more it is eating our souls, and thus destroying our capacity to be creative and truly alive.
Negative emotions of all kinds are food for it. From the Toltec tradition :
“The Parasite is a garbage eater. It loves fear and drama; it loves anger, jealousy, and envy; it loves any emotion that makes you suffer.”
Don Miguel Ruiz : The Four Agreements
Notice how many of your problems are centered around money, and the commercial system. Notice the way it is designed to keep you in fear, through the scarcity paradigm. If money was not an issue, how many of our problems would be left? This is done by design.
When someone has no soul, they have lost connection to the Primal Source Consciousness beyond all duality, which is the true source of all energy. The Sun we see in the sky is but a reflection of this Source Consciousness.
So when we begin to unravel the deceptions that fuel the whole ego process, we will inevitably come up against their “real-world” applications, and we will find the roots of those applications in the Uniform Commerce Code, the commercial system. Remember as well, that the legal system used all over the world, and centered in the private city-state within London called the “City of London”, in the form of the BAR Association, is completely tied into the UCC as well.
We will see how ego is reinforced by conditions of the system, and our relationships with others. We will begin to understand how unwelcome we have become in the land of the walking dead. It can be a very frightening experience for the awakening soul to really get the ramifications of this.
As John Lennon said: “the more real you get, the more unreal the world gets”. We begin to see that this is a massive deception going on here, much like in the Truman Show movie. A hologram, a dream (even a nightmare), a virtual reality.
Uniform Commerce Code (UCC)
The Uniform Commerce Code is the system by which all corporations interact, and it is in effect all over the planet. Since corporations can only interact with other corporations, and not with living beings, using this “code”, it became necessary that each human being become a mini-corporation of one.
Since that is something no human being in their right mind would want to be, and since our consent is necessary for it to happen, our consent has to be obtained by way of deception. Why would anyone agree to having their energy stolen? Imagine if farm animals could understand how they were being used? Do you think they would agree to that?
One way to get your consent is to get it right when you are born, before you know better. And it is done by tricking your parents into signing you away, “regis”tering you to the state, as property of the state, much like cattle, or chattel, through the birth certificate. This is what the term “human resources” refers to. But your parents are not told that. The truth of what is really happening is hidden from them, so they simply think they are doing the right thing.
But then also we have to understand how the language of the legal system has been twisted, by assigning alternate meanings to words we use all the time. So that when we agree to one thing, we are in fact agreeing to something else entirely, which, if it were fully disclosed to us, we would never otherwise consent to.
There is so much great information available now about all of this, that i encourage you to do your own research, to understand exactly how this works.
Check your Cheques
Here is a dead giveaway. Seemingly small, but the implications are huge. If you have a chequing account at a bank, take a look at one of your personal checks.
Notice the line where you are supposed to sign the cheque. Notice at the end of the line it says “MP”. What does MP mean? It means Micro Print. In other words, that line on which you would sign your name is not really a line, it is actually micro print of some words. But in order to see those words you need a magnifying glass. And what do they say? “Authorized Signature”. Don’t believe me? Check your checks!
Let’s look at the crux of the issue. Why is it, that you are not supposed to know that the strawman is not you? Why does it say “authorized signature” SO small on your checks, that you can’t read it without a magnifying glass? The “official” answer is that it prevents fraud. Well, of course, like all official answers, the truth is the exact opposite. Actually, it IS fraud, and you are not supposed to see that.
Look, if you are the financial officer of a large corporation, and it is your job to sign the checks, there’s no problem. You know what you are doing. You know that you aren’t that corporation, and that it is just your job to sign the checks. It says “authorized signature” in big letters, so you can see that the person who is signing is administrating the account. On the checks of a company or corporation, “authorized signature” is written large enough to see. It is only on personal checks that you have to use a magnifying glass.
So in the case of your own checking account, you are not supposed to recognize that it is the exact same process going on ! WHY? inquiring minds want to know!
Your Natural Sign
It is because in fact, the state wants to be the administrator of your account, because in the state’s mind, it OWNS you. But, in order to activate your account in the myriad ways it wants to, it needs your signature. It needs the SIGN of your NATURE. Your natural, living self. Your ALIVENESS. It needs your CONSENT. And when you put that signature there, the state, and whatever it is behind that, receives your infinite energy.
In many cases, like when you are receiving a bank loan, your signature represents years of your time, energy, and attention, and you are receiving “money” that was created out of thin air, with a couple of clicks in a computer. Now, THAT is fraud.
The entity behind the corporate state is parasitic. It is artificial intelligence. It has no infinite energy of its own. It NEEDS your energy, and it needs you to remain UNCONSCIOUS. It does not like conscious energy. Consciousness Itself is KRYPTONITE to these entities. It is like sunlight to mold, it kills it. This entity survives by being hidden, and in the dark. Like a vampire, it cannot go out in the sun. It will die.
Think of the wizard in the Wizard of Oz. There is a big sleight-of-hand light show going on, that is mesmerizing everyone. And where does this light show get its electricity? From you, from us, from those of us who unconsciously consent to being used as batteries. As you watch TV, your consciousness is the electricity that lights it up, as it is drained out of you.
So to me, the crux of the issue, more than anything, is that if you are going to enter the commercial system, you need to do it consciously. You need to understand exactly what is happening, and what are the far reaching ramifications of engaging with it, for yourself, and for others. Understand the ways that it is powered by your energy, and take responsibility for that.
When you understand that YOU are the administrator of the straw man account, rather than the trustee, YOU are the one in control of it. So it is your decision to enter into a contract or not, fully understanding the ramifications. You remain in your power. But you also are aware of the risks.
Ego as Servant
Similarly, sometimes we need to use the ego, as a protective shield, as a vehicle for navigating 3D reality, and so forth. When ego is the servant, its true function is restored. When someone awakens to the Divine Reality, it is as if the King has returned home, much like Odysseus in the Greek masterwork, the Odyssey.
The King regains His throne, in the heart. And the impostor ego-mind is pushed out of the throne he has been occupying “illegally”. He is pushed back down to the floor and simply Outshone. The Sun Heart King says, “I am the administrator here, and you are the servant. Get thee behind me.”
But it is not desirable to “the state” that you enter into the contract consciously, because you will immediately perceive the fraud, and you will have taken back your power. You are no longer the trustee, or the slave, the pawn, the one acted upon. And then the state is restored to its true function, as nothing more than servant.
Understanding this is key to understanding how commerce can steal your soul, and thus cut you off from the source of creation. And if you are a creative artist, then your art will gradually take on the quality of the corporate system, which is imitation. Artificial intelligence, not real human intelligence. It will happen incrementally, so you won’t ever really notice until it’s gone, and then of course, you won’t have the capacity to notice any more.
“The enlightened view includes the process of manifestation, includes this constant effulgence that creates all the things in the world from the void, that materializes each thing from nothing. In that sense, reality is a wizard. Out of complete nothingness appears all that we perceive and experience. And it’s as simple and as easy as dreaming something.
When you dream, you create a whole universe that feels like solid matter; people get hurt and various things happen, but it’s really not taking any effort. You are completely asleep, completely resting, and it is all happening. It is the same with Quintessence; it is completely still and silent, and at the same time it is unfolding everything with effortless ease and spontaneity.”
- From Diamond Heart Book Five: Inexhaustible Mystery, ch. 13, by A.H. Almaas
Source creation is the spontaneous abundance of infinite Life. It knows no end, it knows no limitation. It is this unlimited abundance that the Parasite needs to feed off of, because it has no direct access itself to this energy. So its main purpose is to keep you, through the process of attention, distracted from your connection to Source.
It does this through commerce, as well as religion and many other means. Ultimately it would prefer to see you permanently disconnected, with it acting as “middle man”, so it can use your eternal energy without any interference from you. That’s why it needs to obtain your consent through deceptive means.
Strawman as Corpse
Just as some original cultures feel that every photograph would steal their soul (careful, selfie-takers!!), every time you sign whatever legal or financial documents, it is important to see the process that happens, through your corporation, your corporate persona, your corpse, your straw man.
The straw man is a corpse. A dead body. A corp(se)oration. It is worth nothing to the state without your consent. It needs the LIVING SIGNATURE to receive the energy it needs to survive. Please recognize this!
And understand, as well, that merely seeing this thoroughly, completely changes the game. We do not need to fight against the state. That is exactly what it wants, actually. It can just as easily steal your energy if you are fighting against it, as if you are cooperating with it. When you SEE what is really happening, you can choose to participate or not. Sometimes it will be to your advantage to participate in some way, sometimes not. But you will be able to make an informed decision. And ultimately, when you refuse to play the game, the Parasite loses one more food source.
Going Truly Off-Grid
This ups the ante considerably on the whole process of going “off-grid”. It is so much more than just having a solar panel, although perhaps having the solar panel could be a metaphor for having your own direct connection to the Invisible and Indivisible Sun of Divine Reality.
To withdraw from the entire system at once is tricky. Since there is no alternative yet to that game, it’s the only game in town. Leaving it, is to truly go “off-grid”.
This requires a total transformation on all levels at once, which is not something that is going to happen for most of us overnight. But there are steps that can be taken, once we recognize the nature of this game. We can gradually plug the leaks, so to speak, by eliminating all the ways that energy is taken, one by one. Being in debt, especially to a bank, is the first and very obvious one. All debt needs to be eliminated.
Cooperation is the Antidote to the Corporation
Also, wherever possible, pass money from hand to hand, without running it through the commercial system. Simplify your life. If we can’t grow our own food, we can perhaps buy it from people we know who do grow it. Whenever possible pass money directly to people who are making a real contribution. Avoid giving your money to large corporations, and avoid getting it through large corporations.
All of this requires a major reorientation of your life. But every little bit helps to starve the beast. And, we have to work together. Cooperation is the antidote to the corporation.
But the most important part is to go “off-grid” within. To drop back from the grid of the mind and time, into the mirror state of the witness, and simply reflect, until all dissolves. The outer will follow suit, especially if enough of us practice this and we sustain it.
Realisation and Renunciation
As the great masters have said, realization and renunciation are two sides of the same coin. To really see through and dissolve the ego leads to the dismantling of the ego’s part in creating the false construct that is overlaid on Reality. The Strawman is the ego’s “evil twin”. Without the energy of the ego, the straw man falls down, dead.
Then one sees through the illusion of ownership, worldly success, power over others, control, and the binding power of the “ten thousand things” on the soul is dissolved.
As far as i can tell, to have a fully embodied enlightenment that becomes actualization, the inner and outer aspects of our lives need to coincide, and in fact, will, since outside is a reflection of inside.
It is not that in “renouncing the world”, one pushes the world away through an act of will. This is just more ego. It is just simply that one sees that they can no longer participate in the fruitless and illusory drama of having and doing for its own sake. One wakes up from the dream, which is habitually superimposed on Reality, and one sees things as they truly are.
The Power of Witnessing
Let’s not be afraid to look at this. And let’s understand how powerfully transformational it is to the entire morphogenetic field, just to simply see, to simply reflect, to BE the Witness and see all of it, as in a mirror, unclouded by any agenda, whether someone else’s, or our own.
Yes, maybe something will need to be done, but it is important to understand that all the so-called “power” that this parasitic system has comes from it being hidden, occult, a secret.
Bringing it fully into the light will kill it, just like sunlight kills a vampire. It is counting on your denial, and your unwillingness to face it head on, with open eyes. Until we all do that, en masse, nothing will truly change.
And when we do, EVERYTHING will change in an instant.
A Porirua family took in a baby so neglected he showed no emotion. Now he's full of life. They also took in a baby born at 25 weeks and turned her into a happy, healthy wee girl who's off to school soon.
And because they've taken on the children permanently - giving both them and the children the security of knowing they have a family for life - they lose all Child Youth and Family Service (CYFS) support and allowances and receive just $19 a day per child from Work and Income.
They can't change the children's surnames, they can't take them out of the country without permission and, if their birth parents want contact, they have to make it happen.
"So why would anyone sane do that?" carer Jude Pointon says.
"The only people who would do that are people who have had a background like mine [Jude was fostered and adopted as a child], who have gained through having a background in fostering or adoption."
Jude and her husband have first-hand experience of that culture.
Before they became permanency carers, they fostered children and Jude tells of having siblings aged one and three in their care for two months, who then had to go back to their parents for a few days because CYF didn't have its court documents in order.
"I said 'what do I tell them? They need to know what's happening,' and they said 'tell them they're going for a ride in the car'.
"So I had an absolute hissy fit ... and said 'that's not okay, the system is making me into a long line of adults who have failed these children and we're creating this country's future criminals and they have been let down over and over and over again'."
Jude told the social worker they would have the kids back when the situation was sorted, but, she says, because she had spoken her mind the children were sent to another home.
So it was a three-year-old's fourth foster home and it was a one-year-old's second foster home.
And that happens over and over again," she says.
Jude's sister - a social worker and CYF emergency care foster parent - recently had two children arrive in the middle of the night. They were with her for a few days but then weren't returned after school one day.
"She was told 'they've gone to another placement' and she said 'well that's really not okay because they were told they were coming here, they've had an unsettling time and suddenly they're not coming here, they're going somewhere else they don't know, again and all their precious belongings that they've managed to take from their home are here'."
Those belongings might just be a teddy bear or a book but to a child with nothing they are everything.
We have a serious
national problem here in New Zealand with child abuse and satanic paedophile organisations. It is hideous to comprehend, but the reality has to be faced - and those responsible, and even those that have been commiting these crimes for over 50 years - should know that they will be held to account for their heinous actions.
Social workers shocked. Jude's sister arranged a meeting with about 20 Porirua social workers and she, Jude and another foster parent told them what was wrong with the system.
"Some of them were actually shocked to hear from a carer's perspective how it feels to the carer and the children," she says.
"It makes me annoyed because the foster carers and the permanency carers are the experts. Sure, the children who have been who've been through the system are the experts but often they're too young to put across coherently their point of view.
We know what's wrong with the system. We're happy to tell you. We're happy to tell the policymakers. I'm happy to talk to the minister. Listen to us."
And that, simply, is Jude's message to the powers that be who want to fix the care system.
"Listen to the foster carers and ... the permanency carers, because we are here every day dealing with it every day, and we know what can be done to try and fix the situation and make it work for these vulnerable children.
It really infuriates me when I hear on all media people talking about CYFs looking after these children. CYFs don't have some big warehouse somewhere with all these children slotted in it, it's actually families who are looking after these children who are often damaged, going out of their way to try and help these children have as normal a life as they can given the neglect they've had to start with.
It's like we're these invisible people."
The "Minister" Must Step Up
Former ward of the state Tracey said the State care system was broken beyond repair.
Tracey was removed from her family in the late 1970s when she was 11 because of abuse and said she lost track of how many foster homes she lived in.
She told Checkpoint nothing has changed.
"They've lost track of over 1000 children - they don't know where they are, what's happened to them.
"How can you lose 1000 kids? The Minister of Social Welfare is their guardian, is their parent, so that person has better step up and look after these kids."
Tracey said society would have to live with the consequences if children in care were not properly looked after.
Another former ward of the State, Tupua Urlich, said more support was needed for people when they left care.
Mr Urlich said although he felt like a prisoner when he was in care, he had no support when he left and developed alcohol and drug problems. He also tried to take his own life.
People needed a home environment to fall back on well into their 20s.
"The average age of leaving home in New Zealand is 23. You have the luxury of being at home, parents helping you out," he said.
"I know some people will hear this and think 'I didn't do that for my children' - sure but at least they knew they had the option of going home, getting their washing done, getting given a meal or support, real important things."
Mr Urlich now works with child support group the Dingwall Trust.
A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful? January 27 2016 | From: InvestigateMagazine
It could be the most fundamental New Zealand issue of the century: if a group of Australian lawyers and researchers is correct, the Treaty of Waitangi ceased to be valid on January 10, 1920, and the New Zealand Government does not, lawfully, exist. In an even bigger potential crisis – nor do the laws. As Ian Wishart reports, even New Zealand constitutional lawyers can’t rule out the possibility they may be right.
If it sounds like the Coalition Government’s worst nightmare multiplied by a factor of ten, you’d be right. Every three years for more than a century, New Zealanders have gone to the polls to elect governments believing, for lack of any reason not to believe, that this was how democracy worked. You elect a government, they make your life hell, you vote them out again.
We were told, as a nation, that the Government’s powers derived from our status as a constitutional monarchy. But now, important new legal research is threatening to turn our perception of who we are, as a nation, on its head.
The establishment view of constitutional law is that New Zealand, lacking a written constitution, is a country where the Government holds the ultimate power to make laws and regulations.
Just how entrenched that establishment view is, can be demonstrated in a current debate in New Zealand legal and judicial circles about the powers of the Courts to rein in bad Government. Lord Cooke of the Privy Council, formerly New Zealand’s Chief Appeal Court judge, has suggested the Courts do have some power to control the Government. He argues that if the New Zealand Government re-introduced slavery, for example, that the Courts could strike it down.
Unfortunately for those who believe the judiciary is a check on Government power, Lord Cooke is a lone voice in New Zealand’s legal community. Other judges and lawyers have indicated they have a constitutional duty to uphold legislation passed by the Government, however damaging that law might be.
Even so, there is evidence from Australia that the mainstream legal and judicial view may be totally wrong – not because the Courts have special powers to ignore legislation, but because New Zealand and Australia’s governments are not lawfully constituted.
Leading academics and judges in Australia are lending their support to research showing that both countries failed to constitutionally validate their legal sovereignty when they became independent from Britain early this century.
If it sounds impossible that the laws of New Zealand and Australia are invalid, read on.
The Australian Government has based its current lawmaking powers on the Australian Constitution Act of 1900. That Act was passed by the British Parliament while Australia was still a Dominion.
The important fact to remember is this: the Australian Constitution is a British law.
New Zealand was granted Dominion status in 1907. The title Dominion meant nothing significant, in British law and legislation the term was synonymous with colony. It wasn’t until January 10, 1920, however that Australia became a sovereign nation in its own right when both Australia and New Zealand became foundation members of the League of Nations – the forerunner to the United Nations.
Membership of the League of Nations was restricted only to sovereign countries, and Article XX of the Covenant of the League of Nations required the extinguishment of any colonial laws applying to a member state pre-Sovereignty.
That meant the Constitution Acts in New Zealand and Australia passed prior to independence became legally void under international law. It was a condition of membership of the League of Nations and later the United Nations. But no new constitutions were ever forthcoming in either country.
It continues to be a founding principle of the United Nations charter that the laws of one state cannot be used in another unless ratified by a mutual treaty, so while the Australian Government has relied on a colonial act passed by the British in 1900, Britain has said otherwise, saying the Australian Constitution Act (UK) is null and void.
“No Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, or an Act that looks to the Parliament of the United Kingdom for its authority, is valid in Australia or its territories in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom and the Charter of the United Nations," wrote British officials responding to an information request.
For decades, Australians have obeyed federal laws seemingly passed with full legal authority on a raft of issues from law and order to taxation. In all cases the Australian Government has claimed its powers from the 1900 Constitution Act.
That fundamental reliance took a knock however, when the United Nations’ International Law Commission ruled that Australia could not rely on Section 61 of its Constitution to provide the power to enter into international treaties, because the Constitution was a British law, not an Australian one. Instead, said the UN, Australia needed to look to its membership of the League of Nations in 1920 as providing proof of its sovereignty.
An Australian group calling itself the Institute of Taxation Research has used that ruling and others to mount a serious challenge to the constitutional authority of the Australian Government, saying that if the Constitution Act did not give the Government power to sign international treaties because it was void, nor could it be used as the basis for domestic law.
In 1992, the Australian High Court held that:
“The very concept of representative government and representative democracy signifies government by the people through their representatives. Translated into constitutional terms, it denotes that the sovereign power which resides in the people is exercised on their behalf by their representatives.
"In the case of the Australian Constitution, one obstacle to the acceptance of that view is that the Constitution owes its legal force to its character as a statute of the Imperial Parliament enacted in the exercise of its legal sovereignty; the Constitution was not a supreme law proceeding from the people’s inherent authority to constitute a government."
In other words, the Australian Constitution does not establish the sovereignty of Australians or their government.
That ruling has been enough for the Institute of Taxation Research to hit the Australian Tax Office right between the eyes, point blank. In what began as a Freedom of Information request to the ATO, the group pointed out:
“For the Constitution to make the transition in status to that of a ‘supreme law’ as mentioned by [Chief Justice] Mason, mere opinion is not enough.
"Some legally recognisable instrument is required such as a Memorandum of Transfer from the UK Government, or the record of a referendum in which the Australian people have given informed consent to the new arrangements, or some other form of document recognisable under international law.
Since the ATO is claiming this has occurred would their counsel, who as a practising barrister must know of this document and where it can be found, please produce it. In the presence of such documentary evidence I would be quite happy to acknowledge the continued existence of the constitution and the laws deriving from it."
Despite the request, the ATO could not produce any documentation proving its lawful authority to levy tax on Australian citizens.
“Firstly it was asked to present us evidence of the documents setting up the ATO," explains ITR spokesman Ian Henke from the organisation’s Melbourne headquarters. "We’ve finally got a document that says ‘the documents do not exist’ signed by Erin Holland, Deputy Commissioner, on behalf of the Commissioner."
That letter was sent on 27 October 1999.
"There are several issues here," says Henke. "We also searched the Commonwealth Gazette, and there was no evidence at all of the ATO having been gazetted into existence. Finally in a court on the 20th of October, counsel for the ATO finally admitted that it wasn’t."
It is ITR, a group of lawyers, the occasional judge, business executives and researchers, that is making all the running on the issue, and it’s an issue whose repercussions will be felt not just in Canberra, but Wellington and Ottawa too.
“The point is, under international law once you get a change in sovereignty then there is a break in legal continuity. The best example we can give you is Hong Kong. June 1997.
On 30 June there was still British police, British law, British taxes, British Army, British Queen and so on. On the 1st of July, one minute past midnight, all of those things still existed – but they no longer had authority in Hong Kong."
In the United States, the transference of sovereignty from the King of England to the American people was also marked by a break in legal continuity – the War of Independence – followed by the establishment of the Constitution.
The Australian Government, allegedly realising its difficult constitutional position, passed the Australia Act in 1986 to repeal a range of Imperial laws and shore up its status. New Zealand, in the same boat as Australia, did likewise with the Imperial Laws Application Act of 1988. However ITR argues that both Acts are also void, as it is impossible under international law and the UN Charter for one nation to pass legislation repealing the laws of another nation.
So could there really be a major constitutional crisis facing New Zealand? Or is it a technical "tilting at windmills" that will lead nowhere?
New Zealand’s Constitution, like Australia’s, arose from Westminster in 1852 to provide authority for the colonial administration to govern on Queen Victoria’s behalf. New Zealand was accorded "Dominion" status in 1907 and was therefore still a British colony when the Land and Income Tax of 1908 was passed.
Like Australia, NZ signed the League of Nations Covenant in 1920 and, like Australia and Canada, was given legal separation from Britain in 1931 with the Statute of Westminster. However, New Zealand chose not to ratify the 1931 Statute, falsely believing that it could still function as a British colony despite having signed the League of Nations Covenant.
This was despite this speech from British Prime Minister Lloyd George at the Imperial Conference of 1921:
“In recognition of their service and achievements during the war, the British Dominions have now been accepted fully into the comity of the nations of the whole world. They are signatories to the Treaty of Versailles and all other treaties of peace.
"They are members of the Assembly of the League of Nations, and their representatives have already attended meetings of the League. In other words, they have achieved full national status and they now stand beside the United Kingdom as equal partners in the dignities and responsibilities of the British Commonwealth.
"If there are any means by which that status can be rendered even more clear to their own communities and to the world at large, we shall be glad to have them put forward."
The last paragraph should have sent clear signals to New Zealand that a change of constitutional status had taken place, whether the New Zealand government liked it or not. Colonies could not sign treaties, only sovereigns could.
But it wasn’t until after World War II, and the formation of the United Nations in 1947, that New Zealand formally severed its colonial ties from Britain by ratifying the 1931 Statute of Westminster in a ceremony on November 25, 1947.
Britain then drafted a new Constitution for New Zealand, again passed in Westminster, authorising its colony to change any provisions of the old 1852 colonial constitution.
Except, as the Australian Government has already learnt at great cost, no laws passed by Britain are valid in New Zealand or Australia, nor have they been since 1920.
The British confirmation to Australia that:
"No Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, or an Act that looks to the Parliament of the United Kingdom for its authority, is valid in Australia or its territories in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom and the Charter of the United Nations," could equally be applied to the 1947 New Zealand Constitution Act passed in Britain for use in New Zealand.
“What principle of international law lets the parliament of one sovereign country amend the law of another sovereign country? It doesn’t," argues Henke.
One to disagree, however, is University of Canterbury constitutional expert Philip Joseph, who says the gentle devolution of power from Westminster to the three colonies of Canada, Australia and New Zealand was legally effective, even if not as definitive as more traditional transfers of sovereignty.
Joseph believes international law, as set out in treaties signed by Australia and New Zealand, does not define how a nation must deal with sovereignty issues at a domestic level.
“Unlike all the other more newly emerged Commonwealth countries which have become sovereign, these three old colonies acquired full powers of legal continuity through an ongoing gift of legal powers from Westminster to the countries concerned."
This, of course, puts Joseph somewhat at odds with Henke and others who take a more fundamentalist view of constitutional law, and even Joseph admits that his views – shared by other mainstream constitutional lawyers in New Zealand – may be wrong at the end of the day.
The reason for that is that it places an enormous amount of faith in Britain’s legal ability to devolve power that way. Ninety-nine percent of countries have achieved independence either by physical revolution or by declaration of independence. The fact that only the three Dominions didn’t, and are now facing major constitutional challenges, illustrates how the "gentle" way may in fact have failed miserably to deliver lawful government.
"It never properly tells us when we exactly became an independent sovereign nation, and insofar as we trace our powers through this continuity line back to Westminster yes, it is a problem," says Joseph.
The question of whether New Zealand’s Government has been passing laws since 1920 without pure Constitutional authority to do so now lies open for legal debate and challenge, raising issues about the possible illegality of major policy decisions like state-asset sales or Waitangi Treaty settlements, not to mention the tax laws.
The problem is even more volatile, as an unconstitutional parliamentary system would mean New Zealand has an unconstitutional court system, bringing more headaches over whether any New Zealand court has jurisdiction to hear such a case.
Some lawyers suggest the New Zealand Government had the power, during the transfer of sovereignty, to ratify by legislation the earlier colonial constitution as remaining in force.
"If you wanted to argue the case," says Victoria University constitutional law expert Tony Angelo, "you’d say that on that date, 1920, when the cut off comes, that there has been an implicit affirmation or re-affirmation of certain rules as the laws of this ‘newly independent state’."
Ian Henke doesn’t buy that argument for a second.
He points out that in the recent Australian referendum on becoming a republic, the voters were asked to vote on a specific question that would also have provided a break in legal continuity. And they were asked to ratify it because there was no legal authority for the government to simply rubber-stamp it.
"We, the Australian people, commit ourselves to this constitution," was the referendum issue.
"By 61% to 39%, the people of Australia said ‘no’," says Henke. "so they can’t just ‘ratify’ it. The people said no."
But doesn’t a government have the lawful authority, while it is becoming independent, to simply ignore its population and say ‘We know what’s best because we’re the Government’?
"Of course not, because ‘lawful authority’ in independence, comes from the people. It’s the only place lawful authority can come from."
Canterbury University’s Philip Joseph agrees, saying the Government cannot claim a constitutional mandate simply because it was voted in during an election.
"That’s too mechanistic in a sense. You’ve actually got to go back to the fundamentals: what gives them the right to be there to begin with, to actually put policies to the people?"
At a point during the interview, Philip Joseph acknowledges that what is being challenged is not whether an individual statute is constitutional or not – which has been ruled on many times in the past – but a much bigger challenge: if the entire system has not been lawfully constituted, no national court can possibly adjudicate on it.
"I take your point on what you are saying," says Joseph, "and at this point you do step beyond the ‘safe’ parameters of constitutional analysis. You are actually asking now: what are the bases of a people, of a state, of a constitution."
The ramifications are huge. After all, you are asking lawyers who you may seek advice from to accept that their admission to the Bar and expensive law degree may not be valid.
Mainstream constitutional thought in this country has always been that sovereignty did not come in a definable moment as it has in other nations, but that the slow legal transition from Britain to New Zealand over a period of decades was lawful.
To ask lawyers, judges and politicians to accept that the core of their constitutional beliefs and their power base is wrong in law is like asking the Titanic to stop on a dime. It is still a foreign concept in New Zealand legal thought that "the people" hold sovereignty in anything other than name only.
The New Zealand and Australian people, when independence from Britain came in 1920, were never asked by their Governments what laws they wished their new nations to operate under. Yet only the people can be sovereign, not the Government.
"Every country in the world has a constitution which is its law," stresses Henke. "The key about your constitution, and the key about our constitution, is that they are Acts of the British Westminster Parliament. They have never been passed by the domestic parliaments down here. They are not the will of these peoples."
In essence, he argues, the moves by Australia, New Zealand and Canada to simply continue their existing government systems without asking the citizens of the new nations for their views, were akin to building a skyscraper without getting a building permit or planning permission.
Sovereignty, whether the governments realised it or not, had not passed from Britain to the former colonial governments, but instead had passed directly into the hands of the people by virtue of the international covenants that all three countries signed. Yet the governments acted as if they now had the power.
There are still lawyers who argue that international law has no domestic force. Again, the lawyers at ITR vehemently disagree.
"Certainly, in the early part of the century, sovereign states’ rights were the only thing that was important. There was no such thing as individual human rights," says Henke.
The reason for this was simple. Until World War I, the world was essentially a collection of imperial powers – many of them controlled by monarchs with absolute, divine right of kings, power. Sovereignty rested with the monarchs, and was exercised via their governments.
But the first world war brought that state of affairs to an end, destroying the Austro-Hungarian empire, Prussian aspirations and the Ottoman empire of Turkey that had once stretched from India to Spain.
From the wreckage of the war, new nations emerged where the people were suddenly free – sovereigns in their own right. The idea of absolute government sovereignty died in the trenches of the war, and this is the background that led to the League of Nations being formed – a group of free countries, each respecting the others’ sovereignty and their citizens rights to shake off colonial shackles.
"Now probably the major development of the last half of the 20th century has been the swap from the emphasis on sovereign states’ rights, to individual human rights. At this point in history, that’s the dominant shift that’s occurred," opines Henke.
"In Europe – and this is the problem that the people in Australasia have – human rights, the 1966 Covenant, the 1947 Universal Declaration, and the European Covenant on Human Rights, are all by treaty part of European law and are binding on all of the parties to the European Union, including England.
So human rights are now binding, under international law and international agreement, on the United Kingdom. Yet we have governments in Australia who claim they operate on the basis of British law, namely our Constitutions, but at the same time want to not be bound by the sections relating to human rights.
In fact, the remarkable thing is that two countries [Aust & NZ] whose governments speak so loudly about other people’s abuse of human rights are very careful to avoid having human rights, of the international variety which are universal, being applied to their citizens."
Henke says the bizarre situation has arisen where Australia has sworn to uphold the international declarations on human rights, but where Australian courts have ruled the declarations do not apply domestically.
New Zealand too, is guilty of the same action by virtue of Government policy. According to Philip Joseph, the New Zealand Government, like Australia, has not allowed our domestic law to automatically recognise international law even if NZ is a signatory to it.
"There is this dichotomy between the international legal order and our national legal order. It is still one of the foundation principles of our constitutional law that an international treaty which we sign and ratify – does not become part of our domestic legal system unless it is specifically incorporated by an Act of Parliament."
Which, as Henke argues, makes it a lot easier for two constitutionally unlawful governments to continue in power, without giving their subjects any rights of appeal under normal international legal channels.
"We actually had a judge say on the weekend, in discussion with a QC, that he didn’t give a damn whether individuals were hurt – his job was to uphold ‘the system’ – the system as opposed to the law.
Now that’s the second judge we’ve heard say that. Justice Haine of the Australian High Court said this back in December of 1998. His job was to ‘uphold the system’. I was in court when he uttered it."
But ITR admits there’s another problem: if, as the evidence now strongly suggests, the Australian Constitution is invalid and the government has no powers to pass laws or enforce them, then the Australian courts also lack jurisdiction to hear such arguments.
By failing to consult their citizens – their new bosses – about what kind of system of government they wanted from 1920 onwards, and simply assuming that the laws that existed the day before were still legal, Henke’s researchers believe the Governments acted illegally.
When America gained sovereign nation status, the new Constitution expressly provided that British common law precedent would continue to form the basis of American law, except where it was inconsistent with the principles of the Constitution. In this way, Americans ensured that they still had access to a code of laws.
But New Zealanders and Australians were not asked if they wanted British common law dating from the Magna Carta to continue as their legal basis.
And without that permission, it is constitutionally possible that the New Zealand courts have no power to draw legal precedent from colonial times or earlier. In effect, there is a solid argument that virtually no laws exist in New Zealand, and that even the 1688 Bill of Rights protecting MPs from being sued may have no effect, as ITR points out.
"The only constitutional authority for British legal precedent is the authority on which the British courts rest: the legal authority of the British people as expressed through the British parliament. Now that lawful authority does not apply in Australia. It doesn’t apply in New Zealand.
"So all of the court decisions made in relation to that, unless we choose voluntarily and explicitly to take it into our laws, is no more valid for us than laws used in France, the United States or China."
Again, looked at objectively, there is no constitutional reason that British colonial law should have any more force in New Zealand, than Ottoman law from last century should have any force in modern Turkey or Egypt.
The only way this legal crisis could be dealt with is for the New Zealand Government to seek a mandate from the voters to be granted temporary emergency powers whilst a new Constitution is drafted for public approval.
Unlike Hong Kong, freedom downunder was not marked by a break in legal continuity while one side relinquished power and the other took command. Instead the former colonial governments did not understand the constitutional issues facing them.
As New Zealand constitutional law expert Tony Angelo, of Victoria University, points out, sovereignty up until that time had normally been transferred only at the point of a gun, usually after agitation. In contrast, British colonial citizens were loyal and not actively seeking independence.
"The British constitutional pattern, particularly for the old Commonwealth, was normally an evolutionary rather than revolutionary process, so the idea that there is a specific date before which you are ‘dependent’ and after which you are ‘independent’, as I understand it, was not part of British constitutional thinking.
It is certainly a feature of some constitutional systems in continental Europe. In other words, if you wanted independence from France, everything would stop and start on a given date."
As you saw earlier, Britain had told Australia and New Zealand on many occasions that they were now fully independent, but it appears the colonials were not listening.
In Resolution 9 of the Imperial Conference of 1917, the colonies were told "there is a necessity to alter the constitutional arrangements of the empire. The conference feels it must put on record that such rearrangements will be on the basis of equality of nationhood."
Australia’s Prime Minister Hughes tried, in 1921, to draft a new Constitution for Australia to reflect the new nationhood. But his plans were torpedoed by British-owned commercial interests lobbying politicians against it. Hughes was voted out soon afterward, and the idea of a new Australian Constitution never arose until the Republican Referendum last year.
New Zealand politicians were even more backward, failing to realise they were legally independent for 27 years, and failing to implement a Constitution right up to the present day.
Although the Lange government did pass the 1986 Constitution Act, it was an Act of Parliament not a people’s constitution. It is also strongly arguable that the Constitution Act is void because the Government had no sovereign power delegated to it by the New Zealand people.
Leading British constitutional law expert, Professor D P O’Connell, a recognised international expert, says transfers of sovereignty must be marked by a break in legal continuity. But the former Dominions, thinking stability was the most important factor, ignored the need to re-codify the laws and constitutional basis of the government.
"There is a law called the Law of State Succession," says Henke, "which is basically the mechanics by which those breaks are overcome to ensure that you don’t end up with total chaos. But nothing was ever done.
"All they’ve done is ignored the existence of the break and run a PR job on the people telling them everything is fine, deliberately made sure they never told them the truth, and just let it run from there."
The issue is so grave, that even New Zealand constitutional law expert, Victoria University’s Tony Angelo, doubts that New Zealand courts would have any powers to even hear legal argument if their jurisdiction was challenged.
He cites the case of Simpson v Attorney General, a New Zealand case from the 1950s where Simpson alleged the Government was unconstitutional because he discovered the electoral writs had not been issued within the timeframe required for the election.
"The court said ‘well, this is all very fine, but we’re not in a position to re-establish a parliament. We can say yes, everything’s invalid because the process wasn’t followed as it should have been, but we’re not in a position to re-start the machine’.
"The judges said ‘actually, if what you say is true, none of us have been lawfully appointed and therefore we can’t validly decide your case’."
To get around the problem, the court opted for a novel solution, ruling that the word "must" in the Act could also mean "may". Whether the verdict was legally correct was irrelevant, as Philip Joseph points out.
"They managed to find a way around that, because it would have brought the system crashing down on its head, otherwise. That was a pragmatic response to a pressing constitutional challenge."
It is issues like this, Joseph concedes, that demonstrate how the sovereignty of the people of New Zealand has arguably been usurped by Parliament and by the Courts.
Both institutions will attest to the constitutionality of the other if either faces a challenge, whilst the people must accept their verdicts or actions.
"That is an argument that you could put, but ultimately if you test it in the courts you won’t succeed, I can tell you that, because our Court of Appeal would simply say ‘we can trace our authorities back’."
As for the arguments by other New Zealand constitutional experts that the Government’s power to make statute law overrides everything else, Henke’s attitude is "prove it".
"The question is: where does it get its power from? A very simple question. Every Government has to get its power based on something. It can’t be based on the divine right of kings, because that ended when they chopped Charles’ head off. The current Royal Family will be sovereigns only if they obey the specific requirements of English statutory law.
Now try and think about this one: the courts have tried to push the idea that it’s like dual citizenship – you can have the Queen of New Zealand and the Queen of the United Kingdom. But if you have dual citizenship you can surrender either one without affecting the other.
However in this case it’s an a priori requirement that to be Queen of New Zealand, somebody must already be the Queen of the United Kingdom. They could not abdicate as Queen of the United Kingdom and remain Queen of New Zealand, so trying to separate the British authority component is an impossibility. You can’t do it."
Which raises an even more dramatic possibility, according to Tony Angelo:
"May we still be a colony? I mean, the person of our sovereign is in the UK. Our final court of appeal is in the UK. We have not localised those two things. Internationally we would say we are independent and we have a Queen of New Zealand who is different from the Queen of England, and the Privy Council advises the Queen of New Zealand not the Queen of England, but that is a total mystery – it is an act of faith to accept that."
"He could be absolutely right," says Henke. "That’s one of the possibilities – that we are all still colonies of Britain and not independent. Now if that is so, then every one of the treaties we have signed, and in Australia’s case that’s about 4000, are null and void. And we’re all British citizens again, except that British law says we’re not, so we become stateless people.
"As you can see, it’s a fascinating series of twists. And we did not believe when we started out that we would find anything like this."
The problem now facing citizens of New Zealand, Australia and Canada is how to regain constitutional control of their governments.
The only previous attempt at drafting anything close to a real constitution in New Zealand was Sir Geoffrey Palmer’s Bill of Rights, which codified a number of basic rights but said "notwithstanding" those rights, nothing in the Bill could remove the Government’s statutory powers.
Ian Henke says attempts to draw up lists of rights are futile.
"Look, the issue is very simple. Once you become a sovereign nation, all of the rights belong to the people. And they delegate to a parliament and a government so much of their rights as are necessary to keep government going. And that’s all. Anything that is not so delegated remains the rights of the people.
"In other words, you don’t have to draft a Bill of Rights to say what rights the people have got. All you have to draft, in any decent democracy, is a Constitution that says which of the rights, belonging to the people, the government is allowed to exercise."
So New Zealand’s new Constitution could say, "We the people retain all rights, but we delegate the following powers to the Government…"
Allowing for the fact that future Governments could face some unforeseen problem and require extra power, Henke suggests that the Government should be forced to ask its citizens, via binding referenda, to vote on constitutional amendments if necessary.
Such a constitution could even provide for the Government to be allowed to exercise emergency powers, for a maximum of six weeks, in order to deal with an unexpected crisis. The time limit allows enough time for the issue to be put to the vote.
"The Government doesn’t need all our rights to do things. It only needs some. So the Government must have no rights over the freedom of individuals, and so you just never give it to them. Then, in order to enforce something, the Government has got to prove that what they’re trying to enforce falls under the context of what they have been granted by the Constitution.
It puts the onus of proof on the Government to prove that they are acting lawfully, rather than as it currently exists where individuals must prove that the Government is acting unlawfully."
Angelo believes the recent push by New Zealanders for more control over their governments is driven by a subconscious realisation that we’ve been flying blind, in a constitutional sense.
"We have only one protection, and that is the semi-entrenched requirement of elections every three years. Intuitively, why people have consistently said ‘we’ll keep the term short’ is, I think, because they’ve realised that it is their only hold on the system. Because logically you’d look for a four or five year term, but if you look at those referenda the populace consistently say ‘no, don’t change it’.
"The Ombudsman came out of that desire for greater control, Official Information came out of that, MMP came out of that, but the basic issue is not being addressed and that is because it is not part of the Anglo-Saxon constitutional tradition to do things this way.
"The fact is that now we’re probably the only nation that thinks like that, Britain is now so caught up with the European Union that even if it hasn’t set its own constitution it is falling within other people’s structures. It seems we’re closest to the ‘pure model’.
"But until you can get some popular groundswell, no politician is going to run with it."
In Australia, however, it’s a different story. The Institute of Taxation Research is playing hardball with the Australian Government.
"An application for the appointment of an International Criminal Tribunal has been submitted to the UN, for Australia. We have forwarded copies to every single country who has a delegation to the UN. No country has returned the document to us.
"Copies went to the Secretary-General as well as the Security Council. A number of countries have offered active support in bringing the matter to a head. It is currently being worked through by the [UN] Human Rights Commission. It is currently being worked on by a number of the other countries who were signatories to the treaties that gave Australia and New Zealand their independence. They have indicated to us that as signatories to those treaties they are duty bound to push the matter before the International Court.
"We are, despite what the politicians here are saying, moving down the track to a declaration by the International Court that this current government is nothing but an illegal offshoot of the United Kingdom Government.
"Even the UK Government is saying now ‘It’s not us! It’s them. We’ve given them the legislation saying they’re independent. If these people are doing it it’s them, they’re doing it wrong. We’re actually asking the International Court, amongst other things, to have the United Kingdom repeal the Constitution Act, just to strike it right out so there can be no pretence any longer that it still exists."
What Investigate expected when we began this research was to find strong and forceful legal opinion that this constitutional timebomb claim was wrong – that it was merely the ramblings of a few cranks. Instead, of all the leading New Zealand constitutional lawyers we spoke to, both on and off the record, one comment sums them up:
"It is very problematic, and there is no clear answer to these questions you are posing."
That such an admission carries with it the possibility that our courts are invalid, our government has no constitutional right to pass laws, that the Waitangi Treaty became null and void on 10 January 1920 when we signed the League of Nations Covenant, that the new drivers licence laws are invalid – pick any issue you like – all of this means New Zealand faces some very serious decisions in the very near future.
This question is likely to get a major airing when constitutional experts meet in Parliament’s Legislative Chamber in April to debate whether New Zealand needs a written constitution. At this point, one might be tempted to say the question is not "whether", but "when".
Winston Churchill: Britain’s “Greatest Briton” Left A Legacy Of Global Conflict And Crimes Against Humanity January 27 2016 | From: GlobalResearch
Sunday January 24th 2016 marks the anniversary of the death of one of the most lionized leaders in the Western world: Sir Winston Churchill.
The current British Prime Minister, David Cameron, has called Churchill “the greatest ever Prime Minister”, and Britons have recently voted him as the greatest Briton to have ever lived.
The story that British schoolbooks tell children about Churchill is of a British Bulldog, with unprecedented moral bravery and patriotism. He, who defeated the Nazis during World War II and spread civilisation to indigenous people from all corners of the globe. Historically, nothing could be further from the truth.
To the vast majority of the world, where the sun once never set on the British empire, Winston Churchill remains a great symbol of racist Western imperialist tyranny, who stood on the wrong side of history.
The myth of Churchill is Britain’s greatest propaganda tool because it rewrites Churchill’s true history in order to whitewash Britain’s past imperialist crimes against humanity. The Churchill myth also perpetuates Britain’s ongoing neo-colonial and neo-liberal policies, that still, to the is day, hurt the very people around the world that Churchill was alleged to have helped civilise.
The same man whose image is polished and placed on British mantelpieces as a symbol of all that is Great about Britain was an unapologetic racist and white supremacist. “I hate Indians, they are a beastly people with a beastly religion”, he once bellowed. As Churchill put it, Palestinians were simply “barbaric hordes who ate little but camel dung.”
In 1937, he told the Palestine Royal Commission:
“I do not admit for instance, that a great wrong has been done to the Red Indians of America or the black people of Australia. I do not admit that a wrong has been done to these people by the fact that a stronger race, a higher-grade race, a more worldly wise race to put it that way, has come in and taken their place.”
It is unsurprising that when Barack Obama became President, he returned to Britain a bust of Churchill which he found on his desk in the Oval office. According to historian Johann Hari, Mr. Obama’s Kenyan grandfather, Hussein Onyango Obama, was imprisoned without trial for two years and was tortured on Churchill’s watch, for daring to resist Churchill’s empire.
Apart from being an unrepentant racist, Churchill was also a staunch proponent of the use of terrorism as a weapon of war.
During the Kurdish rebellion against the British dictatorship in 1920, Churchill remarked that he simply did not understand the “squeamishness” surrounding the use of gas by civilized Great Britain as a weapon of terror. “I am strongly in favour of using gas against uncivilised tribes, it would spread a lively terror,” he remarked.
In the same year, as Secretary of State for War, Churchill sent the infamous Black and Tans to Ireland to fight the IRA. The group became known for vicious terrorist attacks on civilians which Churchill condoned and encouraged.
While today Britons celebrate Churchill’s legacy, much of the world outside the West mourns the legacy of a man who insisted that it was the solemn duty of Great Britain to invade and loot foreign lands because in Churchill’s own words Britain’s “Aryan stock is bound to triumph”.
Churchill’s legacy in the Far East, Middle East, South Asia and Africa is certainly not one of an affable British Lionheart, intent on spreading civilization amongst the natives of the world. To people of these regions the imperialism, racism, and fascism of a man like Winston Churchill can be blamed for much of the world’s ongoing conflicts and instability.
As Churchill himself boasted, he “created Jordan with a stroke of a pen one Sunday afternoon,” thereby placing many Jordanians under the brutal thumb of a throneless Hashemite prince, Abdullah. Historian Michael R. Burch recalls how the huge zigzag in Jordan’s eastern border with Saudi Arabia has been called “Winston’s Hiccup” or “Churchill’s Sneeze” because Churchill carelessly drew the expansive boundary after a generous lunch.
Churchill also invented Iraq. After giving Jordan to Prince Abdullah, Churchill, the great believer in democracy that he was, gave Prince Abdullah’s brother Faisal an arbitrary patch of desert that became Iraq. Faisal and Abdullah were war buddies of Churchill’s friend T. E. Lawrence, the famous “Lawrence of Arabia”.
Much like the clumsy actions in Iraq of today’s great Empire, Churchill’s imperial foreign policy caused decades of instability in Iraq by arbitrarily locking together three warring ethnic groups that have been bleeding heavily ever since. In Iraq, Churchill bundled together the three Ottoman vilayets of Basra that was predominantly Shiite, Baghdad that was Sunni, and Mosul that was mainly Kurd.
Ask almost anyone outside of Iraq who is responsible for the unstable mess that Iraq is in today and they are likely to say one word, either “Bush” or “America”. However, if you asked anyone within Iraq who is mainly responsible for Iraq’s problems over the last half century and they are likely to simply say “Churchill”.
Winston Churchill convened the 1912 Conference in Cairo to determine the boundaries of the British Middle Eastern mandate and T.E. Lawrence was the most influential delegate. Churchill did not invite a single Arab to the conference, which is shocking but hardly surprising since in his memoirs Churchill said that he never consulted the Arabs about his plans for them.
The arbitrary lines drawn in Middle Eastern sand by Churchillian imperialism were never going to withstand the test of time. To this day, Churchill’s actions have denied Jordanians, Iraqis, Kurds and Palestinians anything resembling true democracy and national stability.
The intractable Israeli-Palestinian conflict can also be traced directly back to Churchill’s door at number 10 Downing Street and his decision to hand over the “Promised Land” to both Arabs and Jews. Churchill gave practical effect to the Balfour declaration of 1917, which expressed Britain’s support for the creation of a Jewish homeland, resulting in the biggest single error of British foreign policy in the Middle East.
Churchill’s legacy in Sub-Saharan Africa and Kenya in particular is also one of deep physical and physiological scars that endure to this day.
Of greater consequence to truth and history should be a man’s actions, not merely his words. Whilst Churchill has become one of the most extensively quoted men in the English speaking world, particularly on issues of democracy and freedom, true history speaks of a man whose actions revolved around, in Churchill’s own words, “a lot of jolly little wars against barbarous peoples”.
One such war was when Kikuyu Kenyans rebelled for their freedom only to have Churchill call them “brutish savage children” and force 150,000 of them into “Britain’s Gulag”.
Pulitzer-prize winning historian, Professor Caroline Elkins, highlights Churchill’s many crimes in Kenya in her book Britain’s Gulag: The Brutal End of Empire in Kenya.
Professor Elkins explains how Churchill’s soldiers “whipped, shot, burned, and mutilated Mau Mau suspects”, all in the name of British “civilization”. It is said that President Obama’s grandfather Hussein Onyango Obama never truly recovered from the torture he endured from Churchill’s men.
The Nobel Prize-winning economist Amartya Sen has proved how in Bengal in 1943 Churchill engineered one of the worst famines in human history for profit.
Over three million civilians starved to death whilst Churchill refused to send food aid to India. Instead, Churchill trumpeted that “the famine was their own fault for breeding like rabbits.”
Churchill intentionally hoarded grain to sell for profit on the open market after the Second World War instead of diverting it to starving inhabitants of a nation controlled by Britain. Churchill’s actions in India unquestionably constituted a crime against humanity.
Churchill was also one of the greatest advocates of Britain’s disastrous divide-and-rule foreign policy.
Churchill’s administration deliberately created and exacerbated sectarian fissures within India’s independence movement, between Indian Hindus and Muslims that have had devastating effects on the region ever since.
Prior to India’s independence from Britain, Churchill was eager to see bloodshed erupt in India, so as to prove that Britain was the benevolent “glue holding the nation together”. For Churchill, bloodshed also had the added strategic advantage that it would also lead to the partition of India and Pakistan.
Churchill’s hope was this partition would result in Pakistan remaining within Britain’s sphere of influence. This, in turn, would enable the Great Game against the Soviet empire to continue, no matter the cost to innocent Indian and Pakistanis. The partition of India with Pakistan caused the death of about 2.5 million people and displaced some 12.5 million others.
According to writer, Ishaan Tharoor, Churchill’s own Secretary of State for India, Leopold Amery, compared his boss’s understanding of India’s problems to King George III’s apathy for the Americas. In his private diaries Amery vented that “on the subject of India, Churchill is not quite sane” and that he didn’t “see much difference between Churchill’s outlook and Hitler’s.”
Churchill shared far more ideologically in common with Hitler than most British historians care to admit. For instance, Churchill was a keen supporter of eugenics, something he shared in common with Germany’s Nazi leadership, who were estimated estimated to have killed 200,000 disabled people and forcibly sterilised twice that number.
Churchill drafted a highly controversial piece of legislation, which mandated that the mentally ill be forcibly sterilized. In a memo to the Prime Minister in 1910, Winston Churchill cautioned, “the multiplication of the feeble-minded is a very terrible danger to the race”.
He also helped organise the International Eugenics Conference of 1912, which was the largest meeting of proponents of eugenics in history.
Churchill had a long standing belief in racial hierarchies and eugenics. In Churchill’s view, white protestant Christians were at the very top of the pyramid, above white Catholics, while Jews and Indians were only slightly higher than Africans.
Historian, Mr. Hari, rightfully points out, “the fact that we now live in a world where a free and independent India is a superpower eclipsing Britain, and a grandson of the Kikuyu ‘savages’ is the most powerful man in the world, is a repudiation of Churchill at his ugliest – and a sweet, ironic victory for Churchill at his best.”
Amid today’s Churchillian parades and celebratory speeches, British media and schoolbooks may choose to only remember Churchill’s opposition to dictatorship in Europe, but the rest of the world cannot choose to forget Churchill’s imposition of dictatorship on darker skinned people outside of Europe. Far from being the Lionheart of Britain, who stood on the ramparts of civilisation, Winston Churchill, all too often, simply stood on the wrong side of history.
Churchill is indeed the Greatest Briton to have ever lived, because for decades, the myth of Churchill has served as Britain’s greatest propaganda tool to bolster national white pride and glorify British imperial culture.
On the 4th of February 2016 two days before Waitangi day. John Key intends to sign the TPPA. The treaty will allow international corporations to usurp most of New Zealand’s sovereignty. It will deregulate the financial industry, allow corporations to sue our government for loss of profit if we don’t let them run rough shod over what is left of our fragile ecological systems and destroy what is left of our social support systems.
It will also destroy one of the most important social documents and contracts of this country: the Treaty of Waitangi.
And John Key knows this. The ruling elite knows this and they like the idea! What is more, most Pakeha who identify with the ruling elite rather than face reality and realise they are part of the 99%, like that idea too!
And it’s an easy fault line for the 1% to aggravate the 99% into an all out civil war between Maori and Pakeha and here is what is being done to make sure they get what they want.
Releasing information about riot police being trained to deal with political unrest to inflame emotions.
People inciting violence in comments on political blogs to make sure the people who own those blogs can be arrested or made redundant as part of the aggressive political fringe loonies when they try to inform people.
So what can you do to help the people in Waitangi to speak truth to power and make sure this can not be pinned on Maori being obstinate?
For starters if you are Pakeha, Chinese, Indian, European, Muslim ,Christian, in short not Maori and against the TPPA, you can go to Waitangi in support of the refusal of The Waitangi Marae Kaumatua to receive government officials in protest of the signing. Show them you won’t be played against each other and that New Zealanders of any creed and background are against the corporate take over of New Zealand!
Do so in peace and respect for the treaty and the people there.
Maori or otherwise: prevent anybody from becoming violent or aggressive and keep it dignified and silent and allow the sheer number of people to speak rather than individual voices. Even if they sign the TPPA they have to implement it and that will only happen if we let them.
Take mirrors and let the trained government thugs have a goo long look at themselves! It works in Ukraine! We need the people authorised by the banker usurper John Key to commit violence, to realise that they are also part of the 99% being sucked dry by the banksters!
And remember all of us living on these Islands: This is our home! We can make it heaven or hell. The international banksters are hell-bent on making it hell. Let’s not give it to them! Let’s commit to make peace and abundance for all!
The Big Squeeze vs. Khazarian Mafia January 22 2016 | From: Geopolitics
The result of the well-coordinated operation to cut-off the Khazarian Mafia from the rest of the global economy is now undeniable.
The fiat FED dollar denominated economy is effectively shut down as indicated in the free-falling Baltic Dry Index.
Again, we are featuring another summary of the information that’s already been in this site and some new information detailing the personalities involved that should facilitate the understanding of what’s been going on for at least the last eight years.
Big Squeeze Now On Khazarian Mafia
This article builds on past articles on this subject. For those who haven’t read those, reading this article is likely a waste of time and it will be difficult to fit this information into their heads.
This is a long article and is written as a two-tiered piece. Those short of time can read the bold print and pass over the rest, and then finish with the conclusion. Many thanks to my sources, some still living but most passed. None have been associated with Veterans Today in any way. I do not enjoy writing this type of article for a number of reasons not appropriate to be discussed here. But I do feel an obligation to get this information out. ]
Numerous nations around the World have now ganged up on the Khazarian Mafia (KM).
It is cornered and it is losing power by the day. Expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police who take orders from Homeland Security (DHS) and receive their ridiculous conjured up Domestic Terror Watch Lists.
How much real power does the Khazarian Mafia have left and for how long can it hold out? Is the Khazarian Mafia still powerful enough to start another major war in the Mideast, or even a nuclear WW3 to serve as a covering event for their impending loss of World hegemony?
There are recent reports from China that the Chinese Government has ordered that its international cargo shipping in both the Pacific and the Atlantic be restricted.
One source with connections to mainland Chinese sources has verified this claim that China has given an ultimatum that there will be a big reduction in their cargo ships unloading any products until the USG begins to honor the Secret Reset Agreement they entered into in 2013 during G-20 meetings.
The Baltic Dry Shipping Index is way down, less than half of what it was at its peak. Crude oil has dropped to $30 a barrel or less, and in Canada shale oil is even as low at $10 a barrel. American retail sales were low during Christmas and many retail chains plan to close stores at multiple locations, including the notorious Walmart.
And oil derivatives of the big Wall Street Banks are under extreme stress due to these oil prices which has now placed several of the largest in jeopardy. The US Petro Dollar is now under stress as never before and the massive continued issuing and printing after the bailouts (repetitive Quantitative Easings, #7 and counting), the secret US Treasury Exchange Stabilization Fund (ESF) direct foreign bank bailouts of trillions, and the secret direct USG Plunge Protection Team stock purchases in mass no longer seem to mitigate this slide.
Several foreign nations have asked for their Gold back that has been stored at the Federal Reserve, but only a portion has been shipped because the vaults are now apparently empty.
Chinese and Russian purchases of massive quantities of Gold and Silver are fact, not theory, giving them a huge advantage as the Federal Reserve System’s Ponzi scheme approaches collapse.
Comex paper Gold which is supposed to be backed 100% by real Gold is not. This is just another part of the Federal Reserve System’s massive Ponzi scheme which has probably already hit the iceberg and is taking on water.
The Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership is being squeezed and now seems cornered. They claim to each other to work directly for Lucifer who they describe as their new “rising god” (they call this “Lucifer Rising”). Others in this small circle describe Lucifer as a renegade Third Force who will cut these folks loose in a NY Minute as soon as they serve no useful purpose anymore. And that is what now seems to be happening. Looks like their “god” is going to let them down. Oh well, should they have expected less from pure evil?
When you dance with the devil, you are going to get burned. That’s the function of Doofus Cutouts that are propelled to the top and given power, status and riches beyond imagination. They are there to serve as disposables when it’s all said and done and they are no longer needed. They will never see it coming when they are abandoned and “cut-loose”.
If there is going to be new monetary system set up for the World and that’s the way it looks, and it likely will not include the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins.
As best we can determine before Chinese cargo shipping decreased, China was demanding that their Renminbi be included in a basket of currencies.
And we know that the Renminbi will be backed by Gold and this basket of currencies will replace the current exclusiveness of the US Petro Dollar which functions as the World’s Reserve Currency.
This same source has claimed that the Japanese Government has just agreed to be part of the Chinese created Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB). If these reports are accurate then this means that Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed economically.
For the G-20 nations and especially the USA to honor this Secret Reset Agreement made in 2013, the Khazarian Mafia must be removed from its position controlling the World’s Central Banking.
It also apparently requires the acceptance of the Chinese Renminbi based on Gold and Silver as a part of an international basket of currencies and the removal of the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency.
Looks like the Khazarian Mafia is now being squeezed from many directions. And it is rapidly losing control which makes it desperate and dangerous.
When the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia feels cornered one would expect that it would become desperate to re-establish control and take even more drastic actions that it has in the past, unless too much force is arrayed against them from more than one enemy.
And now for the first time numerous enemies have arisen against the Khazarian Mafia. And two of them are quite powerful.
The first and most powerful enemy appears to be the Russian Federation.
Putin and the Russian Federation have now completely checkmated the Khazarian Mafia both in the Ukraine and in Syria and is now annihilating ISIS by deployment of its superior air power.
The second most powerful appears to be the American People, a very well-armed sleeping giant that is now rapidly awaking.
This new exigent power of the American Masses is due to the Alternative Media of the Internet. The Internet has provided incredible speed and the fact that so many Americans are finally figuring out everything out of our elected Politicians’ mouths via the CMMM is their propaganda, big lies and false-narratives.
And the recent dire economy, and massive unemployment since 2008 brought about by all these traitorous Free Trade Agreements and two illegal, unConstitutional “Wall Street Bailouts” have created a spontaneously emerging populism in the American Masses.
This massive populism is not only unprecedented but it is now accompanied by a rising anger towards the DC “doofus” career politicians and this new populism is increasingly powerful.
The Khazarian Mafia has deployed false-flag attacks all around the World and in America using Cutouts. Some were mass-shootings in gun-free zones hyped in the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), and others were major bombings like at the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995 or the World Trade Center in NYC on 9-11-01.
The purpose is always to justify more power to central government in order to help the Khazarian Mafia protect itself and its Evil Agenda.
But now that the Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed from all sides, will we see increased harassment of investigative journalists, known truth tellers and dissidents who run counter to the Khazarian Mafia’s propaganda, big lies and false-narratives they dispense through their CMMM?
Might we start seeing mysterious and increasingly frequent disappearances like what occurred in the South American Death Squads? After all these Death Squads were all trained by the US Military and the CIA inside the USA, and these schools for torture and murder are still active.
And recently Chicago was caught running a black site for DHS to disappear Targeted Individuals. Other cities have these too. And the Pentagon and the CIA still run the Black Prison sites in East European nations and also have black prison ships which are still active. Check this for more information.
We should expect the DHS to put out increasingly negative smear reports to the local Police Departments creating increased fear of known truth tellers, dissidents, patriots and gun owners? This will include folks who have been illegally placed on Domestic terror Watch lists with instructions to begin increased surveillance and harassment against them?
We now know for certain that the Khazarian Mafia’s actions in the past in America have included the Bombing of the Murrah Building, first attempted bombing of the NYC Twin towers by the FBI setting up and supplying the Blind Sheikh. This was actually an acoustics test to establish needs for the devices the Khazarian Mafia used in Twin Towers attack on 9-11-01.
And the FBI (with help of the CIA and crooked US Customs agents) placed a stolen barrel of cyanide stolen from Louis Champon’s Natural Cherry Flavoring Company in Boca Raton Florida through a tunnel under the street by Wackem’out World Security.
This was done to see what the effects on folks near the blast in the basement parking ramp would be. Actually the blast destroyed the toxicity of the cyanide.
Naturally the FBI tried to secretly and wrongly frame Louis Champon for this and only failed through the incredible detective work of James Rothstein (NYCPD Gold Shield, police Intel and key part of the infamous NY State Crime Commission Secret 15 man Intel Task Force - now long retired for arresting Frank Sturgis aka Frank Fiorini in NYC for trying to terminate Marita Lorenz right before her secret appearance at the HSCA and turning over of photos with Ruby, Sturgiss, Oswald at the motel the night before the JFK Assassination and more).
Detective Rothstein, a German Catholic, is the only member of this secret 15 man task force who has survived (most were terminated with extreme prejudice by the CIA) to suppress what they found out. Detective Rothstein is one of the greatest American Heroes in Law Enforcement we have ever had anywhere in America.
His investigations led to more prosecutions of CIA pedophiles, their pedophile murders, and the CIA drug dealers than any other LE person in the history of America and his record still stands.
None of this ever was allowed into the CMMM of course. Rothstein’s astoundingly frank book is expected to be published this year and it will be very interesting. His long term efforts to bring St. John’s Abbey to justice for the pedophile sheep-dipped, rat-lined ex-Nazi priests that have been kept there and protected from prosecution are well known, and he is still at it.
Too bad the local police are crooked, and the FBI continues to look the other way and do their usual assigned job, cover up for the “Process”.
So this World’s largest organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia is truly capable of untold evil against the American people as well as the whole World as long as it is allowed to exist and occupy and parasitize the USG for its own purposes.
Every large urban police dept. and the alphabets, especially the FBI has an Intel plant embedded there to run cover-ups for the “Process” Satanic Cult and the CIA drug trafficking, both protected by being deputized as agents of National Security”.
Inside America the Khazarian Mafia has controlled the Alphabets including the FBI, its main cover up agency and entrapment/setup agency and the BATF, as well as the CIA; and they have always done a lot of the Khazarian Mafia’s illegal dirty work.
And of course after the Khazarian Mafia attacked America on 9-11-01 to create a New Pearl Harbor event, they were now in a position to establish Homeland Security (DHS) the foundation of the long planned American Police State.
This plan to establish DHS was already written and ready to push through Congress awaiting a major catalytic event such as the major terrorist attack of 9-11-01 which was run by the Khazarian Mafia and its stateside assets deep inside the Administration and the Pentagon.
The attack on America of 9-11-01 was designed to consolidate all American Law Enforcement under one central command directly controlled by the Khazarian Mafia, a known foreign based power, and justify becoming a nation based on preemptive wars of aggression.
The secret agenda of DHS is to transform America into a total surveillance society, a Police State rivaling East Germany under the Stasi. That is why Marcus Wolfe (former head of the Stasi) was hired as a consultant to set up DHS two years before he mysteriously died.
The ultimate end game here is for the Khazarian Mafia to use DHS to transform America into GAZA II, the World’s largest open-air prison camp and to make Americans the New Palestinians. This is all part of the “Greater Israel Plan” which is no longer theory but established fact.
And the “Greater Israel Plan” is the cover story used by the Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership (aka the “Select Few”) to use its Cutouts and main action agent the American-Israeli “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors and the Likudists in Israel to do their dirty work.
The American Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) has been losing its credibility for years, and its popularity is at an all-time low.
Since the CMMM is the main mouthpiece and propaganda/mind-kontrol agent for the Khazarian Mafia, its demise poses a big loss of power for the Khazarian Mafia. And we now know for certain its demise is being engendered by the increasing popularity of the Alternative News of the Internet.
The Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and you can bet that Homeland Security (DHS) is busy at work creating smear reports at their fusion centers to send to local police with the instructions to increase the harassment of suspected domestic terrorists.
Expect greatly increased surveillance and spying on all Americans even the Khazarian Mafia’s underling yes men and women and major doofuses who have been appointed to high positions of power and to provide a twisted sort of inside humor to the very top controllers that run the Khazarian Mafia System.
Spying and Intel collection has become remarkably advanced and will continue to increase in frequency, scope and intrusiveness.
Much of it is used for banal entertainment by bored “no longer give a damn” NSA and NRO employees who dig watching and listening to bedroom type scenes. The NSA and NRO are collecting far more raw data than they can adequately process effectively, and it has become mostly a money-making means to asset strip more and more money from We The People and make a big show of power by the Khazarian Mafia.
Some deep black and top secret technologies include; use of one’s own AC house wiring, smart TV’s, personal especially laptop and handheld computers, cell phones, wired phones, remote phones, smart TV’s and smart appliances; remote outdoor to indoor thermometers and weather meters and stations for homeowners; some TV remote controls with voice activation; really spooky new methods like driving by and shooting a special micro-transceiver nail in the siding that is matched for color and texture; wall penetrating drive-by radar systems (also used along major highways in unmarked white step vans and 18-wheelers; vehicle, aircraft, and satellite based special infrared sensors); high powered close-by receivers for picking up brain waves and decoding thought and emotional states; …
…embedded transceiver chips in all cell phones ad auto GPS and blue-tooth communication and “seek help” systems which can be remotely activated and easily traced and used a GPS tracking and used for microphones; orbital super HD electronic day and night vision cameras than can sense an ant on the ground and many license plates; deep black variable and synthetic aperture ground penetrating radar, advance gamma ray and neutron particle sensors and other even more secret means involved ground, truck, tower and satellite antennas designed to pick up brainwave transmissions which have been altered by ingested nano-particles in the atmospherically sprayed aerosol chem-trails and gasoline which include nano-particles of aluminum and barium and other magnetic and electrical compounds which can be flashed, id’ed and used to alter brainwave transmissions for external monitoring (referred to as the “prime freak”).
There are other even more advance psi-power means that are so far down the rabbit-hole they would be too discrediting to discuss in this article. But they do exist and can be effective in many situations.
More on those in another article perhaps.
But even worse DHS uses the special deniable contractor squads and retired miltel, FBI and CIA to gang-stalk, do personal surveillance, walk-bys, and moving in next door or as close as possible to key targeted individuals who are deemed as first line threat to their system of lies.
Paranoid yet? Haha
And as if that wasn’t enough, these special squads have specialists that deploy advanced psychotronic warfare against USG, Intel, military and corporate whistle-blowers on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia kingpins that is designed to cause chronic health problems, lethal medical disorders and suppression of thinking and acting.
Some of these devices are cell tower activated, some by doppler weather radar, some closely custom placed transmitters triangulated in from close-by spy cell and corporate proprietaries. For those that claim this is all pure fantasy and bs I can strongly reply you are wrong, dead wrong. How can I say that?
Well I have personally swept Mark Novitsky’s residence with sensors used by the German Health Department and found it way over the allowable European accepted limits with some equipment red-lined. Some sources inside the home were disabled or removed, and we found strong external sources.
As we started tracing and triangulating their location of external transmissions, they were suddenly turned off preventing location. Novitsky is as important in what he knows and has attempted to disclose as Snowden. 60 Minutes was going to do a big story on him but backed out at the last minute because they said it had become too complicated.
Other top Federal and Intel whistle-blowers have told Novitsky what he knows about is above their pay grade. Most avoid him like the plague. All his local Senators and Congresspersons were notified by Novitsky (evidence in writing I have seen) and all deny it and did nothing, except for Governor Mark Dayton who was a Senator at the time.
Dayton has a good reputation with his staff and when terrorism struck in DC he immediately placed the safety of his staff first. He did what he could for Novitsky and We The People but was stepped on hard.
Now Dayton is the Governor of Minnesota and appears to be doing his best to get the the states decaying infrastructure repaired. Novitsky has been placed on the top secret DHS “No Work under any Circumstances List” by the FBI, which follows him around and tells any employer where he applies that he is a Domestic Terrorist, “please do not hire him, he is on our Domestic Terror Watch List and under surveillance - you wouldn’t want to be put on our Watch List now, would you?”
The one good job Novitsky had in a non-Intel related area after leaving the Teletech Holdings related company he worked for was ruined when the FBI showed up and delivered a National Security Letter (NSL) which his employer was allowed to read but not keep, and which threatened a $10,000 fine and up to 10 years in a federal prison if he ever disclosed anything about this NSL letter or why he was going to have to separate Novitsky.
And Mark has had strange but very real recent medical problems and his first doctors were either dirty, Khazarian Mafia worker bees, Sayanims or just plain uncaring and medically lousy.
The lab was either dirty or had folks inside that tampered with his blood work. Finally, he was able to find a top physician who is 100% ethical with a top academic reputation and will not kowtow to illegal government manipulations.
And who are DHS’s listed domestic terrorists? Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists and many many more individuals and groups that can be placed on the list by any supervisory agent after even one complaint of any kind and these watch lists have no oversight or appeal process. Once you are on these Watch Lists you are doomed to be on forever.
Even Senator Ted Kennedy was put on the “No Fly List” by mistake and despite expensive legal efforts and big political muscle he could never get off of it. Why you wonder?
Because these Terror Watch lists are creations of the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins. They are visible indicators of their unbridled twisted, sick, evil power produced by their infiltration and hijacking of America through their private pernicious usury debt-note private Fiat counterfeit Ponzi-type central banking system.
We may see increased harassment and abuse of phony domestic terror watch lists.
We may see increased harassment by local police, alphabets as ordered by DHS, according to their whacked out “watch lists” that include almost everyone but the real domestic terrorists who are the Khazarian Mafia leaders and the top officials of DHS, whose job is to terrorize Americans into subservience and compliance and take away all our Constitutional Rights.
On the other hand, we may see such a rapid loss of functional day to day power by the Khazarian Mafia and their police state mechanism, DHS, that we do not see a big increase in surveillance and harassment. Maybe we will even see less now that the Khazarian Mafia is cornered and being pressed from all sides by the World and by We The People.
The confidential domestic terror “Watch Lists” lists were personally prepared under the watchful direction of Janet Napolitano while she was head of DHS.
These were leaked and published on the Internet by DHS insiders who thought she and DHS was a joke but wanted to keep their pay and benefits, so we know for certain they exist and what is on them. Even though she resigned her position at DHS, she is being sued by subordinate men for sexual harassment and for moving their office into the men’s lavatory, among other things.
A couple of nights ago while driving at night in the early evening, I was pulled over and needlessly rousted by a local police Officer, who claimed I crossed over the line three times on a stretch of road with no other traffic close by.
This fine very young lady police officer tailed me for a couple miles and then pulled me over. I don’t drink, use drugs, speed or drive carelessly, nor did I did not cross over any lines.
After the usual license and insurance check, the Officer let me go with no ticket. But she asked me a question about something irrelevant that could she have only known about from information gained by a local stingray tap or from the local DHS Fusion Center. Not very professional. She was rousting me, and it was a message that I received and am now responding to.
A Deal with the Devil at Langley?
In this same Department some years back, the prior Police Chief was provided a free trip to Langley for a special meeting. During that meeting, he was asked by the CIA to sign a secret Jurisdictional Agreement on behalf of his Department in which he agreed to submit jurisdiction on any case to the Feds that they requested.
Major amounts of military grade equipment was to be provided in exchange, including two armored cars, grenade launchers, full-auto real assault rifles and machine guns, body armor, bullet proof barriers and lots of military grade ammo.
The Chief was an honorable man with integrity and refused to sign the agreement. Did he develop a strange neurological condition soon after that and have to resign?
Did the CIA keep secretly working with a couple corrupt officers to distribute illegal drugs to high school kids from “DEA controlled deliveries”, a local smaller “feeder airport” through a seafood import “proprietary”, with a local drug task force (with special license plates to identify each other) either looking the other way or involved. Betcha this hasn’t stopped.
The department got a new Chief and now has the equipment offered. You can be sure that this secret transaction has already been successfully made in almost every large Urban Police Department. So far, a significant number of Sheriff’s offices have refused. The County Sheriff is the supreme law enforcement officer in any county and has authority even over the Feds.
Be clear about this, these deals with the Devil at Langley to get jurisdiction over your local police are all driven by the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins who are Neo-Bolsheviks who plan to use DHS and our local Police to terrorize us, tyrannize us, completely asset strip us and then mass-murder us.
Supposedly all these “1033 Program” military equipment transfers for the big stuff have been stopped. Don’t believe it, that is mere propaganda, and the only big stuff going back is for updated electronic warfare systems, new advanced weaponry or for repair and major maintenance.
For now until the Khazarian Mafia’s back is broken, expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police if you are in one of the categories on their watch lists (which is about half of the American people).
This is the kind of surveillance and increased harassment Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists can expect more of as the Khazarian Mafia’s power is choked off by the whole World that is now ganging up on it.
DHS is here to militarize the American Police and turn America into a Neo-Bolshevik Stasi-style Police State and transform it into GAZA II with all Americans the New Palestinians. Once that is accomplished the Khazarian Mafia plans to treat Americans the same way Bolsheviks treated innocent Russian civilians.
It raped, tortured and mass murdered 100 million of them. The Khazarian Mafia is Neo-Bolshevik and its top Policy-Makers are from the same age old bloodlines. They have recorded their intentions in stone at the Georgia Guidestones so we know this for certain.
But here’s the deal. America is not Russia in 1917 and is the most armed up populace in the World. Despite all the recent efforts of the Khazarian Mafia to force our so-called “elected politicians” to disarm Americans, it will never happen. Americans have been buying guns at an increasing rate ever since the Khazarian Mafia deployed all these mass-shootings in gun free zones and major efforts to grab our guns began in earnest.
Of course, most County Sheriffs in America are populist oriented and part of their local communities and elected because of the respect they have gained and maintained. But even large urban police are starting to wake up.
They have a dangerous enough job already thanks to the CIA drug trafficking into urban cities for black ops money and theirs and the BATF’s continuing gun sales to gangs, especially MS 13 and the Las Zetas who were trained by the US Military inside the USA.
Most American urban police officers have no intention of going door to door to fulfill some crazy unConstitutional Presidential PDD or even a new Congressional law passed. They do not want to turn honest law-abiding American Gun-owners, hunters and Veterans into a Solzenitzen-type spontaneously erupting vigilante counter-force that shoots with bigger bore, more accurate, longer reaching rifles than they can.
Most police officers want to go home to their families at the end of the day, and they know that the anger of the average American is now growing against the out of control militarized swat teams that attack the wrong homes and often kill and maim innocent women and young children.
Smart Officers and chiefs want to establish good community relations and be seen as the community as helpers and public servants, not their oppressors working for the ADL and DHS. By the way, most large urban police departments are trained by the ADL to view the average civilian as real or potential domestic terrorists, especially gun owners.
Now because of the recent public concern for increased mass-shootings and terrorism, many police are changing their minds on gun control and actually favor conceal-carry by law abiding citizens who have met the standards and have proper training.
Too many Chiefs of big urban departments are given free junkets to Israel for such training, and while there are served some very special Koolaide in their drinks and given some sophisticated psychotronic mind-kontrol indoctrination training.
Take the recent case when a dumb swat team broke in the wrong home with no proper warrant and threw a stun grenade into a baby’s crib, burning and blowing off part of the young child’s face. Or the many cases where the wrong homes are stormed by out of control savage swat looking for a few $10 rocks, and innocent life is criminally taken in an instant.
Or all the illegal, unConstitutional seizures of cash and autos from innocent non-drug dealers, taken and placed into police and Federal coffers often into the private pockets of corrupt supervisors and chiefs and judges.
And many Americans are starting to catch on to the fact that some of these mass-shootings in gun-free zones are real with real dead victims, while others like Sandy Hook are faked.
But that all are engineered, staged false-flag attacks on the Second Amendment. This has kept folks confused up until now, but thanks to the efforts of hundreds of tireless researchers the truth is now being published all over the Internet and is now readily available for all.
One thing is certain, the Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and its hegemony is rapidly being eroded. Its false-flag efforts to disarm Americans and any other efforts to do so will fail.
The Khazarian Mafia is now doomed by the whole World which is building massive financial firewalls against it and ganging-up on it. The Khazarian Mafia is being deconstructed bit by bit and you can expect they will have a hard landing and because they are such two-faced psychopaths, they will keep lying and murdering until the end.
Undoubtedly the Big Squeeze is now on the Khazarian Mafia, they are cornered and increasingly desperate and their private Fiat pernicious usury debt-based counterfeit money system has become a Ponzi scheme nearing collapse.
And the BRICS System is just one of many new financial firewalls being built up against the Khazarian Mafia’s financial hegemony which is now destined to fail.
There are certain factions in the Pentagon and American Intel which have so far been strong enough to place strong limits on what the Khazarian Mafia can do to retaliate, and they have been blocked from starting a nuclear WW3 with Russia as intended.
Efforts by Senator John McCain and other Traitors like the retired General commanding ISIS have also failed.
And all their recent efforts to attack Russia through Crimea and to destroy Syria and Iran have also failed because of the new military power and technological supremacy of the Russian Federation under the dynamic leadership of President Putin.
If these reports are true that China is severely restricting their container shipping companies until the Khazarian Mafia honors the Secret Reset Agreement, this is indeed a very interesting development. And if true it suggests that all the hype in the CMMM that China’s economy is worse than ours is likely exaggerated.
A better guess is that China has prepared for this for quite a while and is no longer so dependent on American sales, perhaps already having established some lucrative new markets with Russia, South America, Malaysia and other trading partners. Is this part of a major economic trap for the Khazarian Mafia and its US Petro Dollar? In time we shall find out, and it make not take too long.
How The Oil Industry Conquered Medicine, Finance And Agriculture January 22 2016 | From: Mercola
"How Big Oil Conquered the World" is a brilliant piece of investigative journalism presented by James Corbett, revealing the immense extent to which the oil industry has shaped and is ruling the world as we know it.
"From farm to pharmaceutical, diesel truck to dinner plate, pipeline to plastic product, it is impossible to think of an area of our modern-day lives that is not affected by the petrochemical industry."
"The story of oil is the story of the modern world. And this is the story of those who helped shape that world, and how the oil-igarchy they created is on the verge of monopolizing life itself."
Corbett carefully details the sordid back story of today's "oiligarchy." While most people are well-acquainted with the Rockefeller name, few probably know the true history of the Rockefellers' rise to power.
Big Oil - An Industry Founded on Treachery and Deceit
As noted by Corbett, certain details of the Big Oil story are well known. Others are more obscure. The story begins in rural New York state in the early 19th century, with William Avery Rockefeller, an authentic "snake oil salesman" going by the fictional name of "Dr. Bill Livingston.
While neither a doctor nor a cancer specialist, Rockefeller, aka "Dr. Livingston," aka "Devil Bill," traveled the country's back roads conning people into buying his "Rock Oil" tonic for cancer - "a useless mixture of laxative and petroleum that had no effect whatsoever," according to Corbett
William Avery Rockefeller fathered numerous children with three women, and took the name Livingston after being indicted for rape in 1849. One of those children was John D. Rockefeller, who became the world's first billionaire after founding Standard Oil.
As noted by Corbett:
“When he wasn't running away from them or disappearing for years at a time, [William Avery Rockefeller] would teach his children the tricks of his treacherous trade. He once bragged of his parenting technique: 'I cheat my boys every chance I get. I want to make 'em sharp' ..
The world we live in today is the world created in 'Devil' Bill's image. It's a world founded on treachery, deceit, and the naïveté of a public that has never wised up to the parlor tricks that the Rockefellers and their ilk have been using to shape the world for the past century and a half."
The Birth of the Oil Industry
Another character with a similarly dubious background is "Colonel" Edwin Drake, an unemployed railroad conductor who managed to secure himself a job with the Pennsylvania Rock Oil Company after running into the founders, George Bissell and James Townsend, at a hotel.
The title "Colonel" was bestowed on him by Bissell and Townsend, who thought it might help him "win the respect of the locals" as he went about the company's business, collecting Seneca oil, which the company distilled into kerosene (lamp oil).
His mission was to collect enough Seneca oil to make the business profitable - a task that turned out to be more difficult than expected, as mere gallons could be collected using the standard collection methods.
Eventually, he tried drilling through the shale bedrock to reach greater reservoirs of oil, and on August 28, 1859 - literally the day he'd used up the last of his funds - the oil began to flow from the ground. And with that, a new industry was born.
It didn't take long before homes and factories around the world were using lamp oil refined from crude, and prospectors from around the country flocked to Pennsylvania in search of the "black gold.
Among them was John D. Rockefeller, a Cleveland bookkeeper who, according to Corbett, had two ambitions in life: "To make $100,000 and to live to 100 years old." With a $1,000 loan from his father, "Devil Bill," John D. Rockefeller set off to make his fortune.
The Standard Oil Monopoly
After a series of partnerships and mergers over a seven-year period, John D. Rockefeller eventually incorporated Standard Oil of Ohio in 1870. According to the report.
“The next year, he quietly put what he called 'our plan' - his campaign to dominate the volatile oil industry - into devastating effect. Rockefeller knew that the refiner with the lowest transportation cost could bring rivals to their knees.
He entered into a secret alliance with the railroads, called the South Improvement Company. In exchange for large, regular shipments, Rockefeller and his allies secured transport rates far lower than those of their bewildered competitors.
Ida Tarbell, the daughter of an oil man, later remembered how men like her father struggled to make sense of events: 'An uneasy rumor began running up and down the Oil Regions,' she wrote.
'Freight rates were going up. … Moreover … all members of the South Improvement Company - a company unheard of until now - were exempt. … On every lip there was but one word and that was 'conspiracy.'
By the time he was 40, John D. Rockefeller controlled 90 percent of the global oil refineries. Within another few years (early 1880s), he also controlled 90 percent of the marketing of oil, and one-third of all oil wells. His power and influence cannot be overstated at this point.
He had an international monopoly on what was to become the most important commodity in the world economy.
Following in Rockefeller's footsteps were a handful of other wealthy families, including the Nobels, the Rothschilds, the Dutch Royal family, and millionaire William Knox D'arcy, who was the first to strike oil in Persia.
These early "oil barons" became enormously wealthy. And as billions of people became increasingly dependent on oil for virtually every aspect of life, they gained tremendous power and influence.
However, oil could have been replaced by other resources, were it not for the shrewd manipulation by these early "oiligarchs."
The Death of the Electric Car, and Other Lucky Breaks
.The advent of the electric light bulb took a good chunk out of the lamp oil market and temporarily threatened the oil monopoly. But lamp oil was quickly replaced by the need for gasoline to run the two-stroke internal combustion engine, invented by German engineer Karl Benz.
In 1888, Benz Motorwagen became the first commercially available automobile, and with that, the petroleum industry's profits were again secured. But even then their ongoing monopoly was not guaranteed. The first electric car had been built in 1884, and by 1897, electric cars were gaining popularity in London. In the early 20th century, 28 percent of cars sold in the U.S. were also electric. As noted by Corbett:
“The electrics had advantages over the internal combustion engine: they required no gear shifting or hand cranking, and had none of the vibration, smell or noise associated with gasoline-powered cars. Lady Luck intervened again on January 10, 1901, when prospectors struck oil at Spindletop in East Texas.
The gusher blew 100,000 barrels a day and set off the next great oil boom, providing cheap, plentiful oil to the American market and driving down gas prices. It wasn't long before the expensive, low range electric engines were abandoned altogether and big, loud, gas-guzzling engines came to dominate the road ..."
Interestingly, the event that made John D. Rockefeller into the world's first billionaire was supposed to rein in his unbridled power. He'd come under intense scrutiny as his wealth increased and, on May 15, 1911, the U.S. Supreme Court declared Standard Oil a monopoly "in restraint of trade" and ordered its dissolution.
But by dissolving the company into multiple entities, shares of Standard Oil tripled in value, and in a few short years, Rockefeller's worth equaled nearly 2 percent of the total U.S. economy.
“For the oiligarchy, the lesson of the rise and rise of Rockefeller was obvious: the more ruthlessly that monopoly was pursued, the tighter that control was grasped, the greater the lust for power and money, the greater the reward would be in the end. From now on, no invention would derail the oil majors from their quest for total control. No competition would be tolerated. No threat to the oiligarchs would be allowed to rise."
The Continued Squashing of Competition
While the electric car had been successfully eliminated, thereby securing Big Oil profits, another competing resource was on the horizon: alcohol.
Henry Ford designed his Model T automobile to run on either gasoline or alcohol, stating that just about anything that could be fermented could be used for fuel, predicting the future of fuel was wide open to a number of alternatives. However, the oil industry succeeded in eliminating the competition yet again, this time by supporting the anti-alcohol movements and the formation of the Prohibition Party in 1869.
While Rockefeller avoided alcohol, his chief concern was not to uphold morality in the U.S. The prohibition served his agenda by creating burdensome restrictions on ethanol producers, and as ethanol became more costly, its attraction as an alternate fuel ceased.
Also, as detailed in my previous article about Clair Patterson's fight to eliminate leaded gasoline, once the high compression engine was invented, car manufacturers started running into performance problems. General Motors diagnosed the problem, realizing that the problem originated with the fuel. General Motors tried about 15,000 different combinations of elements to find a solution to the engine knocking.
Adding benzene from coal to gasoline was found to work. Ditto for adding grain alcohol. Adding 10 percent alcohol to gasoline raised the quality of the fuel, causing less knocking in the engine. It also had other benefits, including clean combustion, which eliminated soot emissions, and increased horsepower without engine knocking.
But as research continued, General Motors determined that adding lead to the gasoline produced "an ideal anti-knock fuel" - ideal mostly because manufacturing the lead additive, tetraethyl lead, would allow them to make the greatest profits. Were they to add alcohol to the gasoline, the oil industry stood to lose a large amount of petroleum sales, anywhere from 10 to 20 percent, depending on how much alcohol was added.
By adding lead, the oil industry had a product it could again control in its entirety. So Standard Oil partnered with General Motors, creating a joint corporation known as Ethyl Corporation. Leaded gasoline became the norm, and over the next 80 years, countless people were sickened and harmed by this neurotoxic fuel additive, thrust upon the people for no other reason than it created the greatest profits.
Big Oil Secretly Buys Up and Dismantles Public Transportation System
In 1936, Standard Oil and General Motors also took part in the reformation of public transportation. Only 10 percent of Americans owned a car, and most city dwellers relied on electric trolley networks. By replacing the electric streetcars with gasoline-guzzling buses, the oil industry secured an even greater foothold within the U.S. economy. As detailed in Corbett's report:
“The cartel had been careful to hide their involvement in National City Lines, but it was revealed to the public in 1946 by ... Edwin J. Quinby ... He uncovered the oiligarchs' stock ownership of National City Lines and its subsidiaries and detailed how they had step by step bought up and destroyed the public transportation lines in Baltimore, Los Angeles, St. Louis and other major urban centres...
[I]n 1947 National City Lines was indicted for conspiring to form a transportation monopoly and conspiring to monopolize sales of buses and supplies. In 1949, GM, Firestone, Standard Oil of California and their officers and corporate associates were convicted on the second count of conspiracy.
The punishment for buying up and dismantling America's public transportation infrastructure? A $5,000 fine. H. C. Grossman, who had been the director of Pacific City Lines when it oversaw the scrapping of LA's $100 million Pacific Electric system, was fined exactly $1."
Next came the undermining of the railway system. In 1953, General Motor President Charles Wilson was appointed Secretary of Defense, and Wilson, along with Francis DuPont, Chief Administrator of Federal Highways, set into motion the largest public works project in U.S. history with the creation of the interstate highway system.
As a result, railway travel declined by 84 percent between 1945 and 1964, while private car ownership soared, and along with it, gasoline sales, which rose 300 percent in that same time frame. Similar social engineering feats took place in Europe, further securing the future of the oil business as a primary force to be reckoned with.
The report also goes into the details behind the gas shortages that sent the U.S. into a financial tailspin in the early 1970s, revealing how the secretive Bilderberg Group, created by Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands in 1954, successfully created a new financial system based on the petrodollar - a system that granted the oiligarchs unprecedented control over the economy.
The Rockefeller Transformation
In his day, John D. Rockefeller was a despised man. This all changed when he hired Ivy Ledbetter Lee, who essentially invented the public relations industry as we now know it. John D. was filmed handing out dimes to the poor, and was publicly portrayed as a kind and warm-hearted man. While hokey by today's standards, such simple stunts worked. Yet, Rockefeller needed to go even further to truly gain the public's trust.
As Corbett notes:
“In order to win the public over, he was going to have to give them what they wanted. And what they wanted wasn't difficult to understand: money. But just as his father, Devil Bill, had taught him to do in all his business dealings, Rockefeller made sure to get the better end of the bargain. He would 'donate' his great wealth to the creation of public institutions, but those institutions would be used to bend society to his will.
As every would-be ruler throughout history has realized, society has to be transformed from the ground up. Americans in the 19th century still prized education and intellectual pursuits ... with a remarkable 93 to 100 percent literacy rate.
Before the first compulsory schooling laws in Massachusetts in 1852, education was private and decentralized, and as a result ... a solid grounding in history and science was widespread. But a nation of individuals who could think for themselves was an anathema to the monopolists. The oiligarchs needed a mass of obedient workers..."
The Takeover of Education
John D. Rockefeller's first great act of charity was the establishment of the University of Chicago, followed later by a $180 million donation to the establishment of the General Education Board.
But contrary to what you might think, these acts of generosity were not to further education, but to control and impoverish it.
Frederick Taylor Gates became a trusted ally, and in "The Country School of Tomorrow," Gates lays out Rockefeller's plan for the education of future Americans:
“In our dream, we have limitless resources, and the people yield themselves with perfect docility to our molding hand. The present educational conventions fade from our minds; and, unhampered by tradition, we work our own good will upon a grateful and responsive folk. We shall not try to make these people or any of their children into philosophers or men of learning or science.
We are not to raise up from among them authors, orators, poets, or men of letters. We shall not search for embryo great artists, painters, musicians. Nor will we cherish even the humbler ambition to raise up from among them lawyers, doctors, preachers, politicians, statesmen, of whom we now have ample supply."
The Effective Strategy That Eliminated Natural Medicine
Other oil-backed schemes to mold and reshape the American education system followed, including a scheme to alter the teaching of American history to promote a view of collectivism, as well as a program culminating in the transformation of the practice of medicine.
Naturopathic-based herbal medicine was the norm, and Rockefeller set out to shift the medical industry toward using oil-derived pharmaceuticals. To this end, the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research was established in 1901, headed up by Simon Flexner.
“His brother, Abraham, was an educator who was contracted by the Carnegie Foundation to write a report on the state of the American medical education system. His study, 'The Flexner Report,' along with the hundreds of millions of dollars that the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations were to shower on medical research in the coming years, resulted in a sweeping overhaul of the American medical system.
Naturopathic and homeopathic medicine, medical care focused on unpatentable, uncontrollable natural remedies and cures was now dismissed as quackery; only drug-based allopathic medicine requiring expensive medical procedures and lengthy hospital stays was to be taken seriously ...
The fortunes of Carnegie, Morgan and Rockefeller financed surgery, radiation and synthetic drugs. They were to become the economic foundations of the new medical economy ... The oiligarchy birthed entire medical industries from their own research centers and then sold their own products from their own petrochemical companies as the 'cure.'"
The Takeover of America's Financial System and the Creation of a Food Monopoly
The financial power of these oil industry giants is by now near-unfathomable, but the aim was to control the entire financial system. This was effectively accomplished with the creation of the Federal Reserve, established in 1913 following a secret meeting on Jekyll Island, during which the details were ironed out. Attendants at this meeting included John D. Rockefeller Jr.'s father-in-law, Senator Nelson Aldrich, and various banking representatives.
Later, in the 1950s, James Stillman Rockefeller, the grandson of John D.'s brother, became the head of National City Bank, while David Rockefeller, John D.'s grandson, took over Chase Manhattan Bank. Still, they were not satisfied.
“Springboarding from success to success as they consolidated monopolies across every field of human activity, the oiligarchs' ambitions became even larger.
This time, their goal was to consolidate control over the very food supply of the world itself, and once again they would use philanthropy as the cover for their business takeover,"Corbett explains.
The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Green Revolution that led to the introduction of petroleum-based agricultural chemicals, which quickly transformed agriculture, both in the U.S. and abroad.
President Lyndon Johnson's "Food for Peace" program actually mandated the use of petroleum-dependent technologies and chemicals by aid recipients, and countries that could not afford it were granted loans from the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank.
The "Gene Revolution" was next, and as noted by Corbett:
“The players involved in this 'Gene Revolution' are almost identical to the players in the Green Revolution, with I.G. Farben offshoots Bayer CropScience and BASF Plant Science mingling with traditional oiligarch associate companies like Dow AgroScience, DuPont Biotechnology and, of course, Monsanto, all funded by the Rockefeller Foundation ..."
The Final End Game: Monopolising Life
In his usual style, Corbett manages to squeeze in an incredible amount of information in as compact a timeframe as is humanly possible, and I highly recommend taking the time to watch the video in full. What I've included here is but a summary overview of the many details he brings forth in this fascinating report.
Those who are ignorant of history are bound to repeat it, and if this story tells us anything, it is that unless we realize what has been done, we'll be deceived again and again, because the oil oligarchy's end game is yet to be realized - if we let them. As Corbett notes in closing:
“The takeover of education, of medicine, of the monetary system, of the food supply itself, showed that the aim was much greater than a mere oil monopoly: it was the quest to monopolize all aspects of life, to erect the perfect system of control over every aspect of society, every sector from which any threat of competition to their power could emerge ... But the oiligarchs are not done yet.
Their next project, launched in the late 20th century, is almost too ambitious to be comprehended ... It is about the monopolization of life itself. They have spent decades preparing the path for this takeover and marshaled their mind-boggling resources in service of the task. And the vast majority of the world's population, still playing the shell game that the oiligarchs perfected and abandoned long ago, are about to fall right into their hands yet again."
Shocker: Hillary Email Blows Cover Off Massive Obama Plot To Promote Terrorism January 14 2016 | From: BeforeItsNews
What a crazy election season it’s been so far, and we are not even a quarter of the way through the first round yet.
Expect what you once considered “unthinkable” as an American to become the “ordinary”, as the campaigns on both sides continue to progress. Allow me to explain why the news about Barack and Hillary’s plot to promote terrorism should not come as a surprise to anyone.
It is significantly important that we fully understand why Obama is covering for Hillary. It is my belief that you would have to trace the Hillary email and personal server story all the way back to its origins.
It has been reported that within Washington’s inner circles it is well known that the devastating leaks about Clinton’s server came from none other than Valerie Jarrett. That means you KNOW the leaks were done with the full knowledge and approval of Barack Obama.
Ask yourself something. Why on earth would Obama be leaking devastating information about the only viable Democrat candidate running? What could he POSSIBLY gain from that, because there is no way Bernie Sanders will win the presidency.
That means one of two scenarios would play out. Most people would agree it is likely the House and Senate will remain under GOP control. So, by sinking Hillary, Obama is either:
1. Perfectly willing to let a Republican president succeed him, and watch his presidency and his life’s work unwind almost within hours of his replacement taking office.
Think about it: Obama’s executive orders could be undone with the stroke of a pen, and the first day Congress is in session, the new president will have a bill to repeal Obamacare on their desk. When has Mr. “I’ll just go around Congress” EVER let something go, let alone his life’s work?
Furthermore, it CANNOT be forgotten that it was Obama himself who has personally put Hillary in this position with the leaks in the first place. So, we’re supposed to believe Obama would sabotage his own life’s work on purpose? PLEASE!
“Former secretary of state Hillary Clinton considered a secret plan created by her then-advisers to foment unrest among Palestinian citizens and spark protests in order to push the Israeli government back to the negotiating table, according to emails released as part of the investigation into the Democratic presidential frontrunner’s private email server.
In a Dec, 18, 2011, email, former U.S. ambassador to Israel Thomas Pickering suggested that Clinton consider a plan to restart then-stalled peace negotiations by kickstarting Palestinian demonstrations against Israel.
Pickering described the effort as a potential “game changer in the region,” recommending that the United States undertake a clandestine campaign to generate unrest. Clinton requested that his email be printed.
What will change the situation is a major effort to use non-violent protests and demonstrations to put peace back in the center of people’s aspirations as well as their thoughts, and use that to influence the political leadership,” Pickering wrote.
“This is far from a sure thing, but far, in my humble view, from hopeless,” he continued. “Women can and ought to be at the center of these demonstrations. Many men and others will denigrate the idea. I don’t and I don’t think that was your message.”
Palestinian women, he noted, are less likely than men to resort to violence.
“It must be all and only women. Why? On the Palestinian side the male culture is to use force,” Pickering wrote, comparing the effort to the protests in Egypt that deposed former leader Hosni Mubarak.
“Palestinian men will not for long patiently demonstrate - they will be inclined over time and much too soon to be frustrated and use force. Their male culture comes close to requiring it.”
Hillary simply asks for the email to be printed, but doesn’t say anything about it via electronic correspondence.
So this begs the question of what OTHER unrest the State Department might be sparking in order to pressure others to do Hillary’s will.
“Gee, I wonder how many other foreign protests were facilitated by the State Department? Were any others sparked against American allies in that region?
One has to wonder after reading this how much the State Department might have had to do with some of the “Arab Spring” protests, too. (In fact, at one point Pickering says that the effort must be “just like Tahrir Square,” a mention that might interest our allies in Egypt.)
This e-mail thread doesn’t indicate whether Hillary took Pickering’s advice, but she certainly appeared to take it under advisement. And while the e-mail itself wasn’t classified, it’s yet another example of how these kinds of communications can harm American interests when transmitted in the open.
This would be enough to create a massive backlash among our allies, and in fact may still do so."
Consider one mystery in light of this new information – why was Hillary so insistent the attack on Benghazi wasn’t coordinated, but just “some guys walking down the street who decided it’d be a good time to kill some Americans”?
Now how long will it take for the left-loving media to actually get of their Obamas and ask Hillary about this? Don’t hold your breath.
New Hillary Emails Reveal Propaganda, Executions, Coveting Libyan Oil And Gold January 13 2016 | From: LevantReport
Throughout the Libyan War there were widespread reports of field executions and torture of black Libyans carried out by militias aligned with the National Transition Council (some NTC aligned fighters shown below.
Comment: The important point this article raises is that any country that attempts to implement a gold / physical asset - backed (i.e. NOT a FIAT) based currency is summarily attacked by the United States under the guise of some manufactured bullshit threat.
This is because the cabal can only keep control of the world by having their FIAT currency system employed in every country.
The New Year’s Eve release of over 3000 new Hillary Clinton emails from the State Department has CNN abuzz over gossipy text messages, the “who gets to ride with Hillary” selection process set up by her staff, and how a “cute” Hillary photo fared on Facebook.
But historians of the 2011 NATO war in Libya will be sure to notice a few of the truly explosive confirmations contained in the new emails: admissions of rebel war crimes, special ops trainers inside Libya from nearly the start of protests, Al Qaeda embedded in the U.S. backed opposition, Western nations jockeying for access to Libyan oil, the nefarious origins of the absurd Viagra mass rape claim, and concern over Gaddafi’s gold and silver reserves threatening European currency.
Hillary’s Death Squads
A March 27, 2011 intelligence brief on Libya, sent by long time close adviser to the Clintons and Hillary’s unofficial intelligence gatherer, Sidney Blumenthal, contains clear evidence of war crimes on the part of NATO-backed rebels. Citing a rebel commander source “speaking in strict confidence” Blumenthal reports to Hillary [emphasis mine]:
“Under attack from allied Air and Naval forces, the Libyan Army troops have begun to desert to the rebel side in increasing numbers. The rebels are making an effort to greet these troops as fellow Libyans, in an effort to encourage additional defections.
(Source Comment: Speaking in strict confidence, one rebel commander stated that his troops continue to summarily execute all foreign mercenaries captured in the fighting…).”
While the illegality of extra-judicial killings is easy to recognize (groups engaged in such are conventionally termed “death squads”), the sinister reality behind the “foreign mercenaries” reference might not be as immediately evident to most.
While over the decades Gaddafi was known to make use of European and other international security and infrastructural contractors, there is no evidence to suggest that these were targeted by the Libyan rebels.
There is however, ample documentation by journalists, academics, and human rights groups demonstrating that black Libyan civilians and sub-Saharan contract workers, a population favored by Gaddafi in his pro-African Union policies, were targets of “racial cleansing” by rebels who saw black Libyans as tied closely with the regime.
Black Libyans were commonly branded as “foreign mercenaries” by the rebel opposition for their perceived general loyalty to Gaddafi as a community and subjected to torture, executions, and their towns “liberated” by ethnic cleansing. This is demonstrated in the most well-documented example of Tawergha, an entire town of 30,000 black and “dark-skinned” Libyans which vanished by August 2011 after its takeover by NATO-backed NTC Misratan brigades.
These attacks were well-known as late as 2012 and often filmed, as this report from The Telegraph confirms:
“After Muammar Gaddafi was killed, hundreds of migrant workers from neighboring states were imprisoned by fighters allied to the new interim authorities. They accuse the black Africans of having been mercenaries for the late ruler. Thousands of sub-Saharan Africans have been rounded up since Gaddafi fell in August."
It appears that Clinton was getting personally briefed on the battlefield crimes of her beloved anti-Gaddafi fighters long before some of the worst of these genocidal crimes took place.
Al-Qaeda and Western Special Forces Inside Libya
The same intelligence email from Sydney Blumenthal also confirms what has become a well known theme of Western supported insurgencies in the Middle East: the contradiction of special forces training militias that are simultaneously suspected of links to Al Qaeda.
Blumenthal relates that “an extremely sensitive source” confirmed that British, French, and Egyptian special operations units were training Libyan militants along the Egyptian-Libyan border, as well as in Benghazi suburbs.
While analysts have long speculated as to the “when and where” of Western ground troop presence in the Libyan War, this email serves as definitive proof that special forces were on the ground only within a month of the earliest protests which broke out in the middle to end of February 2011 in Benghazi.
By March 27 of what was commonly assumed a simple “popular uprising” external special operatives were already “overseeing the transfer of weapons and supplies to the rebels” including “a seemingly endless supply of AK47 assault rifles and ammunition.”
Yet only a few paragraphs after this admission, caution is voiced about the very militias these Western special forces were training because of concern that, “radical/terrorist groups such as the Libyan Fighting Groups and Al Qa’ida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM) are infiltrating the NLC and its military command.”
The Threat of Libya’s Oil and Gold to French Interests
Though the French-proposed U.N. Security Council Resolution 1973 claimed the no-fly zone implemented over Libya was to protect civilians, an April 2011 email sent to Hillary with the subject line “France’s client and Qaddafi’s gold” tells of less noble ambitions.
The email identifies French President Nicholas Sarkozy as leading the attack on Libya with five specific purposes in mind:
To obtain Libyan oil, ensure French influence in the region, increase Sarkozy’s reputation domestically, assert French military power, and to prevent Gaddafi’s influence in what is considered “Francophone Africa.”
Most astounding is the lengthy section delineating the huge threat that Gaddafi’s gold and silver reserves, estimated at “143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver,” posed to the French franc (CFA) circulating as a prime African currency. In place of the noble sounding “Responsibility to Protect” (R2P) doctrine fed to the public, there is this “confidential” explanation of what was really driving the war [emphasis mine]:
“This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA).
(Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion. French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya.)"
Though this internal email aims to summarize the motivating factors driving France’s (and by implication NATO’s) intervention in Libya, it is interesting to note that saving civilian lives is conspicuously absent from the briefing.
Instead, the great fear reported is that Libya might lead North Africa into a high degree of economic independence with a new pan-African currency.
French intelligence “discovered” a Libyan initiative to freely compete with European currency through a local alternative, and this had to be subverted through military aggression.
The Ease of Floating Crude Propaganda
Early in the Libyan conflict Secretary of State Clinton formally accused Gaddafi and his army of using mass rape as a tool of war. Though numerous international organizations, like Amnesty International, quickly debunked these claims, the charges were uncritically echoed by Western politicians and major media.
It seemed no matter how bizarre the conspiracy theory, as long as it painted Gaddafi and his supporters as monsters, and so long as it served the cause of prolonged military action in Libya, it was deemed credible by network news.
Two foremost examples are referenced in the latest batch of emails:
The sensational claim that Gaddafi issued Viagra to his troops for mass rape, and the claim that bodies were “staged” by the Libyan government at NATO bombing sites to give the appearance of the Western coalition bombing civilians.
In a late March 2011 email, Blumenthal confesses to Hillary that,
“I communicated more than a week ago on this story—Qaddafi placing bodies to create PR stunts about supposed civilian casualties as a result of Allied bombing—though underlining it was a rumor. But now, as you know, Robert Gates gives credence to it. (See story below.)
Sources now say, again rumor (that is, this information comes from the rebel side and is unconfirmed independently by Western intelligence), that Qaddafi has adopted a rape policy and has even distributed Viagra to troops. The incident at the Tripoli press conference involving a woman claiming to be raped is likely to be part of a much larger outrage. Will seek further confirmation."
Not only did Defense Secretary Robert Gates promote his bizarre “staged bodies” theory on CBS News’ “Face The Nation,” but the even stranger Viagra rape fiction made international headlines as U.S. Ambassador to the UN Susan Rice made a formal charge against Libya in front of the UN Security Council.
What this new email confirms is that not only was the State Department aware of the spurious nature of what Blumenthal calls “rumors” originating solely with the rebels, but did nothing to stop false information from rising to top officials who then gave them “credence.”
It appears, furthermore, that the Viagra mass rape hoax likely originated with Sidney Blumenthal himself.
The Proof Is In: The US Government Is The Most Complete Criminal Organization In Human History January 12 2016 | From: Infowars
Washington asserts the power of US courts over foreign nationals and claims extra-territorial jurisdiction of US courts over foreign activities
Unique among the countries on earth, the US government insists that its laws and dictates take precedence over the sovereignty of nations.
Washington asserts the power of US courts over foreign nationals and claims extra-territorial jurisdiction of US courts over foreign activities of which Washington or American interest groups disapprove. Perhaps the worst results of Washington’s disregard for the sovereignty of countries is the power Washington has exercised over foreign nationals solely on the basis of terrorism charges devoid of any evidence.
Consider a few examples. Washington first forced the Swiss government to violate its own banking laws. Then Washington forced Switzerland to repeal its bank secrecy laws. Allegedly, Switzerland is a democracy, but the country’s laws are determined in Washington by people not elected by the Swiss to represent them.
Consider the “soccer scandal” that Washington concocted, apparently for the purpose of embarrassing Russia. The soccer organization’s home is Switzerland, but this did not stop Washington from sending FBI agents into Switzerland to arrest Swiss citizens. Try to imagine Switzerland sending Swiss federal agents into the US to arrest Americans.
Consider the $9 billion fine that Washington imposed on a French bank for failure to fully comply with Washington’s sanctions against Iran.
This assertion of Washington’s control over a foreign financial institution is even more audaciously illegal in view of the fact that the sanctions Washington imposed on Iran and requires other sovereign countries to obey are themselves strictly illegal. Indeed, in this case we have a case of triple illegality as the sanctions were imposed on the basis of concocted and fabricated charges that were lies.
Or consider that Washington asserted its authority over the contract between a French shipbuilder and the Russian government and forced the French company to violate a contract at the expense of billions of dollars to the French company and a large number of jobs to the French economy. This was a part of Washington teaching the Russians a lesson for not following Washington’s orders in Crimea.
Try to imagine a world in which every country asserted the extra-territoriality of its law. The planet would be in permanent chaos with world GDP expended in legal and military battles.
Neoconned Washington claims that as History chose America to exercise its hegemony over the world, no other law is relevant. Only Washington’s will counts. Law itself is not even needed as Washington often substitutes orders for laws as when Richard Armitage, Deputy Secretary of State (an unelected position) told the President of Pakistan to do as he is told or “we will bomb you into the stone age.”
Try to image the Presidents of Russia or China giving such an order to a soverign nation.
In fact, Washington did bomb large areas of Pakistan, murdering thousands of women, children, and village elders. Washington’s justification was the assertion of the extra-territoriality of US military actions in other countries with which Washington is not at war.
As horrendous as all of this is, the worst of Washington’s crimes against other peoples is when Washington kidnaps citizens of other countries and renditions them to Guantanamo in Cuba or to secret dungeons in criminal states such as Egypt and Poland to be held and tortured in violation both of US law and international law. These egregious crimes prove beyond any doubt that the US government is the worst criminal enterprise that has ever existed on Earth.
When the criminal neoconservative George W. Bush regime launched its illegal invasion of Afghanistan, the criminal regime in Washington desperately needed “terrorists” in order to provide a justification for an illegal invasion that constitutes a war crime under international law.
However, there were not any terrorists.
So Washington dropped leaflets over warlord territories offering thousands in dollars in bounty money for “terrorists.”
The warlords responded to the opportunity and captured every unprotected person and sold them to the Americans for the bounty.
The only evidence that the “terrorists” were terrorists is that the innocent people were sold to the Americans by warlords as “terrorists.”
Yesterday Fayez Mohammed Ahmed Al-Kandari was released after 14 years of torture by “freedom and democracy America.”
The United States military officer, Col. Barry Wingard, who represented Al-Kandari said that:
“There simply is no evidence other than he is a Muslim in Afghanistan at the wrong time, other than double and triple hearsay statements, something I have never seen as justification for incarceration.”
Much less, said Col. Wingard, was there cause for a litany of multi-year torture in an effort to force a confession to the alleged offenses.
Do not expect the Western prostitute media to report these facts to you. To find out, you must go to RT or to Stephen Lendman or here to this site.
The presstitute Western media are part of Washington’s criminal operation.
Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.
Criminal Roots: A Shocking Exposé On The Clinton Family And Their Rise To Power January 8 2016 | From: Intellihub
Clinton family secrets revealed in shocking and damning essay.
A plethora of controversy and allegations of steamy sexcapades, treasonous business scandals, illicit criminal activity, drug trafficking, and even a number of mysterious deaths has surrounded the Clinton family for years.
In fact, these scandals, many of which have been documented, may be some of the best kept secrets hidden from the American people to this day.
According to an underrated documentary film titled “The Clinton Chronicles”, which contains scores of multiple eyewitness testimonies, the Clinton family is “sick” and may be one of the biggest criminal syndicates to have ever occupied the White House, aside from maybe the Obama Administration.
The film points out just how energetic and inspirational former U.S. President and Governor of Arkansas Bill Clinton was in his younger years before he started trafficking cocaine and successfully laundering drug money from the illicit operations conducted through the Arkansas Development Finance Authority (ADFA) and other channels – to the tune of millions of dollars.
Larry Nichols, former Director of Marketing for the ADFA, was brought in by Clinton in 1988 to help with “loan” operations when he stumbled upon what Bill Clinton had previously touted to Nichols as “the best kept secret in Arkansas” at the time.
Nichols spoke a little about his time at the ADFA, about a month into his employment:
"I was literally working, setting, in the middle of Bill Clinton’s political machine. It was where he made payoffs, where he repaid favors for campaign support. I was in an interesting seat and I knew it.”
Nichols said the ADFA was the “epicenter” of the Clinton’s money laundering operations.
Doc DeLaughter, a former Arkansas police investigator, also came forward in the film, detailing how law enforcement had a grand jury case with witnesses built who would confirm that Dan Lassiter was indeed involved in cocaine trafficking and was one of Clinton’s largest financiers and best friends.
According to Larry Nichols, Dan Lassiter and the Clinton crew would give “piles and piles of cocaine […] ashtray after ashtray full at parties and they were giving it to young girls,” including a 14-year-old girl who eventually became devirginized after the group had a physician place her on birth control.
Nichols also reported that both Bill and Hillary were complicit in the money laundering scheme, which used a state program, the ADFA, that was ostensibly set up “to provide low-interest bond loans to churches, schools, and colleges”. Moreover, Nichols also reported that Bill Clinton’s signature had to be on every single loan, which would theoretically empirically link the former U.S. president to the alleged scandal.
Additionally, Nichols said that both Webb Hubbell and Hillary Clinton, who at the time worked for the Rose Law Firm, had a hand in the illicit operation and even helped get ADFA approved by drafting legislation “Act 1062″ and more.
Interestingly, it turns out Webb Hubbell also received the first loan from the ADFA. Webb Hubbell and Hillary Clinton also did the “audit and evaluation of the loan application” they were employed at Rose Law Firm, according to Nichols.
"The first loan was $2.85 million, and never was a penny of that paid back.”
Nichols also noted that the “same cast of characters” were smuggling in loads of narcotics into Mena, Arkansas back in 1982 as Bill Clinton’s ego and drug use slowly got out of hand. At one point, according to a reporter, Bill Clinton was admitted into the hospital for “sinus problems” related to his “cocaine abuse and overdose”.
One woman even claimed that she “had sex” and did “cocaine” at toga parties” with Clinton’s crew and other prominent members of government and the police department on a number of occasions when Hillary, Bill’s wife, was “nowhere to be found.”
At one point the criminal activity became so blatant that it was said to be commonly known throughout certain circles exactly what had been taking place, people even ended up dead. Many were awaiting indictments but the Clinton family tentacles were just too long and the path taken by investigators led to nowhere.
As the documentary points out there were two kids who witnessed low-flying aircraft drop narcotics in Mena on several occasions who were later found with their bodies placed on train tracks to be ran over after being killed because:
"They saw something they shouldn’t have seen,” said the mother of one victim.
Their deaths were ruled “accidental” though the victims bodies showed signs of a stab wound and blunt-force trauma which was later proven to have taken place before the two were hit by the train.
“The fact is we know who killed these kids,” said one man who was involved with the case. Everyone who covered-up the case was promoted by Bill himself. All in all “a total of six people with information about the boys murders were eventually murdered as well,” the film’s narrator said.
Eventually it was discovered by the former head of Arkansas Drug Task Force, Jean Duffy, that “drug trafficking in Arkansas was linked to government officials in frightening proportions” and a “grand jury” was being built.
"Although there was an abundance of evidence and word kept reaching me from members of the grand jury that they were ready to indict, no indictments came” because the U.S. District Attorney at the time blocked all attempts.”
Out of the ten years the smuggling ring was operating not one single load was busted and not one single arrest was made. To top it all off it’s been said that the operations continued for years to come and yet still nothing has really come of it.
All of this seems to only be a small snippet of what the Clinton family has actually had their hands in. In fact, I exposed another one of Bill’s escapades back in January in an article titled “St. James Island exposed: The elites best kept secret, until now.”
Jet-setters from around the world meet on private island for ‘orgies’ and other sexual acts with young, sometimes underage, women
If you can name it - it has likely taken place on the lavish private island off the coast of Puerto Rico which boasts a beautifully landscaped plush luxury estate complete with its own helipad, privy only to certain members of the global elite.
Owned by Jeffery Epstein, a wealthy American financier and convicted sex offender, Little St. James Island appears to be somewhat of a gathering place and is a well desired hangout among key figureheads, actors, and royalty including the likes of former U.S. President Bill Clinton, Kevin Spacey, and even Prince Andrew.
However, the people attending the lavish residence are likely not there to discuss “cutting edge scientific and medical research” as the Epstein VI Foundation would like you to believe, but rather to experience full-on sexual encounters with underage girls as young as fourteen.
That’s right, just like a scene out of the Hollywood blockbuster film Eyes Wide Shut, wild parties, prostitution, orgies, and even underage sex all reportedly occur at Little St. James.
Back in 2005 police conducted an 11 month-long undercover investigation into Epstein and his estate after the mother of a 14-year-old girl went to police after suspecting her daughter was paid $300 for at least one sexual act on the island in which she was ordered to strip, leaving on just her panties, while giving Epstein a massage.
Although police found tons of photos of young women on the island and even interviewed eyewitnesses, Epstein was hit with a mere slap on the wrist after “pleading to a single charge of prostitution”. Epstein later served 13-months of his 18-month service in jail.
In 2008, Epstein was hit again, this time with a $50 million civil suit after another victim filed in federal court claiming that she was “recruited” by Epstein to give him a “massage” but was essentially forced into having sexual intercourse with him for $200 which was payable upon completion. The women were coming out of the woodwork.
Now Bill Clinton is back in the press and not for his controversial relationship with Monica Lewinsky, but rather his friendship with Epstein. In fact, flight records indicate that Bill would frequent the island paradise during the 2002 and 2005 era while Hillary, Bill’s wife, was a Senator in New York.
‘I remember asking Jeffrey what’s Bill Clinton doing here kind of thing, and he laughed it off and said well he owes me a favor,’ one unidentified woman said in the lawsuit, which was filed in Palm Beach Circuit Court.
The woman went on to say how orgies were a regular occurrence and that she recalled two young girls from New York who were always seen around the five-house compound but their personal back-stories were never revealed.
“At least one woman on the compound was there unwillingly,” reported the Daily Mail in a recent article. The woman was allegedly forced to have sex with “politicians, businessmen, royalty, academicians” at the retreat. Just one of “more than 40 women” that have come forth with claims against Epstein, showing the vast scale of the man’s dark operations, which aren’t limited only to Little St. James.
Moreover, Epstein was invited to Chelsea Clinton’s wedding in 2010 amongst 400 other guests, demonstrating his close friendship with the Clinton family.
To top it all off blue blood, “Prince Andrew was allegedly one of the house’s visitors. On Friday, the Duke of York was named in a federal lawsuit filed against Epstein, whom the FBI once reportedly linked to 40 young women. Filed in 2008 in the Southern District of Florida, the $50 million lawsuit claimed Epstein had a:
"Sexual preference and obsession for underage minor girls … gained access to primarily economically disadvantaged minor girls in his home and sexually assaulted these girls,”reported the Washington Post.
Additionally it was also reported that Donald Trump used to hangout with Epstein back in the day. In fact the Trumpanator himself has even commented previously on Epstein’s taste for “younger” women and also pointed out that Epstein “is fun” to be around.
While it’s unknown how deep Trump was in with Epstein, pardon the pun, Trump’s friendship demonstrates the type of personalities which surround Epstein, with money being the common tie.
Keep in mind all of this was going on the whole time and now Hillary is running on the Democratic ticket for the 2016 Presidency!
And on one last note, did you know that over 90 people surrounding the Clinton family have mysteriously ended up dead?
The Biggest Leak In History Reaches New Zealand January 7 2016 | From: Converge / NickyHager
During 2015 the Edward Snowden leaks relating to New Zealand finally reached the news, the largest number of secret intelligence documents about New Zealand ever to reach the public. Snowden revelations had been appearing country by country for two years before they arrived here, so there is a risk that they might be taken a bit for granted.
But we do well to remember that leaks like this are not at all the normal state of affairs. The usual state with intelligence agencies is simply silence: no information, no news and no debate, unless of course the agencies themselves have chosen to release some self-justifying public relations.
It is inevitable that we will return to that silence before too long, so we should make the most of the rare insights that Edward Snowden has given us.
What follows is an overview of what we've learned; first the global picture and then about New Zealand in the Five Eyes alliance (US, UK, Canada, Australia, NZ). The most well-publicised and shocking news in the Snowden documents was the scale of surveillance by the US-UK intelligence agencies:
Tapping undersea cables, eavesdropping covertly from embassy buildings in numerous foreign capitals, intercepting the Internet in numerous ways, hacking into computer and telecom networks, routinely accessing US-based companies like Google and Facebook and much, much more.
Some apologists say "everyone does it". But that isn't factually true.
The Anglo-American surveillance network outstrips all other big powers in trying to spy on the whole Internet and all the communications on earth. It is a bizarre, science fiction-like mission. Two things have driven the massive expansion of surveillance. The most important is the growth of digital electronics.
Sixty five years ago when the Five Eyes alliance began, the primary target of electronic spying was long distance radio. The five agencies used every technical opportunity to monitor and extract usable intelligence from this sole medium of communication.
Twenty years ago - early in the digital age - when New Zealand intelligence staff told me about the alliance-wide mass surveillance systems used at the Waihopai station, the bulk communications of the world were relayed via satellites and these were the focus of the electronic spy agencies. This intelligence source was exploited to the maximum extent possible.
But today there are thousands of different digital systems and networks that communicate and store information. Each tiny detail of the booting of a computer, each aspect of a social media platform, each component of a mobile phone: they all provide potential vulnerabilities and access points for the teams of the electronic spies.
This is what the Snowden documents revealed. This is why the scale of surveillance has increased so much. The Anglo-American intelligence agencies continue to believe they should spy to the maximum extent possible and technology has hugely increased what is possible.
Technical opportunity combined fatefully with political opportunity. The September 11, 2001 attacks gave the intelligence agencies greatly increased resources and political support to expand their operations. Now, 14 years later, the September 11 attacks are in the past and many people understand the mess created by the War on Terror. But all the main elements of the mass surveillance regime built in those years remains.
The electronic spy agencies have a profound effect on world politics. The primary purpose of intelligence agencies is to help their countries to have power and influence over other countries; much the same role as military force. Intelligence agencies are the unseen influences in every international issue and dispute. This is, at heart, what it means to be a Five Eyes intelligence ally: taking sides in these international issues and disputes.
Some publicity of the Snowden revelations has made it seem as though the main casualties of mass surveillance systems were Americans and allied citizens, as national security intelligence gathering systems were secretly turned against domestic populations.
There is more on this subject below. But the main use by far of the Five Eyes intelligence systems is spying on the rest of the world. That is what the agencies are for, that is where the vast majority of the casualties are and that is the subject that most deserves our concern.
NZ Spies On Friends
The New Zealand-related Snowden revelations instantly made this clear. As the headline of the first newspaper story said: "The Price Of The Five Eyes Club: Mass Spying On Friendly Nations". A Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) report, obtained by Snowden from the computers of the National Security Agency (NSA), showed the New Zealand agency routinely spying on Samoa, Tuvalu, Nauru, Kiribati and all our other Pacific neighbours.
Private information on their governments, diplomats, economic negotiation positions and everything else from these supposed friends is handed on to the Five Eyes partners. The details are here.
Some commentators argued that New Zealand needs to know the secrets of these nations for national security reasons, but that is weak and missed the point. The reason why New Zealand spies on these countries is as a long-term duty within the Anglo-American intelligence alliance.
The world is divided up between the US and its allies and New Zealand's agency got the job of spying on every country from French Polynesia to the Solomon Islands.
Old alliance obligations are put ahead of everything else. It is worth remembering that agencies like the GCSB get their legitimacy from the idea that they are fighting threats to the very security of the country.
That is how they built up their powers: Cold War-type spying justified for dire Cold War-type threats. But there has been endless mission drift and normalising of the use of national security-type capabilities against targets that are not a serious threat at all. The South Pacific microstates are a sad example of this.
Other leaked documents showed GCSB staff used the NSA's XKeyscore system to monitor the emails of senior public servants in the Solomon Islands government. New Zealand was running inconsistent public and private foreign policies. In one, New Zealand is friendly to, and supports, the Solomons; in the other, New Zealand sells out the Solomons to gain political benefits in its US and UK relations.
The GCSB duties in the alliance cover many other countries too, as listed in an April 2013 NSA profile of the GCSB in a section headed “What Partner Provides to NSA”. The review said the GCSB “continues to be especially helpful in its ability to provide NSA ready access to areas and countries … difficult for the US to access”.
These targets are largely disconnected from the rest of New Zealand's foreign policies and are not really about New Zealand's relations with those countries and territories at all. They are mainly about contributing to the intelligence alliance in its mission of spying on the whole world.
A strange example of this is New Zealand helping to spy on Bangladesh. The main security threat by far to Bangladesh is flooding because of climate change. New Zealand could be helping. We could give aid. But, unbeknown to the New Zealand Parliament and public, New Zealand's main (in fact, practically only) interaction with that country is helping spy on it, as part of the US war on terror. The story can be read here.
Spying On Chinese Consulate
Some of the GCSB spying has more direct and serious implications for New Zealand. The most striking example of this is about whether it is sensible for New Zealand to spy on its possibly most important trading partner to show its loyalty to old colonial intelligence ties.
This is about China. In public, the National government professes close and friendly relations with China. Many of the Government's economic plans revolve around increasing exports to that country. And it is strongly in New Zealand's interests not to get caught in big power rivalry between the US and China. But in secret, within the spy agencies, China comes first on the list of intelligence targets that New Zealand takes on for the US-led intelligence alliance.
Probably the most surprising thing we found in the Snowden papers was plans for a joint GCSB-NSA operation to hack into the communications of the Chinese Consulate in Auckland.
This seems almost crazy, with little practical gain likely compared to the obvious risks. But up until 2013, when Snowden left the NSA with his trove of internal documents, planning was full steam ahead for breaking international law and tapping into the Consulate communications. We wrote the story carefully, because Snowden's access to documents stopped before there was time to see that that the Consulate spying was underway.
But my view was that it was such a sensitive subject that the Government would quickly deny the story if the spying had not gone ahead. When the story was published, the Government said nothing.
Intelligence agencies like to hint about the remarkable intelligence that New Zealand receives in exchange for contributing to the Five Eyes alliance. However the leaked GCSB and NSA documents contained far more about what New Zealand gives to the NSA than what it gets in return. The main benefit to New Zealand appears to be that New Zealand spies get access to high-tech NSA surveillance and analysis technology: setting up and training New Zealand staff to be able to contribute to the alliance-wide intelligence missions.
Spying For Tim Groser
There was only one story about New Zealand using its access to the international intelligence systems to get a particular benefit for New Zealand. It's a grubby and embarrassing story.
Candidates from eight other countries - Indonesia, Mexico, South Korea, Brazil, Kenya, Ghana, Jordan and Costa Rica - were also going for the job. The National government used the Five Eyes Internet mass surveillance systems to spy on the other candidates' emails.
In other words, it cheated, using the intelligence agency to do a favour for a mate. It is hard to imagine a more petty use of national security systems. That's what they got in return for spying on our friends, trading partners and neighbours. The final revelations worth mentioning are about the Waihopai station. Internal GCSB documents revealed for the first time precisely what systems are used there. I recommend this article, or here with the illustrations.
Waihopai’s Odd Codenames
The Snowden-leaked documents reveal that the Waihopai staff use all of the following systems:
Apparition - finds position of isolated "VSAT" satellite users
Juggernaut - targets and processes cellphone communications
Latentheat - breaks the intercepted satellite signals down into individual messages
Legalreptile - collects text messages and call metadata
Lopers - searches for phone numbers in intercepted messages
Semitone - processes fax and voice messages
Stonegate - collects and processes dial-up and fax modem data
Surfboard - targets land-line phones
Venusaffect - "command and control" of other systems
Wealthycluster - processes digital comms, especially voice over Internet protocol (VoiP)
Xkeyscore - targets and processes bulk Internet traffic.
Plus others with equally odd names for which we could not figure out the function. These are not GCSB or New Zealand systems. They are NSA systems, standard equipment in one of the standardised Five Eyes satellite interception stations dotted around the world.
They are a reminder of how thoroughly un-New Zealand the Waihopai operation is.
The final subject raised by the Snowden revelations is how much the Five Eyes intelligence systems have been turned against these countries' own citizens.
Spying On New Zealanders
Back when I was interviewing a range of GCSB staff in the 1990s, they assured me that there were strict rules against any of the Five Eyes agencies spying on their own or one of the other four countries' citizens. Except in exceptional situations, I think this was true.
It is now clear that technological change and the War on Terror politics have changed this. I think it is very important to be as precise as possible on this subject.
The idea of mass surveillance (whether it is correct or not) has an insidious and damaging effect on people. It corrodes our sense of private space and of private thoughts, and our sense of self. This means that people speaking publicly about the effects of intelligence activities have to be careful not to create needless fear. I will run through what I think is, and is not, going on.
First, following the Snowden revelations there have been claims that everyone is being monitored all the time: every time they take out a library book, speak on the phone or go on the Internet. This is not true and it's vital that we reassure people. The principle underlying mass surveillance systems is that they do try to catch everyone's communications in a giant spy net, so that when they want to target someone or some subject, the data is available.
But this does not mean that everyone is being actively watched; that some shadowy intelligence officer somewhere is actually monitoring those library books and emails.
Something like 99.99% of people caught in the electronic net will never be actively monitored. Sometimes their Internet browsing may be incidentally caught in an overseas Internet capture system, but it will almost certainly remain an unexamined piece of hay in a huge intelligence haystack.
We should be concerned about the real target groups (for instance currently some Muslim people) but we should not spread unnecessary fear to others. Nearly everyone who ever worries that they might be a target of mass surveillance systems is luckily wrong. They can live their lives feeling unviolated because it is genuinely alright.
The next point is that there is no evidence of mass surveillance systems in New Zealand. What I mean is that there is no evidence that internal New Zealand communications are intercepted en masse and processed into metadata or other intelligence. That is what the GCSB helps do to other countries, but not what happens here.
When Police or other Government agencies want to monitor a New Zealander or person within New Zealand, they mostly use a completely separate system. These systems are known in the trade as "LI" (lawful interception) systems.
A 2004 law (the Telecommunications (Interception Capability) Act) made it obligatory for all telcos, Internet service providers (ISPs) and network companies to install interception-capable equipment.
This means that when the Police or other agencies want to monitor an individual or group, they can get a warrant, plug into the company's servers via the LI back doors and extract all the specified people's data.
This is the same law enforcement arrangement seen in many similar countries which, like New Zealand, were lobbied in the 1990s and early 2000s by the US Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) to introduce the systems. But it is designed for targeted monitoring with a warrant. That's how it is mostly done in New Zealand. It has bad aspects, but nonetheless is more like traditional phone tapping than mass surveillance.
Thus the way it is supposed to work is that the GCSB/Five Eyes systems are used on other countries, but only the LI systems are used within New Zealand for investigating crimes and so on.
Stay Tuned For A Convenient Law Change
Then came the War on Terror, when increasingly the US and allied intelligence agencies turned their national security-style systems onto their own citizens. At the same time the growth of the Internet has meant that New Zealanders' communications can often be caught in the spy nets far away.
Nowadays, hundreds of thousands of New Zealanders' Internet traffic will be caught in Five Eyes Internet surveillance as it passes over US and British territory and automatically "ingested" into gigantic databases of Internet metadata (a record of who was communicating with whom, when and where.)
This doesn't mean New Zealanders are being actively targeted and it doesn't mean that anyone will actively look at most people's data.
But it does mean that it is a lie that New Zealanders are not being monitored in GCSB-aided mass surveillance systems.
When John Key assured the public that there was no mass surveillance of New Zealanders, he was referring to tapping of undersea cables. But the place that the GCSB definitely does mass surveillance is satellite communications monitored at Waihopai and that is where New Zealanders are being caught.
This is an issue right now. Large numbers of New Zealanders are being inadvertently caught in GCSB mass surveillance systems and by law this should not be occurring. So despite rewriting its laws to legalise the last round of unlawful GCSB monitoring, it appears the GCSB is still unlawfully monitoring a large number of New Zealanders (such as those communicating in the Pacific region).
Following the New Zealand Snowden revelations, the Inspector General of Intelligence and Security is currently investigating this situation. The GCSB will be looking for a way to legalise these latest unlawful operations. I suspect that the agencies will use the current far-from-independent Intelligence Review to get a recommendation for a convenient law change.
So, sadly, New Zealand has in part caught up with the rest of the world. Our citizens are affected by the Five Eyes surveillance systems like people in all the rest of the world.
No Controls Or Limits On Foreign Spying
But, as I said, if we care about minimising the harm to people we will not overstate it. These systems affect people everywhere but least of all in the Five Eyes nations, including New Zealand. Even where New Zealanders are caught in the net, this is not the same as active targeting and monitoring.
We should care far more about the publics and governments of other countries, who are constant targets of the Five Eyes harvest. For them there are no controls and no limits, and in our region it is silently aided by New Zealand through the GCSB.
Empire Files With Abby Martin Launches First Show: America's Occupation Of The World
January 6 2016 | From: TheRealNews
Abby Martin debuts teleSUR's The Empire Files exploring the U.S. Empire and its rise to world hegemony.
teleSUR's The Empire Files airs every Friday night at 9:00 pm EST / 6:00 PST. Watch live here.
Comment: Of course, the 'American occupation' is really
just the front used by the Khazarian - Nazi - Zionists that have been running the show for so long. They hide behind America as a front, as they do with Judaism. The vast majority of Americans and Jews are good people who want nothing to do with the evil machinations of the 'Illuminati' psychopaths.
Major Disclosures Are Seeds For A Global Revolution January 5 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Just for 2015 alone, there were at least three major disclosures being made. From the actual killers of Princes Diana, to the 911 WTC controlled demolition, and the definitive Hitler Vatican Ratline Escape to Argentina via History Channel.
These major disclosures are not meant to entertain its audience, but the producers of these information are doing great effort and expending great amount of resources hoping to wake up as many people as possible to the madness perpetrated against them by the Oligarchical Elite.
Most importantly, the people casting these documentaries are risking their lives just to bring the Whole Truth to the mainstream consciousness. They are all planting the seeds for a global revolution.
The purported speech by Vladimir Putin to “defeat the Illuminati” was a cordial invitation for us to join in. Recall, it was the Russians who hoisted their national flag first in Berlin during WW2 to declare the defeat of the Nazis, or so they believe.
Are we going to see them do a rerun from our couches once again?
The ongoing massive disclosures were formally inaugurated last May 2001 at the National Press Club Conference on the Disclosure Project.
Our earlier information was that Hitler survived through the war in 1945 and fled to Juan Peron’s Argentina.
That information came from Hitler’s own bodyguard, Otto Skorzeny, who said in a deathbed confession that they fled Berlin through a five-seater unmarked airplane which would tie up pretty nicely to History Channel’s epic documentary, Hunting Hitler, that is based on the FBI’s Hitler disclosure back in 2014.
Among the highlights of the said documentary are direct first-hand witnesses to seeing Hitler inside a Spanish convent after being flown into the country through a small German plane with 4 other passengers.
The Vatican Ratline did serve the Nazis so well, as tens of thousands of them have effectively assimilated themselves into the American society barely 2 years after the Second World War ended.
The Hunting Hitler on location documentary is still running as of this writing and you can watch all broadcasted episodes so far from the link below.
In addition to a damning documentary by Keith Allen detailing the last few minutes of Princess Diana and subsequent assassination cover up that followed.
Unlawful Killing – The Film The British Won’t Get To See | Keith Allen
My documentary about the Diana inquest will be shown everywhere but the UK. Here’s why.
The internet is a global lavatory wall, a Rabelaisian mixture of truth, lies, insanity and humour. I felt its power and madness this week, when an excerpt from my new film, Unlawful Killing, was leaked on to YouTube and seized on by US conspiracy theorists, who immediately began claiming that the CIA had murdered Princess Diana, thereby allowing others to dismiss my documentary as mad.
Deriding its critics as mad is an age-old British establishment trick. My “inquest of the inquest” film contains footage of Diana recalling how the royals wanted her consigned to a mental institution, and the inquest coroner repeatedly questioning the sanity of anyone who wondered if the crash was more than an accident.
His chief target was Mohamed Al Fayed, a man I once profiled for a Channel 4 documentary.
Before I met him, I’d half-believed the media caricature of him as a madman, driven nuts by the death of his son, and wildly accusing the Windsors of having planned the 1997 crash.
However, I found a man who was sane and funny but frustrated that Britain wouldn’t hold an inquest into his son’s death. Michael Mansfield QC thought it unfair too, and fought for one to be held; which was why the longest inquest in British legal history eventually began in 2007.
Long before the inquest started, the eminently sane Mansfield had persuaded me that there were suspicious circumstances surrounding the crash, and signs of a cover-up by the authorities.
Many journalists agreed, but as the inquest drew near, I noticed that British newspapers (several of which had regularly run “Was Diana Murdered?” pieces) suddenly fell into line, and started insisting that the inquest was a waste of time.
They raised no protest when virtually all the key French witnesses refused to participate, nor did they find it odd that not one senior royal was ordered to appear, even though Diana had stated in a lawyer’s note that the Windsors were planning an “accident” to her car.
Nor did they raise the issue of possible bias when legal proceedings involving the integrity of the royal family were to be heard in the royal courts of justice before a coroner who’d sworn an oath of allegiance to the Queen.
I felt the need to raise it, so I asked every major UK broadcaster (BBC, ITV, C4, Five, Sky) to commission a TV documentary about the inquest. But they refused even to contemplate such a suggestion, so Associated Rediffusion and I began filming and financing it ourselves.
Shortly before the inquest began, Fayed offered to fund our project, so we could make a feature-length cinema documentary instead. We agreed, on condition that we would report events in the way we saw them, and the deal was struck.
Unlawful Killing is not about a conspiracy before the crash, but a provable conspiracy after the crash. A conspiracy organised not by a single scheming arch-fiend, but collectively by the British establishment – judges, lawyers, politicians, police chiefs, secret services, even newspaper editors – all of whom have been appointed to their positions because they are “a safe pair of hands”.
Just as compass needles all point north without being told to, so these people instinctively know what is expected of them when the state’s interests are under threat and they act accordingly, quietly suppressing uncomfortable evidence or undermining the credibility of witnesses whose evidence contradicts the official narrative.
Consider just a fraction of what transpired. Over 100 significant witnesses were not called to the inquest, or refused to appear. Blood tests allegedly proving the drunkenness of the driver Henri Paul were deemed “biologically inexplicable” by a toxicologist. A British crash expert found that Diana’s seat belt had not been working. And so on.
Strangest of all was the media coverage of the verdict. Inquest evidence showed conclusively that the crash was caused by an unidentified white Fiat Uno and several unidentified motorcycles, vehicles that were certainly not paparazzi, because uncontested police evidence confirmed that the paparazzi were nowhere near the tunnel at the time of the crash.
The jury understood this, bringing in a verdict of “unlawful killing” by unidentified “following vehicles”; yet within seconds, the BBC was misreporting that the jury had blamed the paparazzi, and the rest of the media meekly followed suit. Which is why – three years on – barely anyone realises what the jury’s troubling verdict really was.
Why is the film being premiered next week at Cannes, three years after the inquest ended? Because British lawyers insisted on 87 cuts before any UK release could be contemplated. So rather than butcher the film, or risk legal action, we’re showing it in France, then the US, and everywhere except the UK. Pity, because at a time when the mindless sugar rush of the royal wedding has been sending British Republicans into a diabetic coma, it could act as a welcome antidote.
Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship January 3 2016 | From: OathKeepers
We have always said that Science is a two-edged blade, i.e. it can be used to cut off ignorance or sever the head altogether.
When Science is used for the good of the people, progress is assured, but when it falls into the wrong hands, the rest will suffer.
We have first known about the systematic use of Science for our assured enslavement through the document “Silent Weapons for Quite Wars” [here]. That is a must read for everyone seeking knowledge of the very details of the weapons used to systematically turn all of us into satisfied slaves.
The government or control of society or industry by an elite of technical experts.
Who would have realized that electrical engineering theories can be used just the same in the world of Banking and Finance, and worse, Social Engineering in general?
But they did and are still doing it even today.
Interestingly, John has shared with us a link from the Oathkeepers that talks about the concept of Technocracy which is similar and congruent to the use of Science for the economic advantage of the Elite. You need to watch the embedded video in the article below in order to fully understand how Technocracy was being used all along.
The foundation of Technocracy is Scientism, that is in turn defined as:
The application of scientific methods to social and political modeling
Science is the absolute and only access to truth and reality about man and the universe
Scientism is specifically opposed to the Holy Bible as truth
Scientism upholds Atheism – there is no God
Scientism purports to be predictive, able to foretell the future
Scientism rejects any opposing inquiry
Scientism demands acceptance by non-scientists
We have advocated the full use of Science and Technology for the benefit of man, however we disagree with some of their definition which is really intended to malign the entire field.
Scientism Upholds Atheism – There is no God
This is a very sweeping, shallow and contentious assertion because there’s a variety of understanding of what God truly is. If the God that’s being referred to here is the vengeful Bible God then this statement is correct.
Atheism is defined as the absence of belief in any god. How about the understanding that Nature is the Most Supreme Being of All, would that qualify one as an atheist simply because he went beyond the bible?
The practice of simplistic labeling a position or concept limits the scope of the discussion disabling us from acquiring a complete understanding of a particular subject. To illustrate, the mere conversation about “conspiracy theories” would now qualify one to be labelled as terrorist.
Those who believe in this definition are justifying the destruction they have inflicted upon the population and the environment.
Scientism Rejects any Opposing Inquiry
This is a misapplication of Science. Real science is open ended, i.e. the prevailing theory will only last until another one is widely proven and accepted.
Those who subscribe to this definition don’t accept alternate ideas that work a lot better than the conventions of the day, e.g. medical associations, energy department, all priesthoods, fraternities, and gangsterism.
Scientism as defined above is just a myopic faith-based utilization of Science. This is probably why Vatican branded their telescope Lucifer…
"As Popular Science explains, LUCIFER is an acronym for the instruments lengthy title, “Large Binocular Telescope Near-infrared Utility with Camera and Integral Field Unit for Extragalactic Research.”
This instrument is attached to the University of Arizona’s Large Binocular Telescope (LBT) located on Mt. Graham in south eastern Arizona. The Vatican-owned Vatican Advanced Technology Telescope (VATT) is right next door.”
The Large Binocular Telescope observatory on Mt. Graham.
Cloak and Dagger
As you can see from their definition of the word Scientism, there is a mixture of good and questionable premises characterizing a far more sinister agenda.
Compartmentalization and redefinition of terms really are always in the menu of the Dark Masters intent on fooling the simple minded. There’s a need to carefully sift through all the things they’ve been throwing us along the way.
What we are not sure at this point is the position of the BRICS with regards to these Cabalist concepts, although Ben Fulford had assured us that Science will only be used for the Common Good, i.e. greening the deserts, cleaning the oceans, clean energy, poverty alleviation, longevity, and similar activities.
So far, the actions from the BRICS are very positive and along the way they have condemned the likes of Rockefeller, Brzezinski and Pope Benedict XVI through Ben Fulford. In 2013, the papal resignation shocked the Sheeples around the globe.
But are these developments enough to convince us that we are not navigating all along the bigger plan of the enemy?
The article below will surely clash with the Venus Project and the Zeitgeist Movement. In the end, it would just be a matter of changing who will be in direct control of the entire planet, the geopoliticians or the progressive technicians.
Who would you prefer?
Technology Rising: Patrick Wood On Caravan To Midnight
A Video Review From Elias Alias, Editor
"The C.F.R. is the American branch of a society which originated in England. Internationalistic in viewpoint, the C.F.R., along with the Atlantic Union Movement, and the Atlantic Council of the U.S., believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established …
What the Trilaterals truly intend is the creation of a worldwide economic power superior to the political government of the nation-states involved. As managers and creators of the system they will rule the world …
In my view, the Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power: political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical.”
With No Apologies, , the auto-biography by Senator Barry Goldwater, pp. 128, 284
The New International Economic Order
Patrick Wood has been in the trenches fighting for America for many years. He was co-author with the late Antony C. Sutton of the two-volume classic, “Trilaterals Over Washington”. His original “August Review” has morphed into the August Forecast. He speaks at events, such as the upcoming Arizona Freedom Fest. Patrick’s latest book is “Technocracy Rising“.
This video is three and a half hours in length. Below the video are some points of interest for readers who are reluctant to start into a film that long. I hope that the text below will influence motivated readers to make time to enjoy seeing Patrick Wood and John B. Wells on the screen – they deliver a great show, with a great ending.
Super-revelations from Patrick Wood
In late March, 2015, John B. Wells of Caravan To Midnight hosted for three and a half hours a man who is America’s foremost researcher on the Trilateral Commission. Many in the Liberty movement already know that Patrick Wood co-authored with Antony C. Sutton the now-famous “Trilaterals Over Washington” (in two volumes).
Personally, I began to follow Patrick Wood about ten years ago when I discovered at his website a fascinating article he had written about the Bank for International Settlements. I began subscribing to his newsletter, and that is how I received notice that Patrick Wood was interviewed by John B. Wells.
From his interview with John B. Wells I have taken down a few notes to share with readers here. Mr. Wood’s latest book, Technocracy Rising, is packed with facts and information, and its contents are the focus in this video interview.
The interview gets started early by discussion of the Trilateral Commission’s employment of Technocracy’s principles and their “New International Economic Order”, with mention of the Trilateral Commission’s goal of “transforming government”. By about 24 minutes into the video we see that more than just government is being transformed. Wood lists seven of their primary targets as being:
“Who” is to do all this “transforming”?
1) the Trilateral Commission;
3) the United Nations; and
4) Non-Government Organizations (NGOs).
We note that neither the American People nor the Congress of the United States of America are party to the transformation. Technocracy and Trilateralism and the United Nations and Non-governmental organizations are the four horses on which the New International Economic Order is riding into our lives. Keep that in mind as we go.
Mr. Wood gives us things to notice, things being used by Technocracy to “transform” us:
1. Agenda 21
2. Sustainable development
3. Smart meters
4. Climate change
5. Cap and trade
6. The Green Economy
7. Human enhancement (Trans-Humanism: the merger of man and machine, literally)
As John B. Wells allows Mr. Wood to lay it all out in full, supporting knowledge is provided to the viewer to flesh-out the above listings, plus more. John B. and Patrick discuss “Scientism”, and Patrick Wood offers a passage by the “father of Technocracy”, Henri de Saint-Simon:
“A scientist, my dear friends, is a man who foresees; it is because science provides the means to predict that it is useful, and the scientists are superior to all other men."
Scientism Is Central To Technocracy
Science shall tell us what to do, as evidenced by myriad manifestations ranging from regulating how long one may spend in one’s shower at home to the EPA’s wish to outlaw wood-burning stoves to central regulation of one’s thermostat from downtown, to the elimination of privately-owned single-dwelling homes and private automobiles as called for by the United Nations’ Agenda 21.
Scientism is at the base of Technocracy. Here are some notes from Patrick Wood regarding Scientism:
1. The application of scientific methods to social and political modeling
2. Science is the absolute and only access to truth and reality about man and the universe
3. Scientism is specifically opposed to the Holy Bible as truth
4. Scientism upholds Atheism – there is no God
5. Scientism purports to be predictive, able to foretell the future
6. Scientism rejects any opposing inquiry
7. Scientism demands acceptance by non-scientists
Scientism is defined at Wikipedia this way:
“Scientism is belief in the universal applicability of the scientific method and approach, and the view that empirical science constitutes the most authoritative worldview or most valuable part of human learning to the exclusion of other viewpoints.”
In the three and one-half hour video interview by John B. Wells of Caravan To Midnight Patrick Wood points out that Ray Kurzweil, a senior scientist for Google, is a trans-humanist. Kurzweil wrote the 2005 book entitled “The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology”.
Kurzweil, being a Google hotshot, works with the Chair of the Google corporation, Eric Emerson Schmidt, who is a Trilateral Commission member.
“Google founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin interviewed Schmidt. Impressed by him, they recruited Schmidt to run their company in 2001 under the guidance of venture capitalists John Doerr and Michael Moritz. Schmidt joined Google’s board of directors as chairman in March 2001, and became the company’s CEO in August 2001.
In 2013 Schmidt stated that the government surveillance in the United States was the “nature of our society” and that he was not going to “pass judgment on that”.
However, on the revelation that the NSA has been secretly spying on Google’s data centers worldwide, he called the practice “outrageous” and criticized the NSA’s collection of Americans phone records.
Schmidt was a campaign advisor and major donor to Barack Obama and served on Google’s government relations team. Obama considered him for Commerce Secretary. Schmidt was an informal advisor to the Obama presidential campaign and began campaigning the week of October 19, 2008, on behalf of the candidate.
He was mentioned as a possible candidate for the Chief Technology Officer position, which Obama created in his administration. After Obama won in 2008, Schmidt became a member of President Obama’s transition advisory board.
He proposed that the easiest way to solve all of the problems of the United States at once, at least in domestic policies, is by a stimulus program that rewards renewable energy and, over time, attempts to replace fossil fuels with renewable energy.”
Schmidt and Kurzweil work together at Google and Schmidt is a member in the Trilateral Commission. The Trilateral Commission is the chariot for Technocracy’s scientism. Bear that in mind.
Technocracy: The 1930s to Present
Technocracy originated in 1932 at Columbia University. It was founded by M. King Hubbert and Howard Scott in 1933. In 1934 they were booted from Columbia, but carried forth their Technocracy by writing the Technocracy Study Course.
In 1954 Hubbert created “Peak Oil Theory”, [FARCE] and later became known as the “father of the eco movement”.
Patrick Wood gives some characteristics of Technocracy:
“By nature it produces volumes of inviolable regulations which are “science based”.
It creates totalitarian control in the end, but is not socialism or communism.
Technocracy seeks to replace price-based economic system with energy-based system - (energy credits).
Communism, Marxism, Socialism, and Fascism are all based on a price-based economic system. Technocracy shifts away from that, so it is neither."
Did we catch that third characteristic of Technocracy above? “…Seeks to replace price-based economic system with energy-based economic system”.
That is positively huge! Technocracy is talking about doing away with our way of doing business, our system of money, of monetary exchange, replacing it with “energy credits”, which we may not find authorized in the Constitution - a far cry from coining silver and gold.
But of course Scientism, Technocracy, and the thusly-directed geniuses of the Trilateral Commission care not one whit about our Constitution.
At 55 minutes into the video Wood gives us some requirements necessary to make Technocracy work.
1. Register on a continuing basis the 24 hour-per-day basis of the total net conversion of energy.
2. By means of registration of energy converted and consumed, make possible a “balanced load”.
3. Provide a continuous inventory of all production and consumption. [Scott, Howard, et al, Technocracy Study Course, p. 232] Think: datamining.
4.Provide a specific registration of the type, kind, etc, of all goods and services, where produced and where used.
5. Provide specific registration of the consumption of each individual, plus a record and description of the individual.
Today, Mr. Wood notes, we have the technology to do these things. Hence Obamacare, the NSA spying on all Americans, Common Core, fitting students into a master plan, etc., etc. - data collection gone wild. Combined with the Trilateral Commission’s strong-armed reach into seats of governmental power, Technocracy is quite literally transforming [not just] America.
Trilaterals Over Washington
At about the 01:02:35 point in the video we’re given a bit of a timeline regarding the Trilateral Commission:
1. The idea was floated at the 1972 Bilderberg meeting
2. It was created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski.
3. It had 289 hand-picked members.
4. It’s three economic regions of primary focus were Japan, North America, and Europe.
5. There were 97 U.S. members, both “R”s and “D”s.
6. Members are primarily bankers, industrialists, academics, politicians, media, law firms, and NGOs.
In 1976 the Trilateral Commission hijacked the White House / Executive Office. Brzezinski had picked Carter for the White House, and according to Barry Goldwater’s autobiography both Rockefeller and Brzezinski groomed Carter and helped get him in.
Then as the American people blinked Carter appointed Brzezinski to be his National Security Adviser. Carter then appointed almost a third of the American Trilateral membership to top Cabinet and Administration posts.
They took over government on behalf of economic policies for International consolidation which would foster:
1. A New International Economic Order
2. Promote interdependence
3. Promote “free trade” by dismantling tariffs and trade barriers.
Wood: (quote): “It was an economic takeover but they needed the political machinery to pull it off. Technocracy is not a political system — it is an economic system.” (end quote)
In June 1992 Bush-41 attended the Earth Summit where the Agenda 21 was born.
In March of 1993 Clinton announced his “National Partnership For Reinventing Government”.
In April of 1993 the Agenda 21 book was published.
In June of 1993 Clinton signed Executive Order 12852 creating the President’s Council on Sustainable Development.
On September 11, 1993 Clinton signed Executive Order 12862, the “National Performance Review/Reinventing Government”.
In April of 2005 Bush-43 created the National Intelligence Agency, seating for its first Director John Negroponte, a Trilateralist.
I grew quite excited when next Patrick Wood brought up, at about the 01:11:30 mark in the interview, Brzezinski’s book from back in 1970. Wood says that “Between Two Ages: America’s Role In The Technetronic Era” is the book which launched the Technocracy and Trilateral movement. I do not really know Patrick Wood, but have been following his work for about ten years, having first appreciated his writing on the Bank for International Settlements at his website.
He chances to be the only man I know of, beside myself, who has a copy of Brzezinski’s “Between Two Ages: America’s Role In The Technetronic Era”.
I had run across a copy after viewing Michael C. Ruppert’s 9/11 video in 2002. In 2007 I took my copy of this book to the State capitol of Montana and held it up while speaking before the Senate Judiciary Committee regarding some bill which was going through at that time.
I showed the Committee members the book and read them a few passages from the book. I will share with you now the passages I read out loud to the Committee.
“The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values…
“Today we are again witnessing the emergence of transnational elites…[whose] ties cut across national boundaries…
It is likely that before long the social elites of most of the more advanced countries will be highly internationalist or globalist in spirit and outlook….
“Within a few years the rebels in the more advanced countries who today have the most visibility will be joined by a new generation making its claim to power in government and business…
accepting as routine managerial processes current innovations such as planning-programming-budgeting systems (PPBS) …
A national information grid that will integrate existing electronic data banks is already being developed….
The projected world information grid, for which Japan, Western Europe, and the United States are most suited, could create the basis for a common educational program, for the adoption of common academic standards….
“The nation-state is gradually yielding its sovereignty. …
In the economic-technological field, some international cooperation has already been achieved, but further progress will require greater American sacrifices. More intensive efforts to shape a new world monetary structure will have to be undertaken, with some consequent risk to the present relatively favorable American position.”
Can you believe that? Brzezinski wrote that forty-five years ago in 1970. He could see what was coming in scientific fields, and David Rockefeller could see that Brzezinski was seeing just what the globalist elite had been seein g in the political field. Rockefeller tapped Brzezinski quickly and they co-founded the Trilateral Commission in 1973.
Brzezinski is a very bright mind, but one which leans toward Technocracy and scientism, which ultimately leads to a one-world government system in the political realm and a one-world economic grid with which to control the populations of the earth.
Oddly enough, Brzezinski was a professor at the very campus where Technocracy was born in 1932, Columbia University, when Rockefeller (in Rush Limbaugh’s word for it) “plucked” Brzezinski. (As Rush was meaning it, Rockefeller “hand-picked” Brzezinski.)
Brzezinski had used the word “technetronic” in the title of his book. Patrick Wood notes that “Technetronic” and “Technocracy” are closely linked, practically interchangeable. So let me interject something here please -
Brzezinski was envisioning in 1970 a gradual appearance of a more controlled society. He called it the “Technetronic Era” for Technocracy, in which his book is heavily immersed. He co-founded the Trilateral Commission with that sort of ideology in mind.
Let us pause for about four minutes to allow Mr. Brzezinski to explain himself, courtesy of C-SPAN:
Is America’s so-called “war on terror”, which is now turning inward on the American people ourselves, really just a massive promotion by governmental and private sector players who seek to regulate and control the patterns of traditional American behavior toward the policies desired by an Elite, who are “internationalists” who believe in the power of a totally surveilled societal structure?
That aside, Patrick Wood notes that the U.S. President appoints the head of the World Bank, and that of the eight heads of the World Bank since its inception six have been Trilateralists.
Six out of the eight heads of the World Bank is a staggering percentage. But Patrick Wood goes much deeper in looking into Technocracy’s grip on the inner workings of our government.
He lists all Presidents and Vice Presidents since Carter who are Trilateralists. He lists all Presidentially-appointed U.S. Trade Representatives who are Trilateralists. He lists the ten out of seventeen National Security Advisers who are/were Trilateralists. All are named in the video interview by John B. Wells.
The Trilateral Commission is such a small elite group, but they manage to permeate our Federal offices in departments and agencies. They are heavily tied in with the representatives of the military-industrial complex, the machinery of war.
So What Is The New International Economic Order?
According to Patrick Wood, this new order is:
1. The Technetronic Era
2. A controlled society in which the Elite rule
3. Primary actors and planners of economic life will be global banks and multi-national corporations
4. A continuous surveillance of every citizen
5. Files containing all information about every citizen will be instantaneously available to authorities
At about two hours into the interview Mr. Wood moves the mark even further. He reminds us of something from UNEP, (the UN’s Environment Programme), called the Green Economy Initiative
He tells us that “The Green Economy” is Technocracy. According to Wood, a green economy implies a “de-coupling” of resource use and environmental impacts from economic growth. He reminds us that UNEP says:
“These initiatives, both public and private, provide the mechanism for reconfiguration of businesses, infrastructure and institutions, and for the adoption of sustainable consumption and production processes”.
Reconfiguring businesses, infrastructure and institutions means overhauling our very society, our way of life, for openers, and it can and will get much worse as control by the Elite is expanded. Bill Clinton, a failed Rhodes Scholar, did say he would “reinvent government“.
This is what he had in mind. Recall, when G.H.W. Bush could not get NAFTA through Congress, Bill Clinton did, and that was just a beginning.
Patrick Wood next reports that the World Council of Churches, at their 2014 “Interfaith Summit on Climate Change” said proudly, the “World’s faiths will declare themselves, irrevocably, as Green Faiths”.
Next we learn about “Reflexive Law” as “Legal Paradigm For Sustainable Development“.
“At the same time, sustainable development’s broad sweep strains our intellectual grasp of its meaning andoutruns the capacity of our current legal and political systems to channel society’s activities toward itsachievement…
there is no doubt that sustainable development needs new paradigms to transform it from visionary rhetoric to a viable political goal. The World Summit on Sustainable Development showed a world desperately seeking effective sustainable development policies and strategies.
The desperation was reflected in the new mantra of “governance” and the shifting emphasis in sustainable development measures from “Type 1″ traditional regulation and government programs to “Type 2″non-regulatory private or public-private partnership initiatives…
This essay will consider whether the sociological construct “reflexive law,” which comes out of the German sociology of law tradition, and some American offshoots such as “democratic experiments” with non-regulatory schemes, might help sustainable development resolve its conceptual dilemmas.
Reflexive law has immediate appeal because it speaks to the sustainable development mandate for integrated decision making: it normatively urges social systems or subsystems (such as science, economics, themarketplace, politics, and law itself) to communicate and to interact.
Moreover, reflexive law teaches that law works best by specifying procedures for regulated entities to observe in striving for a complex objective like sustainable development,..”
So Technocracy will put an end to “rigid” law and transform it into reflexive law, all the better to suit the needs of their global government. Remember, “Sustainable Development” is a UN phrase originating in Agenda 21.
So now we see that Mr. Wood was correct in his opening assessments, in which he said that the Trilateral Commission’s Technocracy would transform not only government and economics and religion, but also would transform “law”.
But he also said the Trilaterals want to transform “energy”, “humanity”, and “Christianity”. He has laid in the fact that Agenda 21 is being used by Technocracy to transform things, so let’s see what he says about transforming “energy”.
At about 02:15:00 we learn that the Global Smart Grid is both national and international. Mr. Wood points out that the 2009 stimulus money went to energy companies globally to kick-start Smart Grid. At this link we can read:
“There is a new world wide web emerging right before our eyes. It is a global energy network and, like the internet, it will change our culture, society and how we do business. More importantly, it will alter how we use, transform and exchange energy.
There is no energy supply problem, there is an energy distribution problem - and the emerging solution is a new world wide web of electricity.”
In Kerry Cassidy’s interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, Ms Fitts has indicated that trillions of “stimulus dollars” were dispersed globally.
The topic of that interview was the “Black Budget”, which itself is yet another tool in the globalists’ tool chest. We may write and read non-stop into all this madness, only to find that the rabbit hole goes deeper and deeper, branches infinitely into a web of incredible overwhelm.
So I will force myself to break this off at this point, in agreeing that we all can see that trans-humanism is a threat to human life as we’ve known it, and that Christianity is indeed under attack in America today.
I do not think any reader at Oath Keepers national will want to dispute that.
So in summation, let me simply urge every Oath Keeper to get Patrick Wood’s book, view John B. Wells’ interview with Mr. Wood, above, and reassure oneself that while our problems are giants at the national and international level, they are quite controllable at the local level.
In harmony with the philosophy of Stewart Rhodes, founder and president of Oath Keepers, acting locally while thinking globally is the best perspective for the preservation of freedom.
Mr. Patrick Wood says the same thing in his offered solutions:
1. Act Local
2. Educate and advocate locally.
3. Saturate meetings of City Council, School Boards, planning/zoning meetings, transportation meetings, etc.
4. Support and educate local Sheriffs.
5. Name and shame those who practice un-American thinking and activity.
That falls hand-in-hand with Oath Keepers Community Preparedness Team concept as well as with our central mission of educating police and military and firefighter personnel to the meaning in their Oath.
And no matter whatever else one does, by all means read this book by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr.:
THREE RIGHTS by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr.; copyright 2013 by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr.; printed by BookMasters, Inc., Ashland, Ohio; ISBN: (10) 0-9671759-6-8; ISBN: (13) 978-0-9671759-6-6
Willie Jackson, Whanau Ora & The Jewish Child Abuse Rings January 1 2016 | From: FourthReichWatch
One thing you will never hear Willie Jackson admit- is that the primary cause of poverty in New Zealand is Government income taxes. Closely followed by the welfare industry trap the Government uses to catch all of the fall out.
Despite the fact that Willie has traveled extensively, he has apparently failed to notice that all nations that have low income taxes have full employment and little need for Government welfare.
South Korea is one good example, with income taxes at 5% or less, their economy booms, with very little unemployment or need for welfare. The very simple truth that government taxes destroy economies and create poverty has been documented and proven in economics text books dating back 100 years.
The Government taxes the poor at 75%, then hand back a % of that money in the form of WINZ payments- keeping around half of it for themselves and guaranteeing that a section of the economy remains poor, for ever, under their full control. Its called communism.
The non threatening, friendly “Uncle” Willie Jackson
The reason Willie Jackson fails to observe of mention those facts is two fold. Firstly, Willie is (in our opinion) a top class moron. Like a child in an adults body, Willie is 98% made up of social and government propaganda bullshit, and the remaining 2% is a lost child, swimming around in the dark looking for his soul.
Secondly- Willie is one of the biggest government welfare whores in NZ’s history. In fact he is probably hands down the biggest welfare whore in NZ’s history. Sitting like a giant blood sucking leech on top of poor and struggling Maori who are trapped in the Government taxation and welfare cycle.
Willie Jackson rules over the Whanau Ora welfare rort – receiving millions every year from successive Governments to hand out to those who suffer under an abusive / communist government system of around 75% net taxes.
Kiwis pay 20-40% income taxes, 15% gst on everything they buy, 300-3000% on tobacco and alcohol, 74c per liter on petrol, rates, car rego, ACC and on and on.
Up to 75% of peoples’ incomes are stolen by the communist/ Jewish banker run NZ government- crippling our economy and small business and creating unemployment and poverty around the Nation.
Willie Jackson is in fact the exact type of moron that the Government looks to promote as a poster boy for “poverty” – because he is incapable of thinking for himself and greedy enough to help abuse his own people, helping to steal their futures off them by working to keep them all in welfare slavery, generation after generation.
The solution to poverty is very simple- you simply remove taxes and let people and the economy work and thrive.
You will never hear Willie Jackson say that of course because he is a lazy, corrupt welfare whore. And probably the worst one at that. Stuffing is pockets more and more each year that poverty and its related crimes and child abuse increase. Creating a never ended stream of work for corrupt child abusing lawyers and judges – the so called “Synagogue of Satan”.
He bleats on all day about “poverty” , “child abuse” and “his people”, oblivious to the fact that he is one of the biggest parts of the problem.
Now if that ain’t bad enough – here is where it gets worse.
Willie Jackson ‘came out’ recently and declared he was “Jewish”. It is a well known fact that the Jewish mafia owns most of the DNA testing companies around the World and use them to fake the DNA tests for murder trials (eg, the Bain case which was a government murder and the DNA faked to frame David Bain) , so whether or not Willie Jackson is a Jew or not remains a mystery.
It is likely the global communist mafia have simply made that story up and sold it to Willie – a man who obviously has/ or had very little idea who he was or where he comes from.
Either way- we now have the biggest welfare whore in NZ’s history parading around like the naked emperor, proudly telling everyone he is Jewish and that he ‘cares for the poor’ , when in fact he is complicit in one of the biggest causes of poverty in our Country. That being welfare and handouts.
The irony is sickening really. The Jews [Khazarian Zionist Satanists hiding within Jewry ] have been behind every communist revolution in history, including Karl Marx, Chairman Mao and Joseph Stalin, who together ended up murdering over 200 million poor people.
All for the Jewish bankers who had decided genocide was the only solution to the non cooperation of the people with the Jewish banker owned state and its never ending taxes and rules.
Ring any bells?
This is oddly enough where NZ is now headed. With a Jewish prime minister, Jewish owned banks in control of almost everything, a corrupt Jewish Freemason controlled judiciary (whose primary role is to protect pedophiles) and the now Jewish owned media – namely Media Works and Radio Live, owned by Jewish billionaire Howard Marks and his Oaktree Capital fund.
We have had around 100% inflation in the past few years, with food and rent up by 100% or more, as welfare payments and wages all stay the same- pushing record numbers of people into poverty and destitution.
Maori are being killed off via taxes, welfare and inflation – grinding poverty which creates domestic abuse, child abuse, illnesses and death, and Willie Jackson is too stupid, cowardly and/or corrupt to speak out and simply demand an end to income taxes – which would solve the problem within 12 months.
Not to mention taking GST off healthy foods. Not only does this socially retarded moron help prop up the welfare industry which keeps everyone poor, he is a highly paid mouth piece for the inbred Jewish criminals who run all of the Government propaganda to keep it all in place.
If there was ever a story about a low life sell out of his own people - it is surely Willie Jackson. A hypocrite of the highest order. One wonders if Willie Jackson was abused as a child, to ‘grow’ into such a hypocrite who does so much damage to his own people – Maori- and others.
And this brings us neatly onto the next issue. Jewish sacrificial child abuse.
Willie Jackson was recently bleating on about the Oprah Winfrey visit to to New Zealand – but he is too cowardly and lazy to do any research and report this piece by Oprah Winfrey - where she exposed Jewish pedophile rings on her American show.
We have recently seen the same thing in England, where the Jewish Freemason controlled House of Westminster has been exposed as a giant child abuse ring - with over 100,000 children alleged to have been abused by Freemason Lords and MP’s - and still not one arrest.
That problem being state sanctioned and covered up child abuse and child sacrifice. Even as we type up this post, NZ Judge Philippa Cunningham has just given permanent name suppression to a 50 year old Auckland businessman who was caught trading 1000’s of child abuse images. The Government in NZ, much like the UK is arguably run by pedophiles, for pedophiles, with the Synagogue of Satan judges apparently protecting them all and covering it up.
Which poses the question- if the Government uses their various agencies to help them better groom children to abuse, and hires and promotes pedophiles into positions of power, such as MP’s Judges and commissioners – is it fair to be a little suspicious of Whanua Ora and its CEO Willie Jackson?
Whanau Ora is paid to ‘bring Maori into’ the system- gathering their data and habits and giving the government information and access to their children. If we conclude from the evidence above that the Government is a giant child abuse ring run by pedophiles for pedophiles- one wonders how Willie Jackson fits into all of that – given he never speaks out about the true cause of poverty and instead helps keep the welfare abuse rolling on.
We have no evidence that Willie Jackson is involved in any of these Government child abuse rings – but given his position sucking money from tax payers to help keep Maori poor – perhaps it is a fair and indeed important question to ask?
Is Willie Jackson aware of any Government pedophile rings operating in New Zealand and can he give an assurance that no such things exist in the Whanau Ora organization?
Perhaps we should be asking this question of all our MP’s, Judges and large welfare handout vampires such as Willie Jackson? We know the judges and Government are always heavily involved in child abuse and child abuse rings – so should we be asking all such government agents and workers:
a) if they are Freemasons and/or Jewish [Khazarian Zionist Satanists] and
b) are they involved in any way in these Government and Judiciary protected pedophile rings?
Our opinion is that given all evidence of state sanctioned child abuse we see these days- it is not only fair to ask such questions of Willie Jackson and Whanau Ora - but an important duty.
Bus load of Jewish Rabbis rounded up in New Jersey for trading in human and child body parts and organs :
More information on Jewish child rape and sacrifice traditions:
Is the God of the Jews Satan – and does he demand that they rape & murder children?
Legal: - The opinions in this article are those of the Author of this blog and those of the third party references quoted. We have stated very clearly that we have seen no evidence that Willie Jackson and/or Whanau Ora are involved in anyway in any government child abuse rings, but have suggested that the people of NZ should be asking those questions & demanding assurances, given all of the evidence quoted of state sanctioned child abuse rings and the fact that in our opinion, Whanau Ora is not what it says it is ie) “helping the poor”.
We maintain that the only way to “help the poor” is to remove taxes off their incomes and food and rents - and that the only outcome of the handouts Willie Jackson campaigns for is to perpetuate the dependency of so many poor - leading to their eventual and inevitable enslavement and demise - a crime against the Maori people on a grand scale - and aided and abetted by Willie Jackson as he stuffs his own pockets in the process. A wolf in sheeps’ clothing. Willie Jackson or any of his agents are welcomed and encouraged to reply below, answer our questions, and give such assurances.
Worst Anti-Privacy Bill Since The Patriot Act, Passes Hidden In A Budget Bill And Media Is Silent December 22 2015 | From: ActivistPost / Various
On Friday, Congress passed a $1.15 trillion omnibus spending package to continue funding the federal government, which included an already defeated, and extremely controversial cyber security bill, that was inserted into the spending package as a means of assuring its passage.
Sorry, they got their way this time
In spite of this massive revelation and horrific blow to privacy, the mainstream media remains mum. While many outlets are covering the passage of the spending bill, they are completely omitting anything about CISA.
The Cyber Information Sharing Act (CISA), quietly pushed back in 2014 before being shut down by civil rights and privacy advocates, was added into the Omnibus Appropriations Bill by House Speaker Paul Ryan as a means circumventing rampant opposition to the anti-privacy legislation.
First it was SOPA, but they couldn't get that through:
Advocates of the CISA provisions say their aim is to help prevent cyber threats, but critics say that the legislation essentially gives corporations legal immunity when sharing consumers’ private data about hacks and digital breaches with the Department of Homeland Security.
“It creates the ability for the president to set up “portals” for agencies like the FBI and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, so that companies hand information directly to law enforcement and intelligence agencies instead of to the Department of Homeland Security.
And it also changes when information shared for cybersecurity reasons can be used for law enforcement investigations. The earlier bill had only allowed that backchannel use of the data for law enforcement in cases of “imminent threats,” while the new bill requires just a “specific threat,” potentially allowing the search of the data for any specific terms regardless of timeliness."
Originally, the CISA anti-privacy legislation was shelved after a public outcry against the bill, but corporations soon realized the bill would provide them with legal immunity for sharing customers’ private data with the government and began a renewed effort to pass CISA.
And miraculously, even in defeat, a bad bill became worse, and a crisis became an opportunity.
“They took a bad bill, and they made it worse,” Robyn Greene, policy counsel for the Open Technology Institute, told Wired.
“They’ve got this bill that’s kicked around for years and had been too controversial to pass, so they’ve seen an opportunity to push it through without debate. And they’re taking that opportunity.”
“Unfortunately, this misguided cyber legislation does little to protect Americans’ security and a great deal more to threaten our privacy than the flawed Senate version.
Americans demand real solutions that will protect them from foreign hackers, not knee-jerk responses that allow companies to fork over huge amounts of their customers’ private data with only cursory review.” Sen. Ron Wyden said of the insertion of the CISA into the spending bill."
It’s a shameful testament to the power of corporations and the intelligence community, to craft legislation that the American people clearly don’t support and then hide it within a budget bill to gain passage of the legislation, due to the fact that the public would never support it otherwise. What’s more is that the Praetorian guard, also known as the mainstream media is choosing to keep it out of the public’s eye.
“There’s plenty wrong with this omnibus, but there’s nothing more egregious than the cyber language they secretly slipped in,” Rep. Justin Amash (R-Mich.) told The Hill by email.
Sadly, this seems to be business as usual in Washington, D.C.
When corporations and government craft and push their own legislation, which by large measure individuals and the public don’t support, corporate fascism is clearly at the doorstep. A dangerous stage is being set for turnkey totalitarianism in the United States.
Please share this article with your friends and family who will most assuredly not hear about it on the TV or radio.
Gordon Campbell On The Police Harassment Of Nicky Hager December 21 2015 | From: Scoop
So now we know. If you’ve done something to really annoy the Establishment – hello, Kim Dotcom, Heather Du Plessis Allen, Nicky Hager and teapot tapes photographer Bradley Ambrose
Not only will you rocket to the top of the priority list for the Police and their scant resources, but chances are they’ll overstep their lawful authority while turning you over.
Meanwhile the dodgy behaviours and payments documented in Hager’s book Dirty Politics will go un- investigated. How many more examples of Police partiality in the use of its investigative discretion do we need?
The Police are a tool. Cross their political masters and you’ll pay the price.
In the case of the Hager investigation there are several disturbing aspects. Beforehand, the Police knew they were unlikely to find any evidence relevant to the identity of the hacker they were trying to find. Hager was officially not a suspect. Justice Clifford’s decision says that this was a mission motivated by little more than hope.
Secondly, what the judge called the Police’s “fundamental error” was that they failed to reveal to the District Court judge issuing the search warrant that the target of their warrant was a journalist – and therefore someone likely to enjoy the protections afforded to journalists under the Evidence Act.
This looks particularly suspicious when – at 8.30am in a search that went on to 6pm – the Police actually asked Hager whether he wanted to invoke his journalistic privilege. Which Hager immediately did. As a result, this prevented the Police from examining the material they were gathering.
It became evidence that had to be bagged and sealed, and could be opened subsequently only at the order of (another) judge. Therefore, if this was a raid designed to get evidence that would quickly uncover the hacker’s identity, it had become pointless almost as soon as the Police gained entry to Hager’s house.
The more important point being: If the Police knew about the probability of journalistic privilege being invoked, why didn’t they tell the District Court judge beforehand – in which case, the judge might have asked them some awkward questions.
With hindsight, it looks like a willful lack of disclosure by the Police officers concerned. (Lets leave aside for now the issue of how the Police managed to find a judge who must be the only person in New Zealand unaware that this Nicholas Alfred Hager bloke named on the warrant was, in fact, a journalist.
Did it not occur to the judge to ask any questions at all? Given that the scrutiny of the judge is supposed to be a check and balance on Police getting search warrants willy nilly, this part of the story isn’t very re-assuring, either.)
So, where are we now? Hager has had his belongings (some of them the basic tools of his trade) held in Police custody for well over a year. Hopefully – if the Police don’t appeal the decision – those belongings will now be returned, and lets hope that the inconvenience gets added to the compensation and damages payment Hager is now surely liable to receive, after being on the receiving end of an unlawful Police warrant and search.
Already there has been a lot of talk about how Justice Clifford’s decision has set a precedent and raised the bar on journalistic privilege. I don’t really think so. The rules were already there in black and white in the Evidence Act, and the Police broke them at will.
If sufficiently motivated, they will do so again. The next time someone royally pisses off the political Establishment, it’s a safe bet that the Police will come knocking on their door.
In this case, the Police were hoping to find something that might criminalise Hager, and shut him up for good. If that didn’t happen, they could at least harass him, inconvenience him and disrupt his ability to do his work for months and months on end.
That goal has been achieved. Ultimately, you can bet no Police officer will be sanctioned over this affair. And as always, the taxpayers will pick up the compensation tab for the Police incompetence (and/or malice) that has marked their behavior on this occasion.
COP21 Revealed: Read Full Text Of Climate Summit Plan Designed To Break Smaller Nations December 20 2015 | From: IntelliHub
Full text of COP21 agreement shows worldly plan to keep smaller nations indebted.
Carbon reduction plans will be put in place by all 196 participating countries who reached an agreement during COP21.
Additionally $100 billion in loan guarantees to smaller nations will be made available in the latest multi-pronged global scam that continues to perpetuate the use of nuclear power worldwide.
“In Paris, American Nuclear Society President Gene Grecheck said that “policymakers need to not be afraid to say they support nuclear technology at conferences such as COP21” because every serious look at the energy technologies required to mitigate climate change has concluded that large amounts of nuclear energy must be part of the mix,” Forbes reported.
Do you see what the powers-that-be are doing here? They are essentially forcing smaller nations to go nuclear and larger ones to upgrade their current nuclear facilities. These tyrannical masterminds behind the curtain are operating in a mafiaesk manner and are using a union-like blueprint to salt unwitty nations.
To learn more please watch a very important documentary film called Shade, now available on DVD video.
The Federal Reserve Has Lifted Interest Rates: What Does This “Rate Hike” Mean? December 18 2015 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
The Federal Reserve raised the interbank borrowing rate today by one quarter of one percent or 25 basis points. Readers are asking, “what does that mean?”
It means that the Fed has had time to figure out that the effect of the small “rate hike” would essentially be zero. In other words, the small increase in the target rate from a range of 0 to 0.25% to 0.25 to 0.50% is insufficient to set off problems in the interest-rate derivatives market or to send stock and bond prices into decline.
Prior to today’s Fed announcement, the interbank borrowing rate was averaging 0.13% over the period since the beginning of Quantitative Easing. In other words, there has not been enough demand from banks for the available liquidity to push the rate up to the 0.25% limit.
Similarly, after today’s announced “rate hike,” the rate might settle at 0.25%, the max of the previous rate and the bottom range of the new rate.
Comment: Multiple sources have long warned of the signs of a monumental financial crash; Lindsay Williams' insider told him that the derivatives crash would signal the time was close at hand. A rise in interest rates will cause a derivatives crash...
However, the fact of the matter is that the available liquidity exceeded demand in the old rate range. The purpose of raising interest rates is to choke off credit demand, but there was no need to choke off credit demand when the demand for credit was only sufficient to keep the average rate in the midpoint of the old range.
This “rate hike” is a fraud. It is only for the idiots in the financial media who have been going on about a rate hike forever and the need for the Fed to protect its credibility by raising interest rates.
Look at it this way. The banking system as a whole does not need to borrow as it is sitting on $2.42 trillion in excess reserves. The negative impact of the “rate hike” affects only smaller banks that are lending to businesses and consumers.
If these banks find themselves fully loaned up and in need of overnight reserves to meet their reserve requirements, they will need to borrow from a bank with excess reserves. Thus, the rate hike has the effect of making smaller banks pay higher interest expense to the mega-banks favored by the Federal Reserve.
A different way of putting it is that the “rate hike” favors banks sitting on excess reserves over banks who are lending to businesses and consumers in their community.
In other words, the rate hike just facilitates more looting by the One Percent.
The Fundamental Flaw Of ‘Mainstream Economics’ December 15 2015 | From: GoldSurvivalGuide
Hugo Salinas Price casts his eye back a few hundred years to see what is wrong with modern mainstream economics…
Bacon's thinking had a profound influence upon the development of Western civilization, because he founded what is known as the scientific method. All the scientific advances of mankind up to the present day, are based on this method, which is - in a few words - controlled experimentation upon things of the natural (physical) world in order to arrive at a truth. He was the first to outline the bases of the methodology to discover physical truths.
In contrast to his way of approaching reality, we have the example of alchemy, the forerunner of chemistry. For the alchemist, there was not a clear separation between the physical and the spiritual properties of matter.
Francis Bacon, an Englishman, was born in 1561 and died in 1626.
Problems in mainstream economics begin with using Francis Bacon’s scientific methodology to determine human behaviour where conscious choice is involved.
Thus, the alchemist was typically fascinated by the possibility of manipulating the spiritual properties of metals, in order to transmute a metal of very low value, such as lead, into the metal of highest possible value, gold. Infinite riches would be the prize for discovering that method.
The processes were mysterious and thought to be hidden in codes provided by earlier alchemists. Even the great physicist, Sir Isaac Newton (1642 -1726) still dabbled in alchemy, while doing his enormous work in astronomy.
Sir Isaac Newton
Logicians tell us that the process of arriving at a truth through prior experimentation is inductive reasoning, where the mind is led into the truth through experiment. If you put a fresh egg into boiling water for, say, 12 minutes, your egg will be a hard-boiled egg.
Repeat this experiment as many times as you want, and you have a physical law: "Fresh egg boiled for 12 minutes produces hard-boiled egg." Such is Physics.
The truth expressed by the aforementioned Law is arrived at through induction.
The huge and unquestioned successes which the world has enjoyed through the application of the scientific method founded by Francis Bacon have led to an overvaluation of the scientific method and to its abuse.
For while this method is the correct method for the investigation of the natural world and knowledge of its characteristics, both down to the sub-atomic level and up to the level of knowing what the landscape of Pluto looks like, it is not the only scientific method of acquiring knowledge.
The other method of acquiring scientific knowledge is not based on prior experimentation and is not based on induction.
I do not know what to call this alternative method of acquiring scientific knowledge - perhaps an indication of the more humble position which it enjoys, in our highly materialistic world.
However, there exist examples of this alternative method of acquiring scientific knowledge: One of them is Logic and another is Mathematics.
Logic is not born of experience and experimentation. It is inborn in the human being. Where Bacon's scientific method reveals truths a posteriori, that is to say, after experimentation, Logic is a priori - inborn in us, and exists in us before experience. The same holds for Mathematics: the science of number is independent of prior experience.
The truths derived from Logic and from Mathematics are a priori, and all further truths arrived at in Logic and in Mathematics are arrived at by an intellectual process which is different from that applied in Bacon's scientific method: they are arrived at by deduction, and not by induction.
There is a third field in which scientific knowledge is obtained through deduction. I refer to Economics. Economics is the study of the Logic of Human Action.
It is an a priori science, whose postulates are arrived at through a deductive process from the initial a priori truth - a truth within each human being - that human beings act; from which we deduce that human beings choose, from which we deduce that the human being prefers one thing to another. From which I deduce that the reader is preferring to read this article rather than doing something else with his time. And so on and so forth.
Thus Economics is the study of conscious human behavior.
Such is the hold which Bacon's scientific method for the study of the natural world exerts upon mankind, that in our day all "mainstream economists" are trained to study human events through the methodology of induction, which is by its nature based on experiment.
This is highly unfortunate, for induction through experiment is logically inapplicable in the field of human events, because controlled experiment, the foundation of Bacon's scientific method, is impossible when studying how humans behave. Atoms have no choice, they must always behave in the same manner under similar conditions.
Planets have no choice, they follow their orbits without fail. On the other hand, human choice, whether individual or collective, varies from instant to instant. You, the reader, have the choice to continue reading, or not, for instance.
All true Economics is based on an undeniable fact: humans act, from which we deduce another undeniable fact: humans choose.
True Economics applies a different methodology - the methodology of deduction - to the study of human affairs; this methodology is radically different from the methodology which is appropriate for the study of the natural world.
All the present woes, uncertainty, unjustified speculation and enrichment of a few to the detriment of whole nations, the utter madness of ZIRP and now NIRP, the call for the banning of cash, and so on and so forth, all the anomalies which now plague our world are due to the false methodology upon which "mainstream economics" operates.
The High Priests of the Fed and the ECB, of the Central Banks of China, of Russia, of the whole world in fact, are doing nothing more than experimenting upon mankind. They are "Sorcerer's Apprentices" and attempt one policy after another, hoping that the next experiment will provide the success they wish for.
They are all looking at numbers, at graphs, at percentages of change, at trend-lines, at the results of prior experiments in past years, attempting to derive some knowledge of what they must do. But a posteriori information is useless - it only can show what happened in the past, and not what they desperately need: scientific certainty of what they must do now to achieve the ends which they seek.
"Mainstream Economics" functions on the basis of an inappropriate method. The inductive method cannot apply in the realm of human affairs, where each situation, individual or collective, is unique and not repeatable; no matter how well-intentioned "mainstream economists" may be, their methodology - induction - must fail to solve the problems they face.
In order to de-throne these impostors, it would seem advisable to undercut their presumptuous airs with the argument that they really do not know what they are doing, because they are basing their policies on the wrong methodology and cannot possible achieve any success. This argument attacks the very foundation upon which "Mainstream Economics" has built its castle.
The most influential and prestigious universities of the world, such as Stanford, Princeton, Yale, Harvard, MIT, and the London School of Economics, are all training would-be economists in the wrong methodology:
In the scientific method which is applicable to the natural world, induction through experimentation, which is, however, utterly useless and counter-productive when applied in the realm of human behavior, where only deduction from a priori knowledge, as taught by the New Austrian School of Economics, is the correct methodology.
All we can expect from these young men and women who will graduate from their studies as "accredited economists" will have to be further chaos and disorder, and further breakdown of prosperity, which will end in the complete impoverishment of humanity.
For more on this subject and the misguided efforts of "Mainstream Economics" I refer to you Ludwig von Mises' fascinating book, "Epístemological Problems of Economics" and to the work of Professor Antal E. Fekete, founder of the New Austrian School of Economics, whose work can be found at www.professorfekete.com.
The TPPA: New Zealand’s Democracy December 10 2015 | From: Scoop
The Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA) negotiations are concluded, and have shifted to the next phase - ratification by parliaments. The government is spinning like a top telling us how wonderful it will be for New Zealand. Forget the figures of $2.7 billion.
They are mere guesstimates, and carefully avoid the costs. The Government's negotiated access to overseas dairy markets are continually trumpeted as some sort of economic panacea. They are a delusion to anyone but those with a narrow vision that extends no farther than the commission or the closing of the 'deal'.
They are a delusion because there is no way Japan or Canada want to kill their family farm dairy operations in the interests of industrial production from New Zealand. There are very good economic, environmental and social reasons for that. It’s the same reason the French won’t kill off their rural communities by allowing factory dairy products in, and see the dispossessed move to the slums of Lyon and vote for extremist parties in their despair.
We and the Anglo-American west are about the only countries who think industrial agriculture is a sane approach, and I don’t know why – production of dross with an ever-larger factory, rather than creation of multiple co-values. Other than State Communist collective farms, of course. Now there's a similarity in authoritarian hierarchical thinking worth examining.
And then they’re the increased costs for medicine and the impact on our local communities and businesses – forgotten in the haste to get a dairy deal that will never happen. Other governments are not that naïve.
So what’s it for, this so-called trade ‘partnership’.
Well, they are careful not to discuss that. Trade Minister Tim Grocer won’t mention the fact that only some five out of over 20 clauses deal with trade and the rest are about the investment rights of mega-corporations – including the ability to sue both our central and our local government – that’s you and me.
"The reality is that this is an agreement to manage trade and investment relations – and to do so on behalf of each country’s most powerful business lobbies."
Bryan Gould argues there is a need for an agreement on managing trade. He thinks – and I agree – that we should look very carefully at the activities of corporate investors across national boundaries to ensure they comply with our laws, protect our people and avoid damage to our environment.
The TPPA does the very opposite. It reverses our democracy. It extends their interests without having to bother to consider ours. We – the people – now have to be mindful of their corporate interests in making our laws – or else.
Or else they can sue. "How dare you reduce our profits for the public good."
It happened when Australia wanted plain packaging on cigarettes. It happened when Egypt wanted to improve labour laws.
If you believe in Adam Smith’s village – local enterprise with no powerful outside exploiters coming in the make our lives worse – then you should be against this ‘deal’.
This deal goes to the core of our democracy. Prof Jane Kelsey issued a challenge to our government that needs to be addressed:
"Who gave the Prime Minister and Trade Minister the right to sacrifice our rights to affordable medicine, to regulate foreign investment, to decide our own copyright laws, to set up new SOEs, and whatever else they have agreed to in this secret deal and present it to us as a fait accompli?"
This is far from over. The dealmakers haven’t disclosed the details – they should immediately – but when they do, expect outrage. The US congress may be our greatest ally.
Donald Sutherland Explains The Real Meaning Of 'The Hunger Games' And Why Its Message Must Be Understood December 1 2015 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
There are some inside Hollywood, who are trying to wake up the world - Donald Sutherland is one of them.
Hollywood actor, Donald Sutherland just dropped a bombshell on the military industrial complex. Sutherland, who plays President Coriolanus Snow in the blockbuster movie series Hunger Games, was recently asked what the movie was really about – he held no punches in his answer.
“The young people who see this film must recognize that for the future ‘blind faith in their leaders,’ as Bruce Springsteen said, ‘will get you dead.'”
Comment: It is interesting to note that the family 'Sutherland' is listed as one of the top
300 family bloodlines of the Illuminati. However this does not mean that Donald is Illuminati, although his significance in the enterainment industry is curious.
The point is though, that just because a person has the surname of an Illuminati bloodline family does not necessarily mean that any such particular individual is "Illuminati".
My family name is on that same list also, and while I know there are some in my family line that are "Illuminati", I most certainly am not.
“If there’s any question as to what it’s an allegory for I will tell you.
It is the powers that be in the United States of America. It’s profiteers.
War is for profit. It’s not “to save the world for democracy” or “for king and country.
It’s for the profit of the top 10%, and the young people who see this film must recognize that for the future ‘blind faith in their leaders,’ as Bruce Springsteen said, “will get you dead.”
Those who are awake to the war machine, and have watched the movies or read the books, have undoubtedly seen the underlying anti-establishment theme within. However, those who do not notice it should heed Sutherland’s words.
It is no question that war is for the profit of very few people. In fact, as the famous, two-time Medal of Honor recipient, Major General Smedley Butler of the USMC said;
“WAR is a racket. It always has been.
It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.
A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.
In the World War [I] a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns no one knows.
How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle?"
Sutherland does get one thing wrong, however, and that is the percentage that he assigns to those who profit from war. It is nowhere near 10% as he states. Those who profit from war, as Smedley Butler points out above, are a tiny group of people. The ruling elite.
It’s the weapons manufacturers, the arms dealers, the inside politicians, and the state itself. Everyone else involved in war, including those who die for it, are merely pawns. They are cogs in the machine whose only purpose is to spread death and destruction.
Please share this article and video so that others, who may have missed the point of this movie series, may see its true purpose – calling out the elite for the criminals that they are.
Netanyahu Admits ISIS Are Israeli Soldiers November 30 2015 | From: PressTV
Netanyahu to ‘punish’ Syrians who attacked ISIL terrorists
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has pledged to punish a group of Syrian Druze individuals in the occupied Golan Heights who attacked injured ISIL Takfiri militants en route to a hospital in Israel.
“We will not allow anyone to take the law into their own hands. We will not allow anyone to disrupt Israeli soldiers in their missions,” Netanyahu said on Tuesday.
He called the incident “very serious” and said those behind it would be located and held to account.
Meanwhile, Israeli Minister for Military Affairs Moshe Yaalon has also pledged to track down the Druze individuals. “We won’t be able to ignore it, and law enforcement authorities will deal with it heavy-handedly,” he said in a statement.
Reports say Israeli police made several arrest from the Druze community on Wednesday.
Around 200 people from the Druze community in the town of Majdal Shams, which lies in the southern foothills of Mount Hermon and north of the Golan Heights, pelted an Israeli military ambulance with stones on Monday night, forcing it to stop.
The Druze individuals then dragged two wounded ISIL extremists out of the vehicle and beat them up. One of the injured militants died afterwards, while the second is in a serious condition. An Israeli soldier and an officer onboard the vehicle also sustained slight wounds as a result of the assault.
The photo shows the Israeli military ambulance that was carrying ISIL Takfiri terrorists, which came under attack in the occupied Golan Heights on June 22, 2015.
On May 23, a Takfiri terrorist wounded during fierce clashes with Syrian government forces was transferred to the Baruch Padeh Medical Center in the northern Israeli settlement of Poriya, located approximately 6 kilometers (3.7 miles) south of the coastal Israeli city of Tiberias, and received medical treatment there.
According to the documents from Israeli hospitals, until last September, Israel’s military had spent USD 10 million for the treatment of the terrorists injured in fighting with Syrian government forces.
The documents further revealed that a total of 398 injured militants had also been treated at Galil Hospital in Israel’s northern coastal city of Nahariya in the past couple of years. Another hospital in the city of Safed had provided treatment for hundreds of other Takfiri terrorists.
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu visits a militant wounded in Syria at a field hospital in northern Israel, February 18, 2014.
Damascus says Tel Aviv and its Western and regional allies are aiding the Takfiri militant groups operating inside Syria.
The Syrian army has seized huge quantities of Israeli-made weapons and advanced military equipment from the foreign-backed militants inside Syria on numerous occasions.
Syria has been grappling with a deadly crisis since March 2011. The violence fueled by Takfiri groups has so far claimed the lives of more than 230,000 people, including almost 11,500 children, according to reports.
What You're Not Being Told About Booz Allen Hamilton And Edward Snowden November 30 2015 | From: Truthloader
Edward Snowden didn't actually work for the NSA, he worked for a contractor called Booz Allen Hamilton.
How did it come to be that Snowden, working for a private company, was able to leak information about a top secret surveillance program?
Truthloader is a channel dedicated to citizen journalism. We find the best examples of crowd-sourced video and independent content, then use our expertise to add context and analysis. We respond to the stories you're interested in, so if you've got a story you'd love us to get to the bottom of, tweet us, Facebook us, or respond to our videos with a comment - and perhaps check out our reddit.
John Kerry Admits They're Making 'Order Out Of Chaos' For 'World Order' November 29 2015 | From: TruthStreamMedia / Channel4
John Kerry just told everyone exactly what the true goals are in the Middle East. They are creating chaos [See "Ordo Ab Chao" for context below] to bring order to it, their order, a "world order". It doesn't get any more blatant than this.
The US Secretary of State told Channel 4 News that the crisis gripping Europe is a human catastrophe but cannot be solved by taking in people.
In an exclusive interview, he told Jon Snow that the US and Russia shared the same goal in "ridding the region of Isil" – and that the problem was President Assad acting as a "magnet" for foreign fighters in the region.·
Order Ab Chao is Latin for "Order Out of Chaos or Order from Disorder." This term was invented by Freemasons and is the actual motto of the 33rd Degree of Scottish Rite Freemasonry.
“Secret Societies have a great motto ‘Ordo Ab Chao’ meaning ‘Order Out of Chaos’. Agendas are formulated designed to give the powerful more power. Chaos is created, and media blitzed. Then cries go out for solution. Laws are passed which could never have been passed without the chaos. The order, has reigned through deception of the masses, and the agenda is accomplished.”
- James Arthur, “Mushrooms and Mankind” (38)
“The Latin inscription on the banner around the Judaic eagle's head (below the Star of David) E Pluribus Unum ("From the Many – the One") In other words, first they combined all the ancient stellar cults, now they’re going to combine the world’s governments, militaries, currencies, banks.”
- Michael Tsarion, “Astrotheology and Sidereal Mythology”
In ancient Egypt there was a temple of Venus Scotia and it is said that the country of Scotland had derived its name from an Egyptian Pharaoh Queen named Scota.
Ordo ab Chao or Order out of Chaos - A motto of the Thirty-third Degree, and having the same allusion as lux e tenebris, which see.
The invention of this motto is to be attributed to the Supreme Council of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite at Charleston, and it is first met with in the Patent of Count de Grasse, dated February 1, 1802.
When De Grasse afterward carried the Rite over to France and established a Supreme Council there, he changed the motto, and, according to Lenning, Ordo ab hoc was used by him and his Council in all the documents issued by them. If so, it was simply a blunder.
The chaos (CHAO) is the society we see around us today and it is the builders who influence the leaders to manufacture this chaos so that they can conceal their creations in darkness while they work towards the light (ORDO). Without chaos there would never be order.
Without darkness, there can be no light and without light there can be no darkness. What is the AS ABOVE, is the SO BELOW of this Secret Brotherhood.
The Grand Architects of CHAO (hell or illusion) become the masters of ORDO (Heaven on earth). The torch bearers who carry the light in the dark will now be the light bearers who usher in the new dawn of a new day.
FIAT LUX (Let there be light). What was once dark, now becomes light and what was once light now becomes dark.
"Our society is run by insane people for insane objectives. I think we’re being run by maniacs for manical ends and I think I’m liable to be put away as insane for expressing that. That’s what’s insane about it.”
- John Lennon
Drudge Sends The Biggest Secret Viral: “America Has Been Arming ISIS” November 28 2015 | From: SHTFplan
The biggest open secret in the world has just been tweeted by the world’s biggest news aggregator.
Matt Drudge drives so much web traffic that he basically has his own gravity, and now the often-reclusive figure has sent out a message that should be a wake-up call for those who have been broadcasting news about the threat that ISIS poses.
Following their mass murder spree in Paris, the terrorist group is supposedly planning attacking inside America, all while taking supposedly also taking on the biggest military powers in the world during their protracted struggle for an Islamic State caliphate inside Syria and Iraq.
What would the world do if it realized the truth – that ISIS is the creation of Western forces, and that the United States has in fact been arming and supporting their own worst enemy?:
A shocking truth is unfolding: America has been arming ISIS…
"Influential conservative news aggregator Matt Drudge issued a tweet on Tuesday acknowledging the growing body of evidence that suggests that the U.S. has participated in arming the terror group ISIS.
Drudge’s realization follows nearly two years of Truth in Media coverage of how U.S. foreign policy is enabling terrorism in Syria and Iraq and has led to the rise of ISIS.
In September of 2013, Ben Swann reported on how U.S. efforts to arm radical Islamist rebel groups against secular Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad were empowering extremists who were planning to create what he described at the time as an “al-Qaeda ‘super state,’ comprised of Iraq and Syria.”
In addition to numerous data points hinting at the U.S. support for terrorists in order to undermine and destabilize Bashar al-Assad, an important memo has come to the surface.
The declassified Pentagon/Defense Intelligence Agency memo from 2012 [see PDF] reveals that Turkey as well as the Western and Arab states who are overtly backing the “Free Syrian Army” rebels have also been sponsoring a burgeoning Islamic State that stands to take over Syria and Iraq for the interests of the Sunni Muslim factions that dominate much of the Middle East and who oppose Shiite Muslim strongholds at all costs.
The document should be world news, but has failed to gain headlines and major coverage in any mainstream media news outlets. Perhaps with Drudge’s fresh spotlighting of the important issue, some Americans will understand how their leaders have been breathing life into the ISIS monster, and that “this is exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition want“
Here is one of Ben Swann’s reports on the secret behind ISIS… and their sponsors:
Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened November 28 2015 | From: NaturalNews
In a stunning demonstration of online book burning, Amazon.com has just banned a book because of its contents.
The book Nobody Died at Sandy Hook consists of analysis from a dozen contributor authors, and it’s edited by Jim Fetzer, Ph.D. The book concludes that Sandy Hook was a staged FEMA drill carried out by the government to push an agenda of nationwide gun control.
We have a full download of the book below in PDF form, so keep reading if you want to find out what's so "dangerous" about this book that Amazon had to ban it...
Whether the authors' conclusions are well-founded or complete lunacy isn't the point here. Amazon.com has selectively targeted this book for censorship due to the political incorrectness of the author's conclusions.
Remember, Amazon.com went out of its way to ban Confederate flags in the aftermath of another shooting, enforcing a grotesque, almost Stalinist political correctness in its decision to pull Confederate flag merchandise from its online store (including children's toys like the General Lee car from Dukes of Hazzard).
Yet at the same time, Amazon sells tens of thousands of books asserting all sorts of bizarre things, from authors who believe the Earth is literally flat to Adolf Hitler's pro-genocidal Mein Kampf.
"If you Disagree with the Government, Amazon can Pull your Book..."
Amazon's banning of Fetzer's book is a dangerous precedent of banning books based on their non-conformity with political correctness. "Amazon gave me no reason," Fetzer told Natural News.
“The situation is completely absurd... if you disagree with a government version of anything, Amazon can pull your book."
This brings up the possibility that Amazon might soon ban U.S. history books that show the country's Founding Fathers in a positive light, for example. Will books on Thomas Jefferson soon be memory holed by the Amazon Ministry of Truth?
What about books that question the cancer industry or Monsanto's GMOs? Notably, Jeff Bezos is both the founder of Amazon.com and the owner of the Washington Post, a highly politicized paper whose "science" writers parrot Monsanto talking points with absolute obedience.
On Fetzer's blog, he further explains that Amazon.com had already accepted his book for publication, then reversed its position when sales began to take off:
Create Space and amazon.com review every submission for its suitability for publication and conformity to their guidelines before they are accepted for publication. They accepted and published NOBODY DIED AT SANDY HOOK on 22 October 2015, nearly a month ago.
There is no good reason for this book to now be taken down for further review other than that it has become a sensation and has the potential to embarrass the administration of President Barack Hussein Obama, which appears to be the underlying problem.
What's so Dangerous About a Book that most Americans think is Complete Fiction Anyway?
According to Amazon.com, selling a pro-genocide book by Adolf Hitler seems perfectly acceptable, yet something in Jim Fetzer's "Nobody Died at Sandy Hook" is so incredibly offensive (or dangerous) that it must be banned at all costs.
It begs the obvious question: What is so dangerous about Fetzer's book that Amazon.com must banish it from retail?
Perhaps 90% of Americans would take one look at the title and consider the book to be a complete joke from the start. They'd call it "loony conspiracy theory" material and wouldn't give it a second thought. So why bother banning it? Or is the book so compelling that it runs the risk of making "believers" out of former skeptics?
If "Nobody Died at Sandy Hook" is filled with complete nonsense, then why risk making it a sensation from the censorship angle alone? (See the latest indy media headlines on censorship at Censorship.news.)
Clearly, something in "Nobody Died at Sandy Hook" has the powers that be so frightened that they are desperately trying to memory hole the book.
What if Sandy Hook were Totally Staged?
I haven't read the book, and school shootings are not my investigative focus, so I'm not yet informed enough to make any conclusive statements on this topic. But my curiosity is raised, and there are some things we already know about the fraud of staged news events and political events taking place right now.
For example, we know the mainstream media is largely fake and staged. We know CNN uses "crisis actors" and that a few of these crisis actors were also on location at the Sandy Hook event, crying on cue and playing out their roles for the TV cameras (see the video links below).
We also know that some of these same crisis actors appear multiple times on camera at different staged events such as the Boston Bombing and the Umpqua Community College shooting.
See the following videos for examples of footage on these "crisis actors." (I can't vouch for the authenticity of all these videos, by the way. This is just a sampling of what's out there on this topic...)
We also know for a fact that Sandy Hook was seized upon by gun control opponents in an attempt to destroy the Second Amendment rights of all Americans. The crisis appears to have been ready made for precisely such a political push, complete with the imagery of children's bodies and sobbing parents which, according to Fetzer, was nothing more than elaborate theater.
That's the basis of his book, after all: That the entire "shooting" was staged as a drill. Nobody really died at Sandy Hook, he says, and a quick glance at his book definitely raises some interesting questions.
5-Star Ratings from Amazon.com Readers... Soo Why was it Banned?
As the screen shot shows below, this book was receiving 5-star reviews from Amazon readers. (h/t to Rense.com for the screen shot.)
We're also interviewing Fetzer and will be posting the interview on TalkNetwork.com tomorrow, during the Health Ranger Report show which airs at 11am Pacific / 2pm Eastern. Listen in at TalkNetwork.com.
Censoring Unpopular Thought
Amazon's censorship effort should be disturbing to all of us, regardless of whether we agree or disagree with the conclusions of the author of this banned book.
By banning this book because of its speech, Amazon.com now believes it has a right to determine "truth" in books and ban those books that contradict the company's opinions on current events.
Amazon.com, in other words, has just become your Big Brother, and it's going to decide what you can and cannot read. To me, that's far more alarming than anything we might find in the pages of "Nobody Died at Sandy Hook," regardless of whether it's truth or fiction.
If Amazon.com is now the arbiter of what kind of political information you're allowed to read, then we're already deep into the corporatocracy of a police state society... and it all gives even more credence to the possibility that Fetzer's book rings true with an increasing number of Americans who are waking up to what's really happening.
Divided Loyalties Inside The Pentagon November 25 2015 | From: VeteransToday
There is growing dissent inside the Pentagon associated with the divided political loyalties of various factions.
Note: This is a long article and bold print can be read to give a quick summary. Anyone interested in more can read more.
Slowly but surely more and more Pentagon officials and their subordinates are beginning to wake up and understand that they have been seduced to fight foreign wars of aggression for the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate.
And that they have done this for the large Wall Street Banks, their associated “no bid” defense contractors, and for the state of Israel.
And they are beginning to understand that all this has been a big trick pulled on them by Traitors within their ranks who used Gladio-style, inside-job, engineered synthetic terror on 9-11-01 to attack America and then wrongly blamed it on innocent foreign Mideast nations.
And they did all this on 9-11-01 in order to deceive America to fight more illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, unjust wars to generate massive war profits for what President Eisenhower called the Military Industrial Complex.
Not only do these foreign wars of aggression violate the Geneva Conventions but constitute crimes against humanity under International Law besides being completely illegal and unConstitutional.
Many folk inside the Pentagon are now just beginning to understand that the American Military has served as the policemen, enforcers and cannon-fodder for these Banks and their associated defense contractors.
And that this has all been done to generate obscene profits and gain cheap access to other nation’s natural resources with absolutely no concern for the lives or welfare of heroic American Soldiers or their families. And much of the medical care provided by the VA is insufficient and in too many cases disgraceful with lost and missing records.
Some insiders have even suggested that the Top Policy-Makers that really have been running the American Military want lots of dead and wounded American Soldiers coming home with ongoing disabilities and a high suicide count.
There is no Al-Qaeda
"The so-called Al-Qaeda that we see are actually Kharjees along with Mossad, CIA and RAW led and trained mercenary gangs like TTP who pose as Islamic Jihadists and create justufucation for global information war and propaganda to launch a new war against another Muslim country.
The truth is there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al-Qaeda. And any informed intelligence officer knows this.
But, there is apropaganda
campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive TV watchers to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this is the US..."
- Former British Foreign Secretary Robin Cook, Inter-Services Intelligence
Robin Cook died while hiking in the Scottish Highlands soon after making this statement.
And that various high tech eugenics have been used to provide this intended result including contaminated, debased vaccines, exposure to depleted uranium, known to be able to cause reproductive / genetic damage and earlier death from higher rates of cancer.
It is becoming more and more clear that there is a high level plot to kill, wound and disable America’s best youth and weaken their military by busing them as cannon fodder to fight wars for israel and the Banksters. It can actually be shown quite conclusively that all wars are banker’s wars in the final analysis.
This disgusting realization that General Smedley Butler was correct when he claimed that all war is a racket for Wall Street shocks the conscience into life for many able to gain such an understanding and have not lost their souls.
Naturally most Pentagon Officials, Officers of high rank and civilian employees enjoy the high positions and status they have attained.
This motivates them to stay true believers of the party lines and ideologies their superiors expect.
And we know for sure that the majority of Pentagon Officers would stop serving the *Khazarian Mafia who hijacked the Pentagon if they actually understood that this is what happened, that is that the pentagon was infiltrated and hijacked by highly connected individuals who had divided loyalties and were serving another nation more than America.
What has been lacking has been access to the truth of who really runs the Pentagon and how they infiltrated it and hijacked and under what power they were able to do so.
All these facts are now coming out for the first time after being forbidden and suppressed for many years thanks to a new faction of America-firsters which has emerged within the Pentagon and American Intel.
These America-firsters have worked very hard for a number if years to get the real truth out about this infiltration and hijacking of the pentagon and the USG’s hijacking too which has been done by the same groups of Traitors who serve the World’s biggest Organized crime Syndicate.
Finally their work is attaining serious results.
The American masses as well as many Pentagon Officials are now learning how our nation’s highest echelons were infiltrated and hijacked by the Khazarian Mafia and its subordinates the Bush Crime Cabal (aka the BCC) and the Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors (aka the Zios).
As this hidden truth is now becoming known and obvious to all, it can no longer be denied that High Treason has been committed in the Pentagon’s High Command Structure surround 9-11-01 and all the subsequent wars it triggered. Nor can it be denied that thousands of the best American Soldiers have been needlessly sacrificed, killed, horribly wounded and disabled for nothing but the evil profits of the Banksters and their war contractors.
As you can imagine as this truth sweeps through the Pentagon and the US Military, dissidence and rage grows by the day. And this realization is now spreading throughout the Pentagon at breakneck speed.
The truth that the Pentagon High Command and the US Administration were deeply involved in the attack on America and managed the stand-down on 9-11-01 is so clear cut, so definite, and so compelling that it can no longer be denied by anyone that takes the time to carefully consider that basic evidence.
The Pentagon High Command has worked very hard with the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), the Administration and Congress to contain these terrible deep dark secrets and prevent the American masses and American Military from finding them out. To learn of the specifics of either of these secrets is usually a mind-boggling shock to the system for anyone that finds out, especially the second secret.
The first dark secret is that the Pentagon High Command has been infiltrated and hijacked by the World’s largest Opium Carteland manipulated into helping the CIA and the Mossad, using the DEA and US Customs as cover to become the World’s largest illegal drug traffickers.
The second deep dark secret even more terrible for America if you can imagine that is that the Pentagon High Command assisted the Mossad and the Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizens and the US Administration in their attack on America on 9-11-01.
On this terrible day, about 3,000 innocent civilians were mass-murdered, with about 39,000 later dying of the radiation fallout and asbestos poisoning and strange cancers. Right now about 70,000 are fighting for their very lives from this after-pollution and fallout of this Gladio-style, False-flag, Inside-job attack on NYC.
This kind of corruption in the Pentagon is nothing new, it got quite dirtied up in the Vietnam war with drug trafficking, search and destroy missions, and other mass-assassinations under Operation Phoenix.
We now know for certain based on declassified documents that the Naval Intel and the US Administration had already cracked the purple code and and had numerous spotters who knew that the Japanese were going to attack Pearl Harbor.
There were even newspaper articles saying such before hand suggesting an attack was imminent. What did the US Navy do? They pulled the carriers out of port and left the old ships as targets. And Naval Intel went to the mountains in Hawaii with their families for an early annual picnic.
The Pentagon has protected the opium crop in Afghanistan for the Khazarian Mafia and the USAF has flown them out using remote controlled Global hawks. That is one of the main reasons the US Military was used to invade Afghanistan, but there are more.
Of course we know that the Taliban did not allow any opium growing and executed any farmer doing such. Geraldo Rivera pulled a fast one by slipping this story through the Controlled Major Mass Media’s censorship filters. Good work Geraldo.
Another reason is to provide cheap access to the Lithium needed for high tech batteries. Another reason was to help protect the Mideastern oil suppliers and the US Petro Dollar. Another was to aid the Khazarian Mafia in their plan to use NATO and the US Military to encircle and weaken the Russian Federation.
When President Obama approved the P5+1 Agreement to let Iran develop nuclear power and the USG failed to attack Syria and Iran with a major air and ground war as the Israeli Likudists had demanded, Bibi Netanyahu was furious. He resorted to his back up plan which was to manipulate his allies in the Pentagon’s High Military Command to leave massive stockpiles behind.
This would be done to help Israel, Saudi Arabia and Turkey train ISIS, ISIL, Daesh and Al Nusra to form the New Islamic State that could be targeted as the World’s largest extremist Islamic Terror State that would have to be later destroyed by the American Military and NATO.
And we know that these forces have turned out to be little more than a band of savage, soulless mercenaries who were deployed to create torture, rape, sex trafficking, mass death and chaos which could then be turned against Syria first to destroy it and then turned against Iran to destroy it too.
In the process it was planned that Saudi Arabia would be conned into attacking Yemen which would then be turned around and use later to destroy both Yemen and Saudi Arabia.
After accomplishing the destruction of Syria and Iran and their Balkanization, the US Military and NATO would be forced into waging a major air and ground war against these mercenaries or face destruction of Europe and supposedly frequent major Islamic extremest terror attacks inside the Continental USA.
The plan was to displace millions from their Syrian homes and give them travel money to migrate to Europe, with lots of mercenaries sheep-dipped into these refugees which could be used to later generate mass chaos and make Europeans hate Islamics in general. This mass migration is already well underway. If press reports are accurate and they seem to be, George Soros admitting giving these refugees travel money.
How interesting it is that none of these mercenary “synthetic terrorist groups” never seem interested in attacking Israel which gives one an idea who is the main element behind this. And besides the fact that so many of the wounded Mercenary “synthetic terrorists” have been treated in Israeli hospitals should be a big tip off.
The Bush Crime Cabal is deeply embedded into the USG, the Judiciary, Congress, the CIA and the Pentagon at every level.
Bush1 had fifty years to infiltrate his gang into the CIA, the Pentagon, the Judiciary and Congress and even pick most Presidents. Even though the Bush Crime Cabal (BCC) was caught and exposed publicly using drugs, pedophilia and honey-traps to entrap and control officials and corporate leaders, the general public largely ignored this, far too wrapped up in their own lives and basic survival to just get-by.
The CIA’s Franklin Credit Union / Barney Frank / Craig Spence / White House Page Boy scandal deployed by the BCC was certainly a new low point for the USG. American Law Enforcement had already been so compromised by the BCC and its CIA that it suppressed any investigations and hundreds of pedophile crimes and murders of children and numerous related Satanic Cult crimes went unpunished.
And we now know for certain that every major police department has had an American Intel contact, usually CIA (sometimes other US Intel), with top secret credentials, often a NOC, that runs cover ups. The embedded Intel ops typically run cover-ups for any activities associated with the CIA, including setting up “stand-down” Arkensides (murders made to appear as suicides) to get rid of whistle-blowers and dissidents.
These embedded Intel Agents run cover-ups for the CIA / DEA / Mossad “controlled deliveries” of narcotics for black ops money which are supposed to catch the “Mr. Big drug traffickers” but never do. And they suppress any serious investigations or recognition of the numerous and serious crimes and violence of the Satanic Cult Network known as the “Process”. Obviously these men are Traitors and are functioning as a part of a major RICO crime syndicate.
It is time they are exposed and brought to justice. Anyone committing these crimes using National Security as False cover obviously has lost their soul and humanness if they ever had one in the first place.
The invocation of so-called “National Security” to cover murder, drug trafficking, pedophilia, human compromise is in this case a separate RICO crime in an of itself, besides all the other major felonies involved.
We now know from those that have been close to the World’s largest Satanic Cult called “the Process” that it started out as an MI-6 type operation based on the teaching of John Dee, Aleister Crowley and Alice Bailey.
Symbol of Baal, the God of the Process Church and another name for Lucifer or Satan as worshipped in the Process Church. This is the hidden God of High Freemasonry which is kept secret from most Freemasons.
This massive World’s largest cult is based on ancient Baal Worship, child and human sacrifice and deployment of wars and mass death eugenics.
Sadly this Satanic cult “the Process” has been deputized as an agent of US National Security and given complete immunity and protection for all its activities including human sex trafficking, organ trafficking, pedophilia, drug trafficking and various other criminal cult activities.
We know now for certain that this satanic cult forms the central and main belief system of the Khazarian Mafia’s Top Policy-Makers. We also know for certain that this Process cult is a modern derivative of ancient Baal Worship and provides twisted motivations and rationalizations for the incredible evil that the Khazarian Mafia does all mover the World.
Also deputized as agents of US National Security have been the major International Oil Corporations, at least one Tobacco Company, at least one big pharma manufacturers of vaccines.
Even foreign Intel agencies like the Mossad and Saudi Intel are so deputized and provided absolute cover by American Law Enforcement, American Intel and the Controlled major Mass Media (CMMM).
Many Internet Social Media corporations have been deputized as agents of national security and promised financial success as long as they play ball and follow directives. One search engine associated service is pure Fourth Reich DVD like the BCC and is now run out of Germany, can you imagine that.
A growing number of Intel insiders believe that Merkel is Hitler’s daughter by Eva Braun’s sister and is now functioning as a hard core Globalist, self-destructing Germany once again like her father seemed to have done.
Wouldn’t that be major news if these rumors turn out to be true? That would mean she has Rothschild blood and is just another illustration of how the ruling “Bloodline” families continue their matrix of power. If one compares their photos the similarities seem remarkable.
Merkel is allowing so many Mideast refugees in the Germans are beginning to revolt. She has allowed an embargo against Russia which has shut off German farmers selling produce and German auto makers from selling car and truck parts to the Russian Republic, major sources of German revenue.
We now know for certain that Hitler was a British agent, fully mind-kontrolled at Tavistock Institute in England and that explains why Generals Kammler, Gehlen and Mueller and his top Intel abandoned him and made a secret treaty with American Intel and British in 1943. Merkel is apparently conflicted, torn between her NWO Globalist commitments to the Khazarian mafia and yet angry about being manipulated by the USG into cutting off much needed sales to the Russian Republic.
In order to understand the power of CMMM based and psychotronic mind-kontrol on the leaders of most nations, consider what Merkel has done regarding Mideast refugees. Also consider the fact that Swedish leaders are now telling their citizens that any resistance to all the Mideast refugees is pure racism and their Islamic culture is superior.
Can you imagine that. One of the ways you can always tell if a leader is mind-kontrolled is if he or she acts in ways completely upside down, calling black white, and evil good.
The Vietnam war provided cover for massive drug trafficking by the Khazarian Mafia through the Pentagon and the CIA for “off the books” black ops money.
Once this World Largest Opium Cartel which goes all the way back to the Opium Wars got a foothold inside the Pentagon it just kept expanding it influence and power until it has almost completely hijacked the Pentagon and was able to embezzle several trillion dollars with no accounting trails left.
Donald Rumsfeld announced that this money was missing the day before the 9-11-01 attack which destroyed most of the accounting records and mass-murdered 25 of the 40 Able Danger investigators.
During the Vietnam war which was just another engineered, staged war for Bankster and defense contractor profits, significant dissidence and rebellion in the ranks rapidly emerged. GIs began to catch on to this big lie of the “Domino Theory” and came to understand that they were they to make profits for the banks and Defense Contractors and not to win a war which had not even been properly declared.
More pentagon officials and subordinates are beginning to figure out they are there to be manipulated to serve the World’s largest Organized Crime and opium Cartel and to serve as cannon fodder as necessary.
They are also figuring out when deployed in the Mideast wars they were poorly supplied and there was no serious effort to really win the war in the Top Echelons of the Pentagon and the Administration. It is easy to understand why great dissonance is now growing inside the Pentagon and the US Military in general.
Many thought the extreme Vietnam War Protests and rebellion within the Military in Vietnam would forever stop US Military Aggression, but that has not turned out to be the case.
And the protests at home from the College students that began to understand the true dynamics of the Military Industrial complex as mainly a profit operation for the banks and defense contractors, street protests increased and began to get major press. And of course the public’s knowledge about Daniel Ellsberg’s Pentagon papers did not help either but confirmed all the doubts about the real value of the war to the average American.
As the this dissatisfaction about the war peaked for the American Soldiers deployed there on the front lines, officers and staff at the rear enjoyed great lives of pleasure, good food and plenty of willing girlfriends.
But at the highest command level in the rear areas Drugs were knowingly trafficked into America in the body cavities of dead American Soldiers Killed in Action.
And when good honest Soldiers found this out and went to their commanders the commanders played along but then arranged for a deadly and strange jeep accident.
This was not an isolated event but a regularity toward the end of the war. These commanders had been compromised the the World’s largest Opium Cartel that infiltrated and hijacked the Pentagon and the CIA. There are hundreds of great men and women soldiers and civilians that have been murdered to keep this secret covered up forever. (eg Gary Webb, ect.).
A new strategy within the Pentagon High Command was developed to neutralize dissidence within the military itself and in the American public.
All the dissonance and outright rebellion over the Vietnam war created such a concern in the Pentagon high command and the various Congressional committees responsible that a new strategy for wars of aggression was developed.
It was decided that the draft would be discontinued and the American Military would be converted to a pure mercenary force based on Madison Avenue advertising and image management to draw recruits. National Guard would be sent into active combat instead of being the weekend warriors they were hired as, and were enslaved and stop-lossed as often as necessary to keep troop counts up in the Mideast theater of war.
A new war-making strategy based on engineered and deployed “synthetic terror” and “pre-emptive war” was developed by those Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors that infiltrated and ended up being able to completely hijack the pentagon.
Soon the Top Policy-makers formed an alliance with the Fourth Reich (aka the DVD, the folks who ran the Gladio “left-behind army” terror operations).
These Top Policy-makers have come to be known as the PNACers and the Top NeoCons. these were the folks that had infiltrated and hijacked the Pentagon on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia (World’s largest Opium Cartel and the folks that run almost all the private central banks around the World).
These Top Policy-makers who controlled the Pentagon were a mixture of Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors (the Zios) and members of the Bush Crime Cabal (the BCCs which many refer to as the Fourth Reich).
Many were of course members of the CFR, a tool of the Khazarian Mafia City of London Banksters, part of their “roundtable system” of advisory councils and non-profit think tanks and foundations.Of course not all members of the CFR understand who set it up or runs it and for what purposes either.
It was a strange partnership between the Zios and the BCCers but can be more easily understood if one realizes that both groups actually worked for and were empowered by the same chieftains who ran the Khazarian Mafia (aka the Banksters who run almost all private central money creation and also the Opium Cartel).
And as most VT readers now realize these City of London Khazarian Mafia Banksters and were empowered by their ability to create all the money they needed out of thin air and lend it for use to the masses at interest, and have had so much money that they have been able to buy or bribe almost every single government officials in most nations, especially in America.
The decision was made by the top several Policy-Makers who really control the Pentagon and the USG that the only way to continue illegal, unConstitutional, undeclared, perpetual wars was to create a new imaginary enemy that could be redefined at any time.
This enemy (“The Terrorists”) must be able to modified and expanded or refocused at any time to include any nation that they needed to destroy and gain access to their natural resources cheaply. Thus the ideas of the DVD (Fourth Reich or Abwehr) to deploy Gladio-style, False-flag, inside-job engineered synthetic terror were accepted.
They proceeded to consolidate all American Law Enforcement into a Khazarian Mafia Secret Police, Homeland Security (DHS) using Pentagon weapons and technology and Israeli anti-terrorist training given for free by the ADL to almost every large Police Department.
Their plan was to merge the American Police, the NSA and the Pentagon with those who were in control of Homeland Security, the Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizens which they had direct control over. In this way they could create a master control grid and quickly identify any dissident ant any level, and then label them domestic terrorists to be harassed, psychotronically “corrected”, gang stalked or arrested and imprisoned.
The PNACers then proceeded to create an all encompassing plan to not only build a greater Israel for the Khazarian Mafia Banksters, but to use the Pentagon to propel the American Khazarian Mafia Proxy state to be the world’s supreme power that could never again be challenged in any way by any other nation.
The whole World could then be destroyed nation by nation as a Khazarian Mafia NWO Globalist one-world government could be assembled from the ruins, like the Phoenix Bird of Greek Mythology.
To do this they realized they had to create a catalyzing event, a new Pearl Harbor with at least 2500 dead Americans in order to blood shock the American masses, to elicit their extreme anger and a rage with a need for complete revenge. They new that this anger if properly elicited in the masses and the US Military would be sufficient to motivate America to attack the sovereign nation-states that the USG and CMMM had claimed attacked America on 9-11-01.
The Folks running this attack on America realized that they had to make sure that the Big Lies, false-narratives and propaganda of the CMMM continued and were sufficient to keep the masses and the military motivated to conduct these illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked Mideast wars of aggression for Israel and the Khazarian Mafia.
They knew that engineering their attack on America on 9-11-01 and defining it as a terrorist attack by an arrogant foreign Arab state that supposedly hated American Freedom and the American way of life would enrage the American masses and the American military and motivate them to be willing to make total war against that Arab perp which they wrongly blamed.
Of course this whole foreign war to gain obscene profits and to gain land and resources of other nations was dependent on having complete control over the Major Mass Media which they did. Only recently has a significant portion of mainstream America began to understand that the Major Mass Media is filled with lies and deception. One recent study showed that most Americans now view cockroaches more favorably than members of Congress.
Millions are abandoning TV Network News and going to the Alternative news sites on the Worldwide Web. And the Khazarian Mafia has responded by setting up hundreds of sock-puppet/stooge website that use “limited hangout” to lure readers.
Limited hangout is the use of partial truths to gain credibility in order to later deliver a bad payload. But the average alternative media user is becoming far too sophisticated for this and grabs the truth nuggets and ignores the bad payload while connecting these truth nuggets in their head ti form fairly accurate perceptions of what is actually going on.
As Hillary Clinton remarked in a private speech, “We are losing the information war.” Truth is very powerful and once it gets out is resonates with the masses and then takes on a life of its own that cannot be stopped.
Different Factions in the Pentagon:
There are different factions in the Pentagon and dissonance is growing by the day.
There are the Bushies (the BCC folks). These are the holdovers from Bush1’s 50 year penetration into the USG at the highest levels. He was able to appoint his own at every level and corrupt the courts and much of the Pentagon and take over the CIA.
Then you have the Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors (the Zios). Both of these factions knowingly or unknowingly serve the City of London Khazarian Mafia Banksters.
And then you have a growing faction of American-firsters, some who have been independent and some who have psychologically abandoned the BCC since they see it waning in power. Many of these folks were previously conned, manipulated and mind-kontrolled by their overseers to believe that it was America’s job to fight the terrorists in the Mideast before they came to America.
What these America-firsters have just been starting to fully comprehend is that all terrorism is synthetically engineered and deployed by the major power factions which include the BCC/DVD and the Dual Citizen Zios using the resources of the nations that they have infiltrated and hijacked.
So now we have an essentially new faction that is waking up and beginning to understand that the USG and the top Pentagon Command structure has been infiltrated and hijacked by foreign espionage groups, the BCC/DVD and the Israeli-American Dual Citizen Zios.
This new up and coming faction of America-firsters in the Pentagon is now realizing that American soldiers have been sacrificed as mere cannon fodder in all these phony wars to make vast profits for the Military Industrial Complex (the Khazarian Banksters and their associated corporations).
The growing rage is becoming so thick you can cut it with a knife. But they also realize that some in the Pentagon High Command have been having special ops assassinated after they complete dangerous assignments or try to retire to keep them quiet.
Many of these special ops are now considered threats to the existing order in the Pentagon High Command after their missions are completed. It is feared that they are stand-up heroes that will speak out and testify against the BCC and the Zios (which are both major RICO crime syndicates in and of themselves) if they are ever subpoenaed once a new and real investigation of 9-11-01 begins.
Especially now since so many are becoming informed that 9-11-01 was a Gladio-style, inside-job False-flag attack on America by Israel, assisted by Traitors in the Pentagon and US Administration.
Many are beginning to realize what has been done to America by these Traitors in high positions of power and they are becoming quite angry about it and feel personally betrayed by the US Administration and the Pentagon High Military Command who they are trusting less and less as each day passes.
And add to that, the Pentagon has now been completely exposed for their part in creating training, supporting and paying ISIS, ISIL, Daesh, Al Nusra, Al Qaeda (AL CIA Duh). etc.
And they have been completely checkmated so far in Syria by President Putin and the Russian Federation after being invited by their long time ally the Syrian Government to help defend Syria from terrorists. This has exposed the traitors in the top pentagon command structure for what they are and has made the Pentagon’s military capability look very weak.
But the folks that often do the heavy lifting with dangerous special missions and very little gratitude in return are the Special operations Soldiers including the Seal Teams, the Green Berets, Delta Force and the various Spooky teams. these Soldiers have traditionally had the highest degree of motivation and patriotism to America of an of the US Military and many are now finding out it has been misguided and abused by the pentagon high command structure.
The most vicious type of Treason and betrayal.
Not only do these special operations folks take on the most dangerous missions but they have been mistreated afterwards in many cases. Many now realize that the Seal Team that participated in the fake assassination of Osama bin Laden (CIA Trade-craft name Colonel Tim Osman) who actually died in late 2001 were all assassinated upon orders of the Pentagon High Command and the Administration to keep them from talking. Some of their surviving family members know this, others suspect it.
This is the same kind of dark treachery and treason that occurred when the Administration and Pentagon High Command abandoned all the POWs and MIAs in Vietnam to keep them from talking about the secret wars in Laos and Cambodia and all the CIA drug trafficking, including operation Whitestar which was a very, very sensitive operation involving UFO landings at night and opium trafficking.
Most VT readers know it was Senator john McCain that worked hard to make sure the POWs and MIAs were left behind, just like his father covered up the Israeli False-flag attack on the USS Liberty Ship.
But many US Special Forces of different units are also finding out that 11 of the 12 spooky teams in deployed to South America were all murdered to keep them from talking about the Pentagon and CIA’s massive drug trafficking and that the new norm is for the pentagon High Command to order the assassination of special ops when they are done with them so they can never talk.
Many in the Pentagon now blame President Obama for allowing America to be completely checkmated in Syria by the Russian Federation and believe this was a major stand-down situation. This is especially true for the Zios who see all their gains from their attack on America on 9-11-01 rapidly slipping away.
Being that much of President Obama’s campaign funding came from the Zios who make a lot of money off of their defense corporate investments and more war, it is understandable why they may resent his reluctance to go into another total air and ground war for Israel and the Khazarian Mafia.
Others see President Obama’s lack of willingness to enter into a full scale air and ground war basically a response to new pressure coming from a saner element that is now arising within the Pentagon’s High Military Command that is perhaps linked to a certain faction of the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) responsible for handling the Alien ET/crashed UFO issues. This group impressively powerful group is a new wild card that is beginning to apply major pressure to take back the Pentagon from the foreign based infiltrators, hijackers, Dual Citizen Traitors and sell-outs.
Others see President Obama’s resistance to go beyond an apparent symbolic show of special ops and drone warfare due to financial advisers who have instructed him that the USG just plain does not have enough money to wage a total air and ground war which would have to be very long term in order to be successful. And he may now fully understand that such a total air and ground war would just be another war for Israel to fulfill their “greater Israel” plan and is resistant to serving as Israel’s puppet like Bush2 did. But it could also be a combination of all these considerations.
Dissidence inside the Pentagon is growing by the day as more and more of the ranks find out that Israel and Traitors in the high Pentagon Command structure betrayed all Americans by attacking America on 9-11-01.
This realization sends shock waves through the mind and begs for resolution and pay back. It is far too late to put the genie back in the bottle or close Pandora’s Box because the truth about 9-11-01 being an engineered synthetic act of Gladio-style, False-flag, inside-job terror can not be extinguished and is spreading by the day. Soon everyone will understand how our own Administration and Pentagon High command betrayed us on that terrible day.
Right now everything is in flux inside the Pentagon and its High Command. Which faction will predominate as the BCC and the Zios fight for total control? Will the new emerging faction of America-firsters assert themselves and take control and will they be extremely motivated by the realization that the BCC and the Zios attacked America on 9-11-01?
As the BCC and the Zios become more and more exposed every day for their treason and espionage against America, their power base wanes. Can they be neutralized fast enough to save America? That is the question.
A close examination suggests that the BCC is using the CMMM to leak disparaging information that will weaken the hold of the Dual Citizen Zios on the Pentagon. But it also seems evident that the Zios are using the CMMM to leak disparaging facts that will discredit the Bush Crime Cabal and Jeb’s chances for election to the Presidency.
Right now Donald Trump is a wild card, no one seems to have a grasp what he would do as President as far as the Pentagon and warfare. But some suspect that he is the Pentagon’s America-firster’s choice to represent their interests. It is too soon to tell but we will find out soon enough.
And what might the BCC or the Zios do to increase their power? In the past they have had to collaborate in order to deploy major False-flag attacks like the Murrah bombing of the attack on America on 9-11-01. Are they in too much conflict right now to even do that? Or can they patch up their differences enough to deploy some kind of cooperation to ignite a nuclear WW3 which would certainly provide a covering situation for the degrading American economy as the whole World builds a financial firewall against the US Petro Dollar.
Unless cooler heads start prevailing we could see America drawn into a hot WW3 involving intercontinental nuclear detonations in major cities. It is high time to clean both the Bush holdouts (the BCCers) and the Dual Citizen Zios out of the Pentagon before America is completely destroyed and start making sure the Pentagon Defends the USA and its borders here and does not get entangled in foreign wars as our Founding Fathers warned against.
That means closing down all these wasteful military bases around the World and sealing our Borders and controlling immigration. It also means making sure that the Pentagon is dedicated to defense not offense and attacking other nations for the Khazarian Mafia Banksters and Drug Traffickers and their associated defense corporations who then feed back huge bribes and perks to compromised Members of Congress. It is necessary to rout out all these Globalist Khazarian Mafia infil-Traitors and hijackers of the American System and putting America and American Citizens first.
Until the American Masses rise up and arrest and jail the large “Too Big To Fail” Wall Street Banksters like they did in Iceland and cut off the elastic money supply which funds their matrix of bribery and human compromise of the USG and the Pentagon, America is doomed. But a good informed guess is that such a day is likely approaching.
And unless the masses start understanding that all these USG officials that are constantly crying wolf over Mideast Terrorists are actually the real terrorists themselves that created all these mercenaries in the first place, we are doomed.
* The Khazarian Mafia is an abbreviationto represent the organized crime group that later morphed into the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia. VT Financial Editor Mike Harris coined the term “Khazarian Mafia”. His VT radio, “The Short End of the Stick” show is on Tuesdays and Thursdays 7-9 PM CST. Mike Harris started using this descriptive term Khazarian Mafia after extensively researching the true but hidden history of the nation of Khazaria and its connection to Rothschild World Zionism now centered in the City of London.
He also discovered the long held hatred that the RKM has harbored since about 1020 AD for the non-Khazarian Russians that is still a major motive for the Khazarian Mafia today in its quest to destroy Persia (Iran) and then encircle and once again destroy Russia. Their goal? To steal all Russia’s its assets like in 1917, and mass-murdering any non-Khazarian Russians remaining alive, as a replay of their Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
Are You Confused By The Middle East? Here Are Some Things You Should Know November 22 2015 | From: WilliamBlum
(But you’ll probably still be confused).
The US, France, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Qatar, and the Gulf monarchies have all in the recent past supported al Qaeda and/or the Islamic State (ISIS) with arms, money, and/or manpower.
The first example of this was in 1979 when the United States began covert operations in Afghanistan, six months before the Russians arrived, promoting Islamic fundamentalism across the southern tier of the Soviet Union against “godless communism”. All the al-Qaeda/Taliban shit then followed.
In addition to Afghanistan, the United States has provided support to Islamic militants in Bosnia, Kosovo, Libya, the Caucasus, and Syria.
The United States overthrew the secular governments of Afghanistan, Iraq, and Libya and is trying to do the same with Syria, thus giving great impetus to the rise of ISIS. Said Barack Obama in March of this year: “ISIS is a direct outgrowth of al-Qaeda in Iraq that grew out of our invasion. Which is an example of unintended consequences. Which is why we should generally aim before we shoot.”
More than a million refugees from these wars of Washington are currently over-running Europe and North Africa. God Bless American exceptionalism.
The Iraqi, Syrian and Turkish Kurds have all fought against ISIS, but Turkey – close US ally and member of NATO – has fought against each of them.
Russia, Iran, Iraq, and Lebanese factions have each supported the Syrian government in various ways in Damascus’s struggle against ISIS and other terrorist groups, including the (much celebrated but seldom seen) “moderate” ones. For this all four countries have been sharply criticized by Washington.
The United States has bombed ISIS in Syria, but has used the same occasions to damage Syria’s infrastructure and oil-producing capacity.
Russia has bombed ISIS in Syria, but has used the same occasions to attack Syria’s other enemies.
The mainstream media almost never mentions the proposed Qatar natural-gas pipelines – whose path to Europe Syria has stood in the way of for years – as a reason for much of the hostility toward Syria. The pipelines could dethrone Russia as Europe’s dominant source of energy.
In Libya, during the beginning of the 2011 civil war, anti-Gaddafi rebels, many of whom were al-Qaeda affiliated militias, were protected by NATO in “no-fly zones”.
US policy in Syria in the years leading up to the 2011 uprising against Syrian leader Bashar al-Assad, which began the whole current mess, was designed to promote sectarianism, which in turn led to civil war with the goal of regime change.
US Secretary of State John Kerry declared on October 22 that in resolving Syria’s civil war the country “should not be broken up, that it must remain secular, and that Syrians should choose their future leader.” (All of which actually describes Syria under Assad.) Then Kerry said: “One thing stands in the way of being able to rapidly move to implement that, and it’s a person called Assad, Bashar Assad.”
Why does the government of the United States hate Syrian president Bashar al-Assad with such passion?
Is it because, as we’re told, he’s a brutal dictator? But how can that be the reason for the hatred? It would be difficult indeed to name a brutal dictatorship of the second half of the 20th Century or of the 21st century that was not supported by the United States; not only supported, but often put into power and kept in power against the wishes of the population; at present the list would include Saudi Arabia, Honduras, Indonesia, Egypt, Colombia, Qatar, and Israel.
The United States, I suggest, is hostile to the Syrian government for the same reason it has been hostile to Cuba for more than half a century; and hostile to Venezuela for the past 15 years; and earlier to Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia; and to Dominican Republic, Uruguay, and Chile; and so on continuing through the world atlas and history books.
What these governments have had in common can be summarized in a single word – independence … independence from American foreign policy; the refusal to be a client state of Washington; the refusal to be continuously hostile to Washington’s Officially Designated Enemies; insufficient respect and zeal for the capitalist way of life.
The candidacy of Bernie Sanders, a “democratic socialist”, for the US presidency has produced an unprecedented barrage of discussion in the American media about just what is this thing called “socialism”. Most of the discussion centers around the question of government ownership and control of the economy versus private ownership and control. This is, of course, a very old question; the meat and potatoes of the Cold War ideological competition.
What’s markedly different now is that a few centuries of uninhibited free enterprise have finally laid painfully bare the basic anti-social nature of capitalism, forcing many of even the most committed true believers to concede the inherent harm the system brings to the lives of all but the richest.
But regardless of what the intellects of these true believers tell them, they still find it very difficult emotionally to completely cut the umbilical cord to the system they were carefully raised to place the greatest of faith in.
Thus, they may finally concede that we have to eliminate, or at least strictly minimize, the role of the profit motive in health care and education and maybe one or two other indispensable social needs, but they insist that the government should should keep its bureaucratic hands off everything else; they favor as much decentralization as possible.
The most commonly proposed alternative to both government or private control is worker-owned cooperatives or publicly owned enterprises managed by workers and consumer representatives. Sanders has expressed his support for worker-owned cooperatives.
There is much to be said about such systems, but the problem I find is that they will still operate within a capitalist society, which means competition, survival of the fittest; which means that if you can’t sell more than your competitors, if you can’t make a sufficient net profit on your sales, you will likely be forced to go out of business; and to prevent such a fate, at some point you may very well be forced to do illegal or immoral things against the public; which means back to the present.
You cannot follow the mass media without being confronted every day with story after story of one corporation or another trying to swindle the public in one way or another; the latest egregious case being that of the much revered Volkswagen, recently revealed to have manipulated the measurement of the car’s pollution emission.
The fact that half of the company’s Supervisory Board – responsible for monitoring the Management and approving important corporate decisions – consists of employee representatives elected by the employees did not prevent this egregious fraud; the company is still obliged to strive to maximize profit and the firm’s stock-market value. It’s the nature of the corporate beast within a capitalist jungle.
Only removal of the profit motive will correct such behavior, and also keep us from drowning in a sea of advertising and my phone ringing several times each day to sell me something I don’t need and which may not even exist.
The market. How can we determine the proper value, the proper price, of goods and services without “the magic of the marketplace”? Let’s look at something most people have to pay for – rent.
Who or what designed this system where in 2015 11.8 million households in the US are paying more than 50 percent of their income to keep a roof over their head, while rent is considered “affordable” if it totals some 30 percent or less of one’s income.
What is the sense of this? It causes more hardship than any other expense people are confronted with; all kinds of important needs go unmet because of the obligation to pay a huge amount for rent each month; it is the main cause of homelessness. Who benefits from it other than the landlords? What is magical about that?
Above and beyond any other consideration, there is climate change; i.e., survival of the planet, the quality of our lives. What keeps corporations from modifying their behavior so as to be kinder to our environment? It is of course the good old “bottom line” again. What can we do to convince the corporations to consistently behave like good citizens? Nothing that hasn’t already been tried and failed. Except one thing. Unmentionable in a capitalist society. Nationalization. There, I said it. Now I’ll be getting letters damning me as an “Old Stalinist”.
But nationalization is not a panacea either, at least for the environment. There’s the greatest single source of environmental damage in the world – The United States military.
And it’s already been nationalized. But doing away with private corporations will reduce the drive toward imperialism sufficiently that before long the need for a military will fade away and we can live like Costa Rica. If you think that would put the United States in danger of attack, please tell me who would attack, and why.
Nationalization, hand-in-hand with a planned society, would of course not preclude elections. On the contrary, we’d have elections not ruled by money. What a breath of fresh air. Professor Cornel West has suggested that it’s become difficult to even imagine what a free and democratic society, without great concentrations of corporate power, would look like, or how it would operate.
Who are you going to believe? Me or Dick Cheney?
I’ve spent about 30 years compiling the details of the criminal record of US foreign policy into concise lists, and I’m always looking for suitable occasions to present the information to new readers. The new book by Dick Cheney and his adoring daughter is just such an occasion.
“We are, as a matter of empirical fact and undeniable history, the greatest force for good the world has ever known. … security and freedom for millions of people around the globe have depended on America’s military, economic, political, and diplomatic might.”
- Dick Cheney and Liz Cheney, “Why the world needs a powerful America”
Well … nothing short of a brain and soul transplant would change the welt anschauung of Dr. Strangelove and his carefully-conditioned offspring, but for all of you out there who still live in a world of facts, logic, human rights, and human empathy, here’s the ammunition to use if you should happen to find yourself ensnared in the embrace of the likes of the Cheney reptiles (including mother Lynne who once set up a website solely to attack me and seven others for holding a teach-in on September 18, 2001 in which we spoke of US foreign policy as the main provocation of what had happened exactly a week earlier.)
These are the lists: Since the end of World War 2, the United States has:
Grossly interfered in democratic elections in at least 30 countries.
Plus … although not easily quantified … more involved in the practice of torture than any other country in the world … for over a century … not just performing the actual torture, but teaching it, providing the manuals, and furnishing the equipment.
Open Letter to the War Politicians of the World
Jürgen Todenhöfer is a German journalist and former media manager; from 1972 to 1990 he was a member of parliament for the Christian Democrats (CDU). He was one of Germany’s most ardent supporters of the US-sponsored Mujahideen and their guerrilla war against the Soviet intervention in Afghanistan.
Several times he traveled to combat zones with Afghan Mujahideen groups. After 2001 Todenhöfer became an outspoken critic of the US interventions in Afghanistan and Iraq. He has published several books about visits he made to war zones. In recent years he twice interviewed Syria’s President Bashar al-Assad and in 2015 he was the first German journalist to visit the ‘Islamic State’.
“Dear Presidents and Heads of Governments!
Through decades of a policy of war and exploitation you have pushed millions people in the Middle East and Africa into misery. Because of your policies refugees have to flee all over the world. One out every three refugees in Germany comes from Syria, Iraq and Afghanistan. From Africa comes one out of five refugees.
Your wars are also the cause of global terrorism. Instead of some 100 international terrorists like 15 years ago, we now are faced with more than 100,000 terrorists. Your cynical ruthlessness now strikes back at us like a boomerang.
As usual, you do not even consider to really change your policy. You care only about the symptoms. The security situation gets more dangerous and chaotic by the day. More and more wars, waves of terror and refugee crises will determine the future of our planet.
Even in Europe, the war will one day knock again at Europe’s door. Any businessman that would act like you would be fired or be in prison by now. You are total failures.
The peoples of the Middle East and Africa, whose countries you have destroyed and plundered and the people of Europe, who now accommodate the countless desperate refugees, have to pay a high price for your policies. But you wash your hands of responsibility. You should stand trial in front of the International Criminal Court. And each of your political followers should actually take care of at least 100 refugee families.
Basically, the people of the world should rise up and resist you as the warmongers and exploiters you are. As once Gandhi did it - in nonviolence, in ‘civil disobedience’. We should create new movements and parties. Movements for justice and humanity. Make wars in other countries just as punishable as murder and manslaughter in one’s own country. And you who are responsible for war and exploitation, you should go to hell forever. It is enough! Get lost! The world would be much nicer without you."
– Jürgen Todenhöfer
Plus ça change, plus c’est la même chose
The annual vote in the United Nations General Assembly on the resolution which reads: “Necessity of ending the economic, commercial and financial embargo imposed by the United States of America against Cuba” was just held. This year set a new record for “yes” votes, with the addition of the Marshall Islands and Palau (heretofore each voting “no” or abstaining) and Micronesia (heretofore abstaining).
All three countries had established diplomatic relations with Cuba earlier this year, which of course the United States had also done, but without any change in Washington’s vote. Here is how the vote has gone in the past (not including abstentions):
US, Israel, Albania, Paraguay
US, Israel, Uzbekistan
US, Israel, Uzbekistan
US, Israel, Uzbekistan
US, Israel, Marshall Islands
US, Israel, Marshall Islands
US, Israel, Marshall Islands
US, Israel, Marshall Islands
US, Israel, Marshall Islands, Palau
US, Israel, Marshall Islands, Palau
US, Israel, Marshall Islands, Palau
US, Israel, Marshall Islands, Palau
US, Israel, Palau
US, Israel, Palau
US, Israel, Palau
Each fall the UN vote is a welcome reminder that the world has not completely lost its senses and that the American empire does not completely control the opinion of all other governments.
The real reason for Washington’s eternal hostility toward Cuba has not changed since the revolution in 1959 – The fear of a good example; the fear of an alternative to the capitalist model; a fear that has been validated repeatedly over the years as many Third World countries have expressed their admiration and gratitude toward Cuba.
How the embargo began: On April 6, 1960, Lester D. Mallory, US Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs, wrote in an internal memorandum:
“The majority of Cubans support Castro … The only foreseeable means of alienating internal support is through disenchantment and disaffection based on economic dissatisfaction and hardship. … every possible means should be undertaken promptly to weaken the economic life of Cuba.”
Mallory proposed “a line of action which … makes the greatest inroads in denying money and supplies to Cuba, to decrease monetary and real wages, to bring about hunger, desperation and overthrow of government.”
Later that year, the Eisenhower administration instituted its suffocating embargo against its everlasting enemy.
Nothing of any real importance has changed recently. Guantánamo Prison still exists in all its imperialist beauty and torture. The US has not renounced its “regime-change” policies toward Cuba. Not a penny of Cuba’s near-trillion-dollar lawsuit for compensation has been paid. Washington has recently threatened to revoke the tax exempt status of IFCO/Pastors for Peace, one of the most respected and experienced Cuba advocacy groups.
I still can’t go to Cuba as a tourist, or to present a book of mine at a Cuban Book Fair (for which I’ve been blocked in the past). And the United States still does not relax its death grip on the embargo, including continuing to prohibit the sale of medicines to Cuba.
A note to readers
A number of you have remarked to me about Killing Hope being unavailable in stores and, usually, from Amazon, and often from myself. This is because one of the book’s publishers, Common Courage (Maine), and its editor Greg Bates, have blocked publication and distribution of the book by a new US publisher.
Common Courage is essentially out of business but refuses to face up to the fact. Bates stole a royalty payment sent to me by my British publisher via Common Courage. This theft, among other things, nullified my contract with Common Courage. It’s complicated, but I feel obliged to offer some explanation to those of you who have been unable to find a copy of the book.
Paris-Syria Timeline Of Terror November 20 2015 | From: PeterDrew
On November 13th, 2015 Paris was hit by a deadly terrorist attack. Western governments and Western media informed the world almost immediately who had committed the attacks, where they had emanated from, and what the required response needed to be.
The world was told that the attacks were committed by 8 Islamic extremists representing ISIL, and that Syria was the location of the hub of this problem. President Hollande told the world that France was at war, and within just one day of the attacks the world was informed that bombing raids of Syria would begin.
Prior to the events of November 13th, the bombing of Syria would have been illegal under international law, except for Russia who had recently been asked by the Syrian government to provide military support to fight what they have said are al Qaeda/ISIL terrorists attempting to overthrow the government.
The Western media strongly laid out the case for the Paris attacks being the result of an ideological and religious clash of cultures between radical Muslims and everyone else. The world needed to prepare for more of the same anywhere and everywhere. This message has been pushed out to the world in mass production ever since by Western governments and Western media.
But are we being told the truth on this? Who really is ISIL? How did they suddenly become such an influential force in the world, and what is the Western military’s real association with ISIL and other terrorist or rebel groups in Syria? What links did French intelligence have with the alleged ISIL attackers in Paris, and did they know an attack was coming?
Were the Paris attacks actually allowed to occur by Western intelligence agencies, or even worse, were they in fact a false flag attack under the direction of Western intelligence agencies as part of a much bigger geo-political picture that we are not being told about?
The timeline below does not answer all of these questions, but it does help to paint a much bigger picture around these events, and does help to paint a quite different picture to what our Western governments and Western media have been telling us:
Sept 2000: PNAC (Project for a New American Century), a major Washington think tank, documents its intention for driving through regime change and taking control of 7 specific countries in the Middle East over the next few years, including Syria, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Sudan, Lebanon, and Iran.
Dec 2001: 4-Star General Wesley Clarke visits the Pentagon and is shown an internal memo outlining the US military’s plans to overthrow 7 Middle East countries over the next few years (the same 7 countries as highlighted in the PNAC report). In 2007 General Clarke will make a public announcement about seeing these plans and his shock at what they contained.
2002: Afghanistan is invaded and regime change implemented.
2003: Iraq is invaded and regime change implemented (President executed) on the back of now officially acknowledged fraudulent intelligence reports about alleged weapons of mass destruction and deliberate deception of the public.
2003-2015: More than one million innocent civilians are killed in Iraq.
2011: Libya bombed to destruction by the US military (in breach of international law) and regime change is achieved (President executed).
2011: Western governments and the western media report that the Syrian government is murdering its own citizens and that so called rebel forces are rising up against the Syrian government in protest. No evidence is provided to support these claims.
2011: Western intelligence agencies begin covertly arming, funding and training the so called Syrian rebels (while this is denied by Western governments at the time, in 2015 this will be confirmed through the release of de-classified US defence documents).
In 2015 it will also be confirmed that the rebel fighters that are being armed, funded, and trained by the West are in fact affiliates of al Qaeda who the US military had previously been fighting against in Iraq and who supposedly were responsible for 9/11. But now the US and Western military are working together in partnership with these extremist terrorist groups.
2011-12: Despite the Syrian rebels (al Qaeda affiliates) being armed, funded, and trained by Western intelligence agencies, the Syrian military has successfully kept them at bay, although at the cost of tens of thousands of innocent Syrian lives killed by the Syrian rebels (al Qaeda affiliates).
2013: Western governments and Western media accuse the Syrian government of using chemical weapons against their own citizens. A United Nations investigation later confirms that the chemical weapons were in fact not used by the Syrian government and were in fact more likely to have been used by the Syrian rebels/al Qaeda.
Sept 2013: On the back of the alleged chemical weapons attacks by the Syrian government, President Obama and Prime Minister Cameron take recommendations to US Congress and UK Parliament to begin a major bombing campaign to supposedly protect the Syrian people from their own government.
In events that are almost unprecedented in history, the UK Parliament votes down David Cameron’s recommendation for bombing Syria. US Congress subsequently does the same.
Jan 2014: Just 4 months after the historic NO BOMBING VOTE, and seemingly from out of nowhere, Western military and Western media begin reporting the emergence of a new Islamic extremist group in Syria and Iraq which is described as having huge numbers, huge financial and military resources, and is described as a grave threat to the entire Western world. It is given the name ISIL.
2014: US Congress and UK Parliament informally raise the issue of a need to conduct bombing raids in Syria in order to tackle the rising threat of ISIL. It is clear that there is not the public or political support to formally take this recommendation to Congress and Parliament and risk being voted down a second time on bombing Syria.
2014: A United Nations investigation into the alleged chemical weapons attack by the Syrian government found that the attack was instead more likely to have come from the al Qaeda affiliated Syrian rebels, thus seriously calling into question the entire case for military action and requested bombing campaigns against the Syrian government (Iraq weapons of mass destruction all over again).
2014-15: Many countries, including Russia, now begin supporting Syrian President Assad’s plea to the rest of the world to support them in their desperate fight against the terrorist extremists (al Qaeda/ISIL) who are attacking them using weapons, training, and support from Western military and Western intelligence (now confirmed in de-classified documents).
Sept 2015: President Putin addresses the United Nations and asks why Western military and Western intelligence have supported the rise of Islamic extremists in Syria and Iraq in an effort to overthrow the Syrian government. He declares that Russia is going to draw a line in the sand and take a stance on this issue.
Sept 2015: The President of Syria formally requests military assistance from Russia to help in the fight against the Western backed al Qaeda/ISIL affiliated rebels.
Oct 2015: On President Putin’s orders, Russia launches a mass bombing campaign against al Qaeda/ISIL strongholds in Syria and within three days has seriously compromised their capacity and casts serious questions about why the entire weaponry and intelligence of the Western military had been unable to achieve any meaningful impact on ISIL over the preceding nearly 2 years.
Russia has now taken the controlling military role in Syria in support of the Syrian government, a situation that is a huge embarrassment for the Western military and Western governments.
Oct 2015: A Russian airliner is brought down in a terrorist attack. Although Western intelligence states that ISIL have claimed responsibility, many military experts make counter claims that this would have been impossible to achieve by ISIL. This opens up the unconfirmed discussion and suggestions of a possible Western backed false flag attack against Russia.
Nov 13, 2015: Paris is hit by a massive terrorist attack.
Nov 14, 2015: Within just hours of the attack, and before detailed investigations and analysis can be properly conducted, Western governments and Western media are reporting that they know exactly who committed the crime and exactly where the problem emanated from ie. Syria.
Nov 15, 2015: Western military begins mass bombing raids on Syria. Prior to the events of November 13th, these bombing raids in Syria would have been illegal under international law, but with President Hollande immediately stating to the world that France was at war, they deemed the bombing raids of Syria to now be a matter of self-defence under international law.
So this was now the third different type of justification put forward in the last two years by Western governments for bombing Syria;
1. In retaliation of alleged chemical weapon attacks (which was proven false),
2. To help defeat ISIL because they were killing people in the Middle East (ISIL are now confirmed to be fully supported by Western military and intelligence), 3. To help defeat ISIL in self defence against ISIL terrorist attacks in Europe.
Nov 14 2015: Evidence emerges of French intelligence being aware that a terrorist attack was imminent and that they were aware of and familiar with at least some of the alleged ISIL terrorists in the Paris attacks.
2016? The Syrian government is overthrown and/or President Assad assassinated or executed? Washington’s PNAC plan from 2000 achieves the second last of its list of 7 countries (only Iran remaining) for regime change and control. Like Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya, Syria becomes a nation of complete carnage, death, and destruction.
2016? Russia and other nations continue to make a stand and support the Syrian government leading to dramatically escalating global tensions and significant steps towards World War 3.
2016? The people of the Western world and the rest of the world stand up in mass against PNAC’s plans for total destabilisation and takeover of the Middle East, refuse to support further Western backed death and destruction in the Middle East, and refuse to engage in divisive hatred between Muslims and non-Muslims.
While exactly who did what and how in the Paris attacks is still very much uncertain, we can say with absolute certainty now that ISIL, whatever that group really is, has been armed and trained by Western military and Western intelligence.
We can say with certainty that back in 2,000 there were plans put in place for the United States military and their Western affiliates to take down 7 specific Middle East countries, including Syria.
We can say for certain that certain events have been manipulated and falsely reported to try to create a justification for Western military action against Syria. We can say for certain that multiple failed efforts have been put forward by Western governments to justify bombing and military action against Syria.
Finally, we can say for certain that up until November 13th, 2015, all of those attempts to justify bombing and military action against Syria had been unsuccessful and were illegal under international law, but within one day of the attacks in Paris, the Western bombing of Syria had finally commenced.
The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag? November 19 2015 | From: WashingtonsBlog
Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police ADMIT to False Flag Terror.
1. Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”.
The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found: “Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….” And see this.
2. A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.
3. Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.
4. Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland. Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.
5. The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.
6. The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews attempting to flee the Holocaust to seek safety in Palestine, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see this, this and this).
7. Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).
8. The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.
9. The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.
10. The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.
12. In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]“.
13. Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country. The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.
14. As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.
15. In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.
16. The U.S. Department of Defense even suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:
“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”
17. The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war.
18. A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.
19. A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:
“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.” In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.
20. A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:
The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….
[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]
a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.
b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.
c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.
d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.
The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques.
21. The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.
22. A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist trasmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter. Ronald Reagan bombed Libya immediately thereafter.
23. The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him:
"To participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.
24. An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).
25. The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommendsemploying terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America. False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.
26. Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.
The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following on national television:
"At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."
28. Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).
29. As reported by BBC, the New York Times, and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.
30. At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”. Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.
Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction. Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers.
(Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.).
32.) Although the FBI now admits that the 2001 anthrax attacks were carried out by one or more U.S. government scientists, a senior FBI official says that the FBI was actually (remember what the anthrax letters looked like). Government officials also confirm that the white House tried to link the anthrax to Iraq as a justification for regime change in that country.
33. According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.
34. The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.
36. Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization. It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations.
It could launchfake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”
37. Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.
According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:
“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems. In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists…
The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations.
‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.
‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”
38. United Press International reported in June 2005:
"U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.
Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.
Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance".
39. Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.
40. Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).
41. A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”
The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)
42. The former head of Secret Services and Head of State of Italy (Francesco Cossiga) advised the 2008 minister in charge of the police, on how to deal with protests from teachers and students:
"He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them.
Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes".
43. At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.
44. Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts in 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.
45. Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path. According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.
46. A Colombian army colonel has admitted that his unit murdered 57 civilians, then dressed them in uniforms and claimed they were rebels killed in combat.
47. On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.
48. The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.
49. High-level American sources admitted that the Turkish government – a fellow NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks blamed on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.
50. The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.
51. Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.
52. U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants
53. Similarly, police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:
In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim.
"Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers. After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.
Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot them during a stakeout".
"As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings".
54. A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:
"Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services".
55. The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.
Similarly, the director of the National Security Agency under Ronald Reagan – Lt. General William Odom said:
"By any measure the US has long used terrorism. In ‘78-79 the Senate was trying to pass a law against international terrorism – in every version they produced, the lawyers said the US would be in violation".
56. Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:
“Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.
– Adolph Hitler
“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …
Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”
– Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.
“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.
Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: 4 Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement November 17 2015 | From: WakeUpWorld
The hijacked environmental movement is a symptom of the current general, collective state of humanity: good hearted but ignorant.
Many people in the environmental movement are in it for the right reasons: they see the ongoing poisoning and destruction of the planet, led by corporations, and are determined to defend and speak out for the Earth. Yet, in spite of their good intentions, they have unwittingly allowed themselves to be channeled in a direction that is not really going to help the Earth, unintentionally supporting the very forces that are responsible for the pillaging of it.
By continuing to push notions that carbon dioxide is a poison, that global warming exists and all of mankind is responsible for it, that we need a worldwide carbon tax and that we require Agenda 21-style global governance, these people are unknowingly promoting the New World Order program – and unwittingly placing elite controllers in power who don’t care about the environment and view it merely as a resource to be exploited.
Welcome to Planet Earth. If your opinion diverges too much from the mainstream, you could get locked up for thinking “wrongly”.
With the current focus being on the outcomes of the recent 2015 UN Summit, the hackneyed buzzword of sustainability is being thrown around like there’s no tomorrow. In this context, it’s worth revisiting how the environmental movement came to be so hijacked and co-opted.
Basis for the Hijack: Conspiracy Reports from The Iron Mountain and The Club of Rome
The basis for the hijacked environment movement lies within formerly secret military reports, and one of the elite Round Table groups that run the world: the Club of Rome.
The Club of Rome meeting in Salzburg in 1972. "The Club of Rome, the prestigious think tank founded in 1968, is for the first time meeting in the Dutch capital Amsterdam. Key guest is former Russian President Mikhail Gorbachov, who is to speak on Monday. Other guests include Queen Beatrix, former Dutch Prime Minister Ruud Lubbers and Environment Minister Jacqueline Cramer.The think tank, which comprises economists, scientists, politicians and business people, meets once a year to discuss environmental pollution, the depletion of natural resources and the growth of the world population." As pointed out by an astute reader, the man fifth from the left is the Prime Minister of Canada - Joseph Philippe Pierre Yves Elliot Trudeau.
I wonder if those who believe in AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming) or Manmade Global Warming have any idea that the elite came up with the idea of using mankind itself as the global threat against which we are all supposed to gather behind a One World Government?
The 1966 Report from the Iron Mountain was commissioned by John F. Kennedy and considered by Lyndon B. Johnson as too dangerous to reveal to the public at the time when it was completed. This excerpt from it discusses how a global government could be imposed without war, and suggests the threat could instead be environmental pollution:
“The possibility of war provides the sense of external necessity without which no government can long remain in power… An effective political substitute for war would require “alternate enemies,” some of which might seem equally farfetched in the context of the current war system.
It may be, for instance, that gross pollution of the environment can eventually replace the possibility of mass destruction by nuclear weapons as the principal apparent threat to the survival of the species.
Poisoning of the air, and of the principal sources of food and water supply, is already well advanced, and at first glance would seem promising in this respect; it constitutes a threat that can be dealt with only through social organization and political power.
But from present indications it will be a generation to a generation and a half before environmental pollution, however severe, will be sufficiently menacing, on a global scale, to offer a possible basis… [however] the rate of pollution could be increased selectively for this purpose”.
The Club of Rome’s 1991 document entitled The First Global Revolution? contains this passage:
“In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill. In their totality and their interactions these phenomena do constitute a common threat which must be confronted by everyone together …
all these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome.
The real enemy then is humanity itself.”
Are You Being ‘Green Washed’?
The current environmental movement we see today was hijacked a long time ago. Let’s take a look at the top 4 fallacies the NWO conspirators have managed to get ‘greenies’ to believe.
The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #1: Carbon Dioxide is a Poison
Let’s start with the basics: carbon dioxide (CO2) is a nutrient, not a poison. We breathe out carbon dioxide every breath, but we also take some of it in on the inbreath. According to the IPCC (Interplanetary Panel on Climate Change), we are therefore poisoning ourselves every breath!
Think about it – if CO2 were really a poison, why does it help plants grow so much?
Why is it a key part of the fundamental equation of biology: sugar + oxygen = carbon dioxide + water + heat?
How is it that those in the environmental movement are ignorant of basic biology?
As the website PlantsNeedCO2.org states, the more CO2 around, the better plants grow:
“In Idso and Idso’s (1994) analysis of soil nutrient limitations, the percentage growth enhancement due to a 300-ppm rise in the air’s CO2 content actually did exhibit a slight (but statistically non-significant) decline, dropping from 51% to 45% when nutrients went from non-growth-limiting to limiting in a group of 70 experiments.
But when the atmospheric CO2 enrichment was 600 ppm, this slight negative trend reversed itself, going from a CO2-induced growth stimulation of 43% when nutrients were present in abundance to a 52% enhancement when their supply was sub-optimal.
And for a 1200-ppm increase in atmospheric CO2, the percentage growth enhancement jumped from 60% when the soil nutrient supply was adequate to 207% when it was less-than-adequate.”
It’s a simple equation: the more CO2 you have, the more the plants like it, and the faster they will grow.
The demonization of carbon dioxide is not about helping the environment.
The NWO idea has always been to attach the worsening condition of the environment to an individual’s energy usage – and even his or her breathing – so as to introduce a carbon tax.The Government literally wants to tax you for breathing – for merely being alive.
The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #2: The Manmade Global Warming Hoax
That is why the term global warming got changed to climate change – this way, no matter what happens with the weather, the IPCC can say the climate is changing. But climate change is a slick truism – you can’t argue against it. Of course the climate is changing. When has it not changed?
The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #3: The Carbon Tax and Global Governance as Eco-Solutions
As pointed out above, all this focus on carbon is for one reason: taxation. The whole scheme to get people and corporations fixated on their carbon footprint – rather than how much actual benefit or harm they are doing the environment – is to pave the way for more taxation and centralization of power.
To have a worldwide carbon tax, of course, you need a One World Government to enforce and collect it. The UN, ICLEI and its other subdivisions are constantly talking about global governance for this very reason.
It also means extending the reach of the United Nations so that local bodies such as local councils and municipalities that belong to ICLEI, (the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, created in 1990 as a non-governmental spin-off of the United Nations) can implement its global directives and make it look ‘grassroots’, or like it was locally decided.
For further information on this topic, check out George Hunt’s work in exposing how Evelyn Rothschild and David Rockefeller were cooking up the cap-and-trade scheme in the 1980s. Hunt was present at some of the meetings where the carbon tax was first being discussed.
The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #4: Overpopulation
Mahatma Gandhi once said: “Earth provides enough to satisfy every man’s need, but not every man’s greed.” There is no doubt that rising populations can put a strain on resources, yet where is the proof that the Earth cannot support 7 billion people? Or 9 billion people? Is it really population that is the problem here, or is it rather self-centered greed and destructive environmental practices and technologies?
We can accept the world’s rising population not as a threat or a reason to justify killing (which goes by the euphemism of depopulation) but rather as a challenge. It can propel us into living more from the heart, to having more compassion for those less well off than us, to doing a better job of sharing, of distributing resources equitably.
It can stimulate us into better modes of efficiency. Could the rising population help a critical mass of people awake to the truth of free energy, and the fact that free energy or over unity devices already exist which provide practically unlimited energy for free or very cheaply?
When people gain a higher education, they organically choose to have less kids. If the conspirators really cared about the planet’s population, why not use their money to help everyone access better education? The answer is, of course, that they don’t.
Underpinning the propaganda of overpopulation is eugenics. It’s the idea that some humans are superior to others, and that some humans don’t deserve to be here.
This is really the philosophical and spiritual basis of the hijacking. As they have confessed, the conspirators in their delusions view the rest of the population as a virus that must be rid from the planet. Yet, the real virus is the fear mindset that runs the show in the brains of the elite controllers.
“In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve overpopulation.”
Some of the most powerful and wealthiest environmental organizations have… led the climate movement down various dead ends: carbon trading, carbon offsets, natural gas as a “bridge fuel” - what these policies all held in common is that they created the illusion of progress while allowing the fossil fuel companies to keep mining, drilling and fracking with abandon.
When it comes to our environment, as David Icke says, we need streetwise spirituality.
We need to have our hearts in the right places, but also put our thinking caps on, otherwise we will easily by led astray by tricksters.
Only once the leaders of the environmental movement have their hearts and brains in alignment can we effect real change on the ecosystems of Planet Earth.
Vladimir Putin Quoting Russian Intelligence: The Islamic State (ISIS) Is Financed From 40 Countries, Including G20 Members November 18 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
President Vladimir Putin says he’s shared Russian intelligence data on Islamic State financing with his G20 colleagues: the terrorists appear to be financed from 40 countries, including some G20 member states.
During the summit, “I provided examples based on our data on the financing of different Islamic State (IS, formerly ISIS/ISIL) units by private individuals. This money, as we have established, comes from 40 countries and, there are some of the G20 members among them,” Putin told the journalists.
“I’ve shown our colleagues photos taken from space and from aircraft which clearly demonstrate the scale of the illegal trade in oil and petroleum products,” he said.
“The motorcade of refueling vehicles stretched for dozens of kilometers, so that from a height of 4,000 to 5,000 meters they stretch beyond the horizon,” Putin added, comparing the convoy to gas and oil pipeline systems.
It’s not the right time to try and figure out which country is more and which is less effective in the battle with Islamic State, as now a united international effort is needed against the terrorist group, Putin said.
Putin reiterated Russia’s readiness to support armed opposition in Syria in its efforts to fight Islamic State.
“Some armed opposition groups consider it possible to begin active operations against IS with Russia’s support. And we are ready to provide such support from the air. If it happens it could become a good basis for the subsequent work on a political settlement,” he said.
The Truth: Political author Gearoid O Colmain discusses the Paris attacks with RT International
Putin pointed out the change in Washington’s stance on cooperation with Moscow in the fight against the terrorists.
“We need to organize work specifically concentrated on the prevention of terrorist attacks and tackling terrorism on a global scale. We offered to cooperate [with the US] in anti-IS efforts. Unfortunately, our American partners refused. They just sent a written note and it says: ‘we reject your offer’,” Putin said.
“But life is always evolving and at a very fast pace, often teaching us lessons. And I think that now the realization that an effective fight [against terror] can only be staged together is coming to everybody,” the Russian leader said.
According to Putin, first of all it should be decided which groups in Syria can be considered terrorist organizations and which can be attributed to an armed, but still legitimate part of the Syrian opposition.
“Our efforts must be concentrated on the battle with terrorist organizations.”
Putin also disagreed with Western criticism of Russia’s actions in Syria, where the country has been carrying out a large-scale air campaign against Islamic State and other terror groups since September 30.
“It’s really difficult to criticize us,” he said, adding that Russia has repeatedly asked its foreign partners to provide data on terrorist targets in Syria.
“They’re afraid to inform us on the territories which we shouldn’t strike, fearing that it is precisely where we’ll strike; that we are going to cheat everybody,” the president said.
“Apparently, their opinion of us is based on their own concept of human decency,” he added.
Putin told the media that Russia has already established contact with the Syrian opposition, which has asked Moscow not to carry out airstrikes in the territories it controls.
Still no conclusion on what caused Sinai plane crash
It’s too early to make conclusions about the reasons for the crash of the Russian A321 jet over Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula in late October, as all possible reasons are still being considered by the investigators, Putin said.
“We know about all the possible scenarios, all of the scenarios are being considered. The final conclusion can only be made after the implementation and completion of the inspection,” he stressed.
“If there was an explosion, the traces of explosives would have remained on the liner’s cover and on the belongings of the passengers. It’s inevitable. And we have enough equipment and skilled, world class experts, capable of finding those traces. Only then would it be possible to speak about the reasons for this tragedy,” the president added.
With 224 people dying in the crash, Putin said that “it’s a huge emotional pain for all of us; for all Russian people, no matter what the cause of the crash was.”
Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie November 16 2015 | From: MaltaNow / Various
Once upon a time, hundreds of years ago, there was an extraordinarily evil kingdom. A land ruled by a wicked king who filled his court with practitioners of ancient Babylonian black arts, and occult oligarchs. A land inhabited by an aggressive demented race of thieves, murder.
The citizens of neighbouring lands lived in constant fear and trepidation of this menacing realm, its criminal population, and its warlike tendencies..
Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]
Anyone could be forgiven for thinking that the above opening is the prologue to a mythical fable from times past, but such a sinister country, complete with its equally terrorizing inhabitants did exist. The country was called Khazaria, and its populace Khazars. A land to the north of Georgia and the south of Bulgaria, between the Black and Caspian seas.
The history of the Khazars, has been almost completely excised from history books and public records, and many hours of intense research were required to reconstruct this purposely hidden secret history of the Khazars. The following is the true history of Khazaria, its evolution, and its present day influences on our society.
The Khazars originally were an Asiatic Mongoloid nation. From time immemorial the homeland of the Khazars was in the heart of Asia. It was a very hostile nation, constantly at war with its neighbours. The Khazars were finally driven out of Asia by neighbouring countries in Asia with whom they were continually at war. The Khazars fled their Asian homeland and invaded eastern Europe to escape further defeats in Asia.
Khazarian King Vladimir
The very hostile Khazars did not find it difficult to subdue and conquer the 25 peaceful agricultural nations occupying approximately 1,000,000 square miles in eastern Europe. In a comparatively short period the Khazars established the largest and most powerful kingdom in Europe, and probably the wealthiest also.
Between 100 and 800AD an incredibly evil society evolved in Khazaria. During this time, Khazars become known to surrounding countries as thieves, murderers, road bandits, and for assuming the identities of those travellers they murdered as a normal occupational practice and way of life.
The Khazars were a pagan nation when they invaded eastern Europe. Their historical religious doctrines were a mixture of phallic worship and other forms of idolatrous reverence practiced in Asia by several pagan nations. The vile forms of sexual excess indulged in by the Khazars as their form of religious worship degenerated into a degree of debauched moral decadence unparalleled by any other nation of the time.
This form of decadent worship continued until the 7th century until it could no longer be endured by the Khazarian king of the time.
King Bulan, ruler at that time of the Khazarian Kingdom, decided to abolish the practice of phallic worship and other forms of idolatrous worship and make one of the three monotheistic religions, about which he knew very little, the new state religion.
After a documented historic session with representatives of the three monotheistic religions King Bulan eventually decided against Christianity and Islam and selected Judaism as the future state religion of the Khazarian nation. It was decreed that every man woman and child of Khazaria must convert to Judaism and practice its philosophy.
King Bulan and his 4000 feudal nobles were promptly converted by rabbis imported from Babylonia specifically for that event. Phallic worship and other forms of idolatry were thereafter forbidden.
The Khazarian king then invited large numbers of rabbis to come and open synagogues and schools to instruct the population in the new form of religious worship. It was now the state religion. The converted Khazars were the first population of so-called or self-styled “Jews’ in eastern Europe.
After the conversion of King Bulan none other than a so-called or self-styled “Jew” could occupy the Khazar throne. The Khazar Kingdom became a virtual theocracy. The religious leaders were the civil administrators also.
The religious leaders imposed the teachings of the Talmud upon the population as their guide to living. The ideologies of the Talmud became the axis of political, cultural, economic and social attitudes and activities throughout the Khazar kingdom. The Talmud provided both civil and religious law.
Despite this mass conversion by the king and his subjects there remained a select secret circle of oligarchs who continued practicing ancient Babylonian black magic, also known as Secret Satanism.
This Secret Satanism involved occult ceremonies featuring child sacrifice, after “bleeding them out”, drinking their blood and eating their hearts.
The deep dark secret of those occult practices was that they were all based on ancient Baal Worship, also known as worship of the Owl. In order to deceive the Khazarian king this clandestine group melded these Luciferian black magic practices with Judaism and created a secret Satanic-hybrid religion, known as Babylonian Talmudism.
This occult form of Judaism was surreptitiously practiced in Khazaria, and it nurtured the same evil that Khazaria was known for previously.
During the 10th, 11th, 12th, and 13th centuries the rapidly expanding new Russian empire gradually swallowed up the Khazar kingdom, its neighbour directly to the south. The conquest of the Khazar Kingdom by the Russians provides history with the explanation for the presence after the 13th century, of the large number of so-called “Jews” in Russia.
This huge number of self-styled “Jews”, both in Russia and in many other eastern European nations after the destruction of the Khazar Kingdom, were thereafter no longer known as Khazars but as the “Yiddish” populations of these many countries. The term Yiddish is taken directly from the spoken and written language of the Khazarian “Jews”.
When the Khazars in the 1st century B.C. invaded eastern Europe their mother-tongue was an ancient Asiatic language.
They spoke primitive Asiatic dialects without any alphabet or written form. When King Bulan was converted in the 7th century he decreed that the Hebrew characters he saw in the Talmud and other Hebrew documents was thereafter to become the official alphabet of the Khazar language.
The Hebrew characters were adapted to the phonetics of the spoken Khazar language. The Khazars employed the characters of the ancient Hebrew language in order to provide a means of accomplishing a written account of their spoken words.
It is interesting to note that although the Yiddish and ancient Hebrew languages share the exact same characters in their alphabets, “Yiddish” must not be confused with “Hebrew”. There is not a single word of Yiddish in ancient Hebrew nor is there one word of ancient “Hebrew” in “Yiddish”.
They are as totally different as spoken and written Swedish and Spanish, yet which both likewise share the same Latin based characters for their alphabets.
Whilst many textbooks and web-pages will attempt to assert that modern Hebrew and Yiddish both have roots in ancient biblical Hebrew, this claim can easily be debunked by both historians and linguists.
The real reason that modern Hebrew has some similarities to Yiddish is because the inventors of modern Hebrew although attempting to revive and modernise ancient biblical Hebrew, couldn’t completely eradicate their Yiddish linguistic roots.
In the many wars with her neighbours in Europe since the 13th century, Russia was required to cede to her victors large areas which were originally part of the Khazar Kingdom. In this manner Poland, Lithuania, Galicia, Hungary, Rumania, and Austria were acquired from Russian territory which was originally a part of the Khazar Kingdom.
Together with this territory these nations acquired a segment of the population of so-called or self-styled “Jews” descended from the Khazars who once occupied the territory. These frequent boundary changes by the nations in eastern Europe explains the presence today of many Jews in all of these countries, all whose ancestry can be traced back to the converted Khazars.
Their common language, their common culture, their common religion, and their common racial characteristics classify them all beyond any question of doubt with the Khazars who invaded eastern Europe in the 1st century B.C. and who were converted to Judaism in the 7th century.
The picture above isof a Menorah or מְנוֹרָה in Hebrew. A Menorah is a is a sen-branched candelabrum which has been a symbol of Judaism for almost 3000 years. It is also the emblam of Israel. The Menorah is also believed to be one of the oldest symbols of the Jewish people,One may argue that it is the oldest symbol. It is said to symbolize the burning bush as seen by Moses on Mount Horeb.
These so-called “Jews” of eastern European origin make up at least 90% of the world’s present total population of Jews. Judaism was given the greatest stimulus in all its history with the conversion of the large pagan Khazar population in the 7th century. Without the conversion of the Khazar population it is doubtful if Judaism could have survived.
It would have disappeared with all of its contemporary creeds and cults but for the conversion of the Khazars in the 7th century. At that time Judaism was well on its way towards complete oblivion, but the conversion of the Khazarian empire gave it a new lease of life.
From the 13th to the beginning of the 20th century Khazarian Jews spread to the four corners of the globe, integrating into communities worldwide, having nowhere they could call their homeland. Khazaria no longer existed and Judea, the original homeland of the biblical Jews was long gone, following their expulsion from their native soil by the Romans some 2,000 years previous.
It should be made clear that Judaism is a religion and Zionism is a political movement. Being one of these does not necessarily mean one is also the other.
During this period Khazarian Jews either lost or abandoned their true heritage, instead preferring to falsely believe that they were actually native Jews of biblical origin who descended from Israelite - Canaanite tribes who left the Holy Land for Europe in the seventh century, following the Muslim conquest of Palestine. They came to be known as Ashkenazi Jews.
Although Ashkenazi Jews are professed to be of Germanic/European origin, and descendants of native biblical Jews, there is very little evidence in support of this claim. In fact recent DNA analysis has concluded that Ashkenazi Jews are genetically descended from the Khazars.
In the late 19th century came the advent of the Zionist movement in Europe. Zionism is a political movement amongst Jews (although supported by many non Jews), which maintains that the Jewish people constitute a nation and are entitled to a national homeland.
The Genetic Ancestry of Jews
About 80%-90% from Ashkanazi Jew, converted around 760 A.D. from Khazar, Georgia, about 800 miles from Israel.
They converted and were not Semites.The actual Semitic genes are the same tribe as the Palestinians.
That awkward moment, when you realise Zionism, the state of Israel, and the genocide of the Palestinians are based upon lies created by Britain and America, committing the same atrocities as the Holocaust to profit from conflict in the Middle East.
Formally founded in 1897, Zionism embraced a variety of opinions in its early years on where that homeland might be established. From 1917 it focused on the establishment of a Jewish national homeland or state in Palestine, the original location of the ancient Kingdom of Israel/Judea. However, even the claim that Palestine is the native home of the Jewish people is not totally supported by fact.
According to the bible, this land was first inhabited by Canaanites, known to be the descendents of Noah. The Nation of Israel appeared on this land centuries later when they were brought out of the land of Egypt. They remained here for a few centuries until their exile by Assyrians and then by Babylonians. Finding favour with the Persians, they returned to this land, only to be swept away once again by Romans and Greeks.
The principles of the Zionist movement began to permeate throughout Ashkenazi/Khazarian Jewish communities worldwide and many became enthralled by the notion of returning to their alleged historical, biblical homeland, even though in reality it was not.
The image above is called "The Star of David" or, מָגֵן דָּוִד in Hebrew. The Star of David is named after King David of ancient Israel. It is in the shape of Hexagram. Israels flag has this symbol on it.
Then, on 2nd November 1917 came the Balfour Declaration. The Balfour Declaration was a formal statement of policy by the British government stating that:
“His Majesty’s government view with favour the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use their best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and political status enjoyed by Jews in any other country.”
On 14th May 1948 the Balfour Declaration was realised and the modern state of Israel was founded.
Eradication of the People of Palestine…
Ashkenazi Jews flocked to their new found homeland in droves and rapidly expanded their borders beyond their intended limits. Since the inception of the state of Israel in 1948, and especially since 1967, Israel has relentlessly, brutally, and uncompromisingly expanded their borders into Palestinian land.
These Jewish usurpers have seized land, stolen farms, and demolished Palestinian homes with unrelenting ruthlessness and unforgiving vindictiveness. They have reduced the Palestinian nation to nothing more than the wretched, pitiful strip of dessert – the Gaza strip, effectively making the Palestinians prisoners in their own land, and they will stop at nothing until they have either removed or annihilated all Palestinians.
These usurpers believe they have a right to this land as they are Gods chosen people.
They profess to be of the lineage of Abraham so therefore have an ancestral entitlement to displace its present inhabitants, and replace them with their own. They claim the ancient land of Canaan (now Palestine) as their legacy because they are descendents of the 12 tribes. This is their God given birthright, based upon their ancestry.
Yet this is a monumental lie.
90% of the inhabitants of modern day Israel are not descendents of Abraham, or any other biblical predecessor. In fact they have next to no middle eastern blood in their veins.
Ashkenazi Jews have no hereditary right whatsoever to the land they now inhabit. They have stolen this territory from its rightful inhabitants and are now obliterating them, just as the Khazars obliterated the former populace of Khazaria when they invaded from Asia.
The Khazarian Satanist Zionists have hidden within the benign Jewish population, using Judaism as a cover and anti-semitism as a shield. As seen above, many Jewish are now rejecting the Zionists hiding within their midst and who have absolutely no real regard for them.
They may have changed their religion in years gone by, but their decadent bloodthirsty conquests have remained!
“Khazars, a non-Semitic, Asiatic, Mongolian tribal nation who emigrated into Eastern Europe about the first century, who were converted as an entire nation to Judaism in the seventh century by the expanding Russian nation which absorbed the entire Khazar population, and who account for the presence in Eastern Europe of the great numbers of Yiddish-speaking Jews in Russia, Poland, Lithuania, Galatia, Besserabia and Rumania.”
The Universal Jewish Encyclopaedia:
“The primary meaning of Ashkenaz and Ashkenazim in Hebrew is Germany and Germans. This may be due to the fact that the home of the ancient ancestors of the Germans is Media, which is the Biblical Ashkenaz… in the early medieval ages the Khazars were sometimes referred to as Ashkenazim… About 92 percent of all Jews or approximately 14,500,000 are Ashkenazim.”
“Ashkenazim, the Ashkenazim are the Jews whose ancestors lived in German lands…it was among Ashkenazi Jews that the idea of political Zionism emerged, leading ultimately to the establishment of the state of Israel… In the late 1960s, Ashkenazi Jews numbered some 11 million, about 84 percent of the world Jewish population.”
The American Peoples Encyclopaedia:
“In the year 740 A.D. the Khazars were officially converted to Judaism. A century later they were crushed by the incoming Slavic-speaking people and were scattered over central Europe where they were known as Jews."
The New Encyclopaedia Britannica, Volume 6.
“Khazar, member of a confederation of Turkic-speaking tribes that in the late 6th century A.D. established a major commercial empire covering the south-eastern section of modern European Russia…
but the most striking characteristic of the Khazars was the adoption of Judaism by the Kagan and the greater part of the ruling class in about 740…
The fact itself, however, is undisputed and unparalleled in the history of Central Eurasia. A few scholars have ascertained that the Judaized Khazars were the remote ancestors of many of the Jews of Eastern Europe and Russia."
When Corporatocracy Is Disguised As Rule Of Law November 16 2015 | From: Geopolitics
Politicians and policemen love to use the phrase “rule of law” when they argue for their positions on certain issues such as criminality and economics.
Ordained by God, the Rule of Law is supreme and it should be the binding force that unites civilized men, We all are. The problem is, rule of law does not always mean social justice.
Most of the time, the rule of law just mask the tyranny out of the moneyed class for they have the monopoly to hire “experts of the law” to defend them in times of aggression, their own aggression against the poor.
Therefore, in the end, the rule of law only favours tyranny and oppression, it is a sheer delusion to think otherwise.
The rule of law that we are discussing so far is called commercial law, that kind of rule set that gives the semblaneu and colour of law, i.e. those rules and statutes crafted by our representatives without our full approval.
Click here to read more about your Birth Certificate
They have assumed full authority to make whatever rules they, or their campaign financiers / puppetmasters, deemed fit for a given situation from the day we elected them and for the entire duration of their term of office.
Representation or the use of proxy is replete in all facets of the Corporatocracy to keep the masses from seeing the big picture.
This also falls to the same category as compartmentalization that is replete in school curricula and mass media.
When our lifetime interaction with the government and all other corporate entities require us our birth certificate, social security number, and tax account number that’s when we know we are deeply controlled by a system of forced servitude.
Our birth certificate became our proxy.
The entire government is the effective proxy of the Oligarchy. So, when they said that we must be ruled by law, they actually mean “bend down to our will, whims and caprices.”
A strange lady bearing the corporate name of KAREN HUDES has had a long spat with common law practitioner, Anna Von Reitz, and it is interesting where these two ladies stand as it would shed light more on the former as a person and her real role as “World Bank whistleblower” and should also provide as a good review of how Corporatocracy thrives.
We have been made aware also of a PDF document where HUDES accused us as a CIA front, just like she accused Neil Keenan and Ben Fulford of the same crime much earlier. We, of course, consider HUDES a nuisance and of no value to the global freedom movement whatsoever. The Jesuits should have silenced her a long time ago for poor acting performance.
We were born and raised with deep resentment against anything having to do with the Central Intelligence Agency [CIA] and the Jesuit Hierarchy including, but not limited to, their complicit involvement in the Low Intensity Conflict [LIC] being waged for decades here in the Philippines.
Our earliest articles and published work on this site reflect this character, and we will continue onward based on the same principles that our parents before us were espousing.
Yes, this is a family tradition, but is never exclusive. Our neighbors and teachers were for decades nurturing the same views. During most evenings with an AM radio receiver on one corner, we would overhear them chatting about secret government and occult stuffs as early as the 70s.
Of course, we didn’t have a complete understanding of what was going on then. Only much later when we realized conspiracy is the only explanation.
We will continue to dig deeper on relevant geopolitical issues of the day, along with other allied issues, and will make our views known to contribute to the global discussion enhancing our collective awareness. You are, of course, free to participate through the comment section at the bottom of every page.
We will also share other people’s work we consider very important, like the work of one Anna Von Reitz…
“Every day, babies are born in hospitals and are “registered” as chattel belonging to privately owned and operated corporations masquerading as our government.
These corporations patent and trademark our bodies and our names and create “citizens” for themselves that they ultimately control as slaves. This practice of “enslavement by proxy” is no less repugnant than physical enslavement and it has the same results.
They have accomplished this by obtaining undisclosed contracts under conditions of coercion and misrepresentation and by blatant fraud upon the probate courts and falsification of the civil records. They have had each one of us declared “legally dead” - “Missing, presumed lost at sea” - and have seized upon our estates as presumed secondary beneficiaries.
This legal chicanery has been assisted and expedited by a few evil politicians who literally conspired to sell their countrymen into slavery for profit.
They seize upon our property by presuming that it is “abandoned”. This is what has happened to every so-called “mortgage payment” you have ever made. It has been seized by the banks as abandoned property belonging to your own estate.
They take title to our land, homes, businesses, and other private property and public property interests under color of law. They disguise installment leases as “land sales”.
They disguise repurchase agreements as “loans”.
hey disguise “security notes” as “promissory notes”. And they steal us blind, taking their pay out of our treasury and otherwise using and abusing our own assets to do it.
Just as they have seized upon our private property via a process of fraud and deceit, they have attempted to seize upon our entire nation and claim that it is “abandoned property”.
Judge Anna von Reitz has been dueling with former World Bank attorney Karen Hudes for some time. Ms. Hudes claims to be a “truther”.
The Judge has also been setting us straight on the Constitution and the Law as it was, as it was intended, and as it was manipulated by the corrupt government to ensnare, rob and prosecute The People.
If you are not aware that the government of the USA (to use those terms loosely) came up with their own language and meanings in official documents then this may come as a shock to you, but I think you’ll like this sassy lady.
Every word in every legal document, statute, etc. is carefully crafted to mislead, incriminate and deceive the public. The courts are corrupt, even the Supreme Court in the majority of cases, and that includes judges, administrators and clerks, bailiffs, lawyers… bribery is rampant.
The goal is to generate as much money as possible and throw as many people into jail as possible.
The good news is, once we oust this corrupt government, we will go back to common law, or natural law, and victimless crimes will not mean jail, but simple and just restitution.
This update from Judge von Reitz shared by Drake is from Facebook, and some of you will find it very interesting. It’s all about words.
All the millions of people jailed over income taxes? All the millions foreclosed upon? All those who have been kidnapped and kept under false arrest for “victimless crimes”? All those who have lost custody of their children? All the billions upon billions of dollars charged each year against our public purse to keep innocent Americans incarcerated?
And it is all based on semantic deceit fraud that began in 1864…
Congress is corrupt, and pretty much always HAS been corrupt. The government has always been working for themselves, not for The People. They are criminals, and it’s time we rounded them up, stripped them of their assets and locked them up in their own prisons.
This is November 9, 2015
[Anna Von Reitz]
For those who don’t know, I had a major league donnybrook right here on Facebook with Karen Hudes two years ago in July. I told her that we, the living American people, are the primary creditors, that the gold her banker bosses received as their part of the 1933 bankruptcy fraud belongs to the American people.
She didn’t like it, but World Bank and IBRD are in the same position as a Pawn Shop Broker in knowing receipt of stolen goods - she and they are just fudging around for a means to give it back to the people they schemed to defraud without admitting to the crime. Their primary concern is to avoid criminal convictions and public dishonor.
Well, too bad. Better not to practice to deceive and manipulate and defraud people in the first place, no?
It is what it is - blatant as a manure pile behind a barn.
The Big Picture of the fraud that has been practiced against us is becoming clearer and more damning by the minute, so of course, everyone concerned is claiming “immunity” and trying to cover their rumps with whatever fig leaves they can find.
Now Karen is claiming that it is precisely this need for immunity that is two-blocking remedy. The rats are copping a plea bargain, in other words, but they aren’t finding anyone with both the authority and the willingness to absolve them.
Indeed, the disclosure of MORE deliberate long term fraud on the part of those fronting the “United States, Inc.” has left the entire Federal Court System on its back, all four legs in the air and twitching.
Those who read our affidavit, “You Know Something Is Wrong When…..An American Affidavit of Probable Cause” (available on Amazon) already learned how the “Corporate Congress” conspired to change the meaning of a crucial word - the word “person” to mean “corporation”.
Researchers in the Lufkin Case discovered another Motherlode of evidence involving more deliberate corporate semantic deceit and fraud. (Southern District of Texas, Houston Division No. 4:14-CV-0027 and Eastern District of Texas, Lufkin Division No. 9:14-CV-138 - the “Lufkin Case”).
I am not sure who to credit for this snippet of case analysis, so will just point out that the next three paragraphs are quotes from a discussion of the case and they present the source of an absolutely crucial bit of information:
In Congress on June 30, 1864 (described in detail in both the Houston and Lufkin Record):
On that date, Congress quietly decreed that the word “state” (and shortly thereafter “State” and “United States”) means “the territories and the District of Columbia” (13 Stat. 223, 306, ch. 173, sec. 182, June 30, 1864 [Go to “Turn to image” 306]) - but ultimately translates to the District of Columbia only and excludes by design all commonwealths united by and under authority of the Constitution and admitted into the Union .
Since June 30, 1864, any Joint Tenant in the Sovereignty (you) who innocently believes or admits that he resides in a state, State, or the United States, unwittingly confesses or concedes that he is a resident of the District of Columbia - and subject to the absolute, exclusive legislative power of Congress and jurisdiction of District of Columbia executive and bench officers (Department of Justice attorneys and United States District Judges and Magistrates).”
The upshot of all this is that no “US District Court” has jurisdiction outside the actual District of Columbia. And never did. And, by corollary, if the “federal courts” at the district level are limited in this way, so are the “federal state” courts and “federal county” courts.
It is just a matter of time before the entire “federal” court system is recognized as a crime syndicate and liquidated.
All the millions of people jailed over income taxes? All the millions foreclosed upon? All those who have been kidnapped and kept under false arrest for “victimless crimes”? All those who have lost custody of their children? All the billions upon billions of dollars charged each year against our public purse to keep innocent Americans incarcerated?
And it is all based on semantic deceit fraud that began in 1864…..
The “Judges” and “Attorneys” who have used this venal system to protect the perpetrators are now under pressure themselves. All their secrets are being dug out of that giant manure pile mentioned earlier and not only do they and their buddies the bankers NOT have immunity, their friends in Congress are going to be held accountable, too.
What does all this have to do with my beef with Karen Hudes?
It’s simply this - these banks and the Bar Associations - ALL of them worldwide - are at the bottom of the dogpile, the root cause of all the destruction, theft, criminality, and misery we and many other nations have suffered for over a hundred years.
The Congress has functioned as their handmaiden and the Vatican has been their concubine. Now the jig is up and the facts are rolling in like ocean breakers.
Those who have had no mercy on any of us, are now demanding mercy, exoneration, and a Get Out Of Jail Free Card.
These people have a million excuses for their behavior: they didn’t know, the dog ate it, it was necessary for the war effort…. They stand around like cows waggling their ears at us, uh, gee, Boss, I don’t know anything about the manure pile out back….
Generations of Congressional Delegations have sold Americans into slavery - literally - then come home and smiled and led the Fourth of July Parade.
Generations of bankers have advertised “personal” bank accounts under false pretenses, advertised “home loans” that don’t exist, land “sales” that don’t exist, “securities” that don’t exist.
Generations of lawyers have defended and perpetuated and profited from all this abusive bunko and all the while, claimed to be among the educated and elite members of our society, responsible for maintaining “The Rule of Law.”
How can anyone in their right mind look at what has gone on here and still babble about “the rule of law”?
Karen Hudes is now advocating “The Rule of Law” and claiming that failure to maintain “The Rule of Law” will land us back “in the Dark Ages”.
Where in Heaven’s name does she think we have been?
Americans have clearly and forever stated that we don’t live under “The Rule of Law”. We live under the Rule of the People - of the people, by the people, and for people. Someone–seriously– needs to inform Ms. Hudes of this fact.
An Open Letter to General Dunsford and the Joint Chiefs of Staff
November 12, 2015
The Joint Chiefs of Staff
General Dunsford, Chief of Staff
9999 Joint Staff
Washington, DC 20318-9999
Dear General Dunsford and Members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff:
Today, it is our sad duty to reiterate the facts. Our nation has been all but overrun by British-backed inland pirates making “war” upon innocent civilian non-combatants who are owed the Good Faith and Service of both the British Monarch who is supposed to act as our Trustee on the “High Seas and Inland Waterways” and the City-State of Westminster aka Inner City of London, which promised us “amity in perpetuity” under the Treaty of Westminster 1794.
These Breaches of Trust and Treaty by declared “friends and allies” and the criminality involved in their secretive execution of agreements revealed by the Secret Treaty of Verona (1845) led to the issuance of private privateer’s “licenses” to Bar Association Members including Members of the American Bar Association.
It should also be clear that the resulting theft of our resources and labor and the abuse of our Armed Forces has occurred on the watch of your predecessors, all of whom have taken their paychecks from our treasury while turning a blind eye to the corruption in which they have participated and benefited from.
The jig, Sirs, is up.
Your duty is clearly to the American People and failure to perform will not be excused.
The false legal proceedings which have allowed the criminals responsible to “redefine” freeborn Americans as debt slaves belonging to the District of Columbia Municipal Corporation and to falsify the probate court records is now fully exposed and has been published worldwide.
Similar mechanisms of fraud simulating legal process have been employed throughout Great Britain, the Commonwealth, Western Europe, and Japan.
A popular press article entitled “So What Does All This Mean?” elucidating the legal fraud mechanism and documenting the way in which it was put in place is attached.
An original wet-ink signed copy of the referenced “Declaration of Joint Sovereignty” and “Sovereign Letters Patent” submitted to the UN Trust Committee-North America and to the UN Security Council is attached, as is an original wet-ink signed copy of our published, printed, and bound affidavit of probable cause, “You Know Something Is Wrong When….. An American Affidavit of Probable Cause”.
Your offices are already in receipt of the General Civil Orders issued by the American People acting under the Last Man Standing Rule of our Lawful Constitution.
Your duty and the duty of the International Trustees to protect us and to protect our assets both public and private has been clearly enunciated along with our intention to live our lives in peace and our determination to stop this criminality in its tracks.
It’s our credit that has been abused to pay your salaries and buy your “toys” and it is our sons and daughters who fill your ranks and give your offices meaning. You will obey us and you will perform your duty to protect our currency and protect our national trust or we will fire you and hire someone else.
We are the lawful beneficiaries and inheritors of the American National Trust(s) and we are speaking in that capacity as Beneficiaries making demand upon the Trustees to act in our favor and according to our direct instructions.
No presumption that any incorporated entity other than our long-established States of America “represents” us may be maintained and no claim presented by any Member of the American Bar Association may be deemed credible.
These con men have been waging a form of commercial war against innocent Third Parties, entrapping and entangling innocent non-combatant civilians in their private abusive bankruptcies.
Not all lawyers and bankers are bad people and many have participated unknowingly in this rape and pillaging of America. Those that have known and have willfully participated in these nefarious acts have operated as Undeclared Foreign Agents and have committed capital crimes including press-ganging, inland piracy, conspiracy against The Constitution, and unlawful conversion of National Trust assets.
They are Public Enemies of the highest order, as they have abused positions of Public Trust in order to carry out their actions.
They have also committed numerous lesser crimes including personage, barratry, impersonating elected officials, simulating legal process, reverse and secondary trust fraud, fraud by semantic deceit, and constructive fraud.
If your Oath means anything to you, if your country means anything to you, these crimes and those committing them must be brought to a stop. This continuing criminality is our Number One National Security issue.
Anna Maria Riezinger, all rights reserved.
Nazionists Are On Some Agonizing Deathbed Tantrums November 14 2015 | From: Geopolitics
There are a lot of indications that the losing Cabalists are experiencing the death throes of a collapsing empire. Be it in active theaters of proxy wars like Syria, or in the realm of banking and finance, the signs of shifting powercenters are evident.
The fall of the Islamic State is just a matter of time, and considering that it is probably the Cabalists last straw, global reforms should be underway in short order.
But, whether we the people would benefit from such power brokered changes, or not, is another matter altogether.
One thing is for sure, nothing positive will ever happen unless we get our asses up together and do something, if we have not already done so. Because, there is now some shifting viewpoints as far as the active participation of the Jesuits in the forthcoming move towards “all-inclusive” economic system.
You may have noticed that the latest Keenan video update suggested that our only choices are wither working with Illuminati, or the Jesuits [This is actually incorrect, only Fulford made that comment - NK]. Ben Fulford basically made the same revelations much earlier in one of his updates about prevailing alliances.
That’s probably the reason why Putin visited the Pope just a few months before the final assault on Syria’s enemies was launched.
But who are we to complain about the unremoval of the Jesuits from power when we could not even kick out a few erring politicians right at our own doorsteps?
The Luciferians are proud of their YouTube videos praising Amen to Lucifer’s continued reign upon the Earthlings because the Cosmic Alliance doesn’t allow the use of violence to get rid of violence.
This is why the likes of Bibi Netanyahu is still roaming around. Yes, he just visited his American friends once again, you know, to inform everyone that Iran has completed 99.99% of its nuclear bomb already and some more military aid is imperative, and still nothing dramatic has happened except for the poor old Obama being labeled as anti-Semitic .
“Baratz, a conservative Israeli journalist, was appointed last week as the head of Israel’s public diplomacy campaign in the prime minister’s office, a position that effectively makes him Israel’s national spokesman. It took just seconds for a collection of his learned opinions on the issues of the day to begin making the rounds of the Israeli media.
He likened Obama to the “modern face of anti-Semitism” and suggested that Secretary of State John Kerry take up a career as a standup comic. The only consolation for senior American officials was that this was nothing compared to his comments about Israeli President Reuven Rivlin (“I think he could be sent in a paraglider to the Syrian Golan [Heights] controlled by [the Islamic State]”).” [here]
Not even a single rotten egg was thrown along Bibi’s limo path to send a message that all is not well anymore with the US taxpayers. Hmmm, the incentives of breaking bad.
However, the Canucks are kicking ass with their new foreign minister saying “It’s not business as usual with Israel.”
Canada’s New FM: Era of Special Relationship with Israel Is Over [here]
The environment for a feasible launching of the Second American Revolution is being offered. The establishment is at its weakest at this point in time.
The fiat banking and financial system is bleeding as its massive rigging in Treasury bond markets are being exposed, on top of the Libor interest rates rigging scandal years before. Simply put, the fiat financial system is no more, from the Federal System to the ECB and down the line.
What is going right now in the fiat world is, as Varoufakis would say, just a grand “extend and pretend” game that even the players themselves are already wary of playing, they have stopped giving out fat bonuses for the first time in 4 years!
Wall Street Braces For Drop In Bonuses, In Some Cases Up To 60%, For The First Time Since 2011 [here]
Although, your hardworking lawmakers did manage to tuck covertly a few billions into the Highway Bill for the bankers, you know, to help them move through some rough times ahead.
How Hundreds Of Lawmakers Ended Up Voting To Give Banks $17 Billion [here]
The massive banking sector layoffs are underway as announced early this year.
Deutsche Bank aims to cut roughly 23,000 jobs, or about one quarter of total staff, through layoffs mainly in technology activities and by spinning off its PostBank division [here];
HSBC announced on Tuesday plans to lay off up to 50,000 employees by 2017 [here] at the same time that authorities conducted a raid on Deutsche Bank headquarters in Frankfurt, Germany, on suspicions of fraud related to securities transactions. This comes just two days after the resignation of both Deutsche Bank co-chief executives, Anshu Jain and Juergen Fitschen;
The Federal Reserve’s Multi-Trillion Dollar Dilemma [here]
This kind of situation is what drives men in Washington as to look for ways to generate sources of funds for the banking masters. And what better ways for them to do than to recycle threats of Russian invasion even when there really is no reason for the latter to do so.
Russia has for its own security accumulated considerable amount of gold bars for the last 10 years [here, here], and so are the Chinese,In fact, China has just announced the discovery of undersea gold deposits amounting to as much as 1,600 metric tons in the country.
While the West has only a few hundred tons to its name. The US is yet to have its own physical auditing regarding the fully guarded Fort Knox gold bars as Texas is already moving to repatriate its gold bars deposited at the Federal Reserve Bank [here]. Other countries are also in the process of recovering their gold deposits from the Federal Reserve [here].
So, what’s the motivation for a Russian invasion? Who has the real motivation to initiate a “Samson Option”?
Who has the need to justify the mass production of 5th generation F-35s so they could put their fingers on the cookie jar to sustain themselves a bit more? This is the only game left in town for them because the Earth Alliance have already cut off their drugs, human and arms trafficking business.
The Aegis Missile Defense System is worthless with Russia’s and China’s mobile EMP transmitters. All these Asston Carter rethorics on China and Russia are nothing but deathbed tantrums of a defeated empire bleeding from its self-inflicted wounds.
Nobody is listening to Carter anymore except the Jesuit slaves in Japan and the Philippines, you know, Pres. BS Aquino. But for the Taiwan Kuomintang Party which is connected to the Dragon Family, there’s only one China and no outsiders will ever be allowed to meddle in their own internal affairs.
Should they drop nuclear warheads again into China once again?
‘Don’t really think they can get a second shot at this time after the Tianjin and Bangkok blasts. But who knows? These people are psychopaths and maniacs.
One can only admire at the sheer amount of patience from the leaderships of those countries whose people are being killed en masse as desperation reached sky high, i.e the recent victims of earthquakes, flooding, wildfires and droughts in Asia.
These deadly, officially unacknowledged provocations which only few have understood are enough to start a world war a hundred fold and yet, patience and reason prevailed. But for those who don’t have the slightest idea of the real cost on countries waging these fights, ridicule seems a pretty good way of dyeing oneself of the verifiable accomplishments made so far.
What’s funny about some of them though is their knocking on Russian doors and even their own well decorated retired Army Colonel Douglas Macgregor admitted, “This Stryker parade won’t fool anyone in Moscow,” fully admitting that should war erupt between the two superpowers Russia would annihilate Us forces without a wink.
This scenario, of course, is based on the fact that American forces have not really experienced fighting a well-equipped military like Russia’s, and if the Vietnam record is of any value, the war against the communist was lost altogether.
“On one side is Macgregor, an outspoken and controversial advocate for reform of the Army - whose weapons he describes as “obsolescent,” its senior leaders as “self-interested,” and its spending as “wasteful.”
In early September he circulated a PowerPoint presentation showing that in a head-to-head confrontation pitting the equivalent of a U.S. armored division against a likely Russian adversary, the U.S. division would be defeated. “Defeated isn’t the right word,” Macgregor told me last week. “The right word is annihilated.”
Elsewhere in Europe, socialist parties are also gaining ground in Portugal, and Catalonia is already on the process of proclaiming independence from Spain. They are regaining their freedoms because they are taking the necessary actions to heart.
Anyway, we can help eliminate this last game they’re playing by doing something to pressure our lawmakers from wasting our hard earned tax money for good. The Earth Alliance are counting on our active participation in this aspect. Calling our representatives now and urge them stop the flow of money to wars, mass surveillance and useless cancer research, etc. might be the best idea.
Together, let us remove all motivations to continue bleeding the public at large. The only source of money they have right now is the taxpayers’.
Let them know, especially the Bilderbergers, that we are everywhere looking at what they are doing. When the supply of money has been cut-off, these people are as good as dead.
By then, they can either pick a shovel up to plant food for themselves, or carve a hole on Earth for their own final resting crib.
In the final analysis, we always deserve the kind of corporate governments we have through our own inaction.
Just bear in mind, the Cabalists are still moving forward with their planned corporate government takeovers through TPP, CISA, and mass surveillance upgrade even as it is losing influence in the Middle East and South Asia.
Hungary Kills The Rothschild Banks: Ordered To Vacate Country November 14 2015 | From: PoliticalVelCraft
Hungary is making history of the first order along with Iceland & Russia.
Not since the 1930s in Germany has a major European country dared to escape from the clutches of the Rothschild-controlled international banking cartels.
This is stupendous news that should encourage nationalist patriots worldwide to increase the fight for freedom from financial tyranny.
Already in 2011, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán promised to serve justice on his socialist predecessors, who sold the nation’s people into unending debt slavery under the lash of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the terrorist state of Israel.
Those earlier administrations were riddled with Israelis in high places, to the fury of the masses, who finally elected Orbán’s Fidesz party in response.
Hungary’s Orban & Russia’s Putin
According to a report on the German-language website “National Journal,” Orbán has now moved to unseat the usurers from their throne.
The popular, nationalistic prime minister told the IMF that Hungary neither wants nor needs further “assistance” from that proxy of the Rothschild-owned Federal Reserve Bank.
No longer will Hungarians be forced to pay usurious interest to private, unaccountable central bankers
Instead, the Hungarian government has assumed sovereignty over its own currency and now issues money debt free, as it is needed. The results have been nothing short of remarkable.
The nation’s economy, formerly staggering under deep indebtedness, has recovered rapidly and by means not seen since Germany.
The Hungarian Economic Ministry announced that it has, thanks to a “disciplined budget policy,” repaid on August 12, 2013, the remaining €2.2B owed to the IMF - well before the March 2014 due date.
Orbán declared: “Hungary enjoys the trust of investors,” by which is not meant the IMF, the Fed or any other tentacle of the Rothschild financial empire. Rather, he was referring to investors who produce something in Hungary for Hungarians and cause true economic growth.
This is not the “paper prosperity” of plutocratic pirates, but the sort of production that actually employs people and improves their lives.
With Hungary now free from the shackles of servitude to debt slavers, it is no wonder that the president of the Hungarian central bank, operated by the government for the public welfare and not private enrichment, has demanded that the IMF close its offices in that ancient European land.
In addition, the state attorney general, echoing Iceland’s efforts, has brought charges against the last three previous prime ministers because of the criminal amount of debt into which they plunged the nation.
The only step remaining, which would completely destroy the power of the banksters in Hungary, is for that country to implement a barter system for foreign exchange, as existed in Germany under the National Socialists and exists today in the Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa, or BRICS, international economic coalition.
And if the United States would follow the lead of Hungary, Americans could be freed from the usurers’ tyranny and likewise hope for a return to peaceful prosperity.
The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts November 12 2015 | From: TheMindUnleashed
The purpose of this article is to shed light on some topics that have garnered considerable attention over the years and to identify the underlying thread, that surprisingly connects them all.
With the facts that will be presented, we can move forward with hope and optimism that there are indeed great things happening in our world and that there are those out there continuing to ensure the truth is known. Great times for us are at hand.
On November 22nd, 1963, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, one of the most beloved and famous US president’s was assassinated in Dallas, Texas. Though there are many theories as to who killed him, to get closer to the truth we must ask why he was killed. In any murder investigation, the victim’s enemies are often looked at first. In this respect, it was well known that Kennedy strongly opposed the military-industrial complex, which included The Federal Reserve and the C.I.A.
In a speech on April 27th, 1961 before the American Newspaper Publishers Association in New York City, Mr. Kennedy openly stated opposition to “secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.” He stated further opposition to a “ruthless conspiracy…a highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.”
Creating considerable dissent with the status quo and more specifically with The Federal Reserve and C.I.A., Kennedy signed Executive Order 11110 into law on June 4th, 1963, which gave the president the right to issue gold-backed currency, and completely without permission from The Federal Reserve. But where was Kennedy going to receive such large amounts of gold to back a new Treasury note?
A Little History
In the 1930's, royal Asian families had seen that some of their gold and silver holdings in Southeast Asia were being plundered by the Japanese and needed to do something about it. In 1938, the Chinese Kuomintang government sent 7 warships loaded with gold and silver to the US Federal Reserve for safekeeping.
In return, the Chinese were given 60 year gold bonds–a subject we will return to further down. A few years later in 1944, the infamous Bretton Woods Conference took place in which the US, France and Britain were given a 50 year mandate to modernize and transform the world for the better. Backing this new global financial system that had just been set up was a now estimated 2 million metric tons of gold, held by this group of royal Asian families, which is also known as the Dragon Family.
By August 17th, 1945, President Soekarno of Indonesia had been elected “M1″ or Monetary Controller of this large cache of assets, granted under United Nations Resolution MISA 81704, Operation Heavy Freedom.
These assets are better known as the Global Collateral Accounts and were originally intended to be used for the modernization of the world through several humanitarian projects. The Dragon Family are the legitimate Depositors of these accounts.
By 1955, it was shown that the International Monetary Fund, which was also created at Bretton Woods, was not living up to its word and was instead serving only the interest of the banking and political elite. It was at this time that a growing alliance began to see that these funds were being used to fuel the Cold War tension and decided to strongly oppose the shady banking cabal.
By 1963, this alliance pooled their financial resources together to create the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement, which was signed by John F. Kennedy and President Skoearno and was finished on November 14, 1963.
This agreement was to utilize the Global Collateral Accounts for global development and humanitarian projects (along with a new US Treasury Note, a new supernational/international note backed by gold and would bring an end to The Federal Reserve system and the CIA). Just 8 days later, JFK was assassinated.
The above pictures show The Green Hilton Memorial Agreement and signatures of President Soekarno and President John F. Kennedy along with several others with listed amounts of gold-backed certificates.
A short time following Kennedy’s passing, President Soekarno was driven from power by way of a coup. By 1968, the Bush, Kissinger, Rockefeller and other influential families created a fake heir to the rights of the Global Collateral Accounts. Up until the writing of this article in November of 2015, these accounts have been illegally and fraudulently used by the central banking system.
The 9/11 Connection
In 1998, 60 years after the Federal Reserve Board and the Chinese swapped gold for gold bonds, the Chinese requested their gold back. After refusal from the Fed, the Chinese Kuomintang government followed with a lawsuit. The International Court of Justice ruled that the Fed needed to return the gold, which was later agreed upon by the Fed. The first payment was scheduled to be delivered September 12th, 2001.
Interestingly, on September 10th, 2001, former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld announced that 2.3 trillion dollars went missing from the Pentagon defense budget. Even more conspicuous, Cantor Fitzgerald Securities, the company that was handling the paper work for the gold to be delivered back to the Chinese, was inside One World Trade Center on floors 101-105. All 658 of their employees were murdered on that day as the towers fell and the gold was not returned to the Chinese.
The Monaco Accords, The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit and the BRICS
In August of 2011, representatives from 57 nations (none were invited from the West) came together off the coast of Monaco to create an alliance designed to legally take down the central banking cabal and create a new global financial system using the Global Collateral Accounts for many development and humanitarian projects.
Neil Keenan (right) with Count Albert of the Dragon Family
Reports from Neil Keenan, who helped arrange this historic meeting and has been entrusted with protecting and restoring the legal rights back to the Dragon Family and settling the Global Collateral Accounts for the benefit of humanity, has stated that this Monaco meeting alliance has now swelled to 182 countries and is being spearheaded by the BRICS nations (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa).
Neil also filed a lawsuit in the Southern District of New York on November 23, 2011 to the tune of over a trillion dollars against the United Nations, the Office of International Treasury Control, Silvio Berlusconi, Ban Ki-Moon, the World Economic Forum and several others.
For those that want proof of this lawsuit, here is a screenshot of the filed case. This comes from pacer.gov, which is used to look up filed cases. Take a look at the plaintiff and defendants.
Since that time, Neil has withdrawn the suit (Obama’s economic advisor’s brother became the judge and he previously had never been a judge before) to refile in an even more effective jurisdiction and plans to do this in the very near future. This new lawsuit will be bigger and will expose the EU, the Federal Reserve and all the parties mentioned above, plus much more.
Neil Keenan has also filed liens and a Cease and Desist order against all twelve central banks in the U.S. and a Cease and Desist order on behalf of the Dragon Family against names like Queen Elizabeth II, Hilary Clinton, George Herbert Walker Bush, George W. Bush, David Rockefeller and several other well known names.
Above is the official Cease and Desist order. To download this pdf file, click here
Is Our World to Be Set Free?
Is this massive alliance about to make it’s move on the banking and political cabal? Is Neil Keenan and his team about to finish what JFK, President Sukarno and many others were trying to accomplish? Will the 9/11 connection to the Global Collateral Accounts finally come to light? To these questions, Neil Keenan has a statement for the world:
“JFK, Soekarno, 9-11 and everything surrounding it all boils down to one and the same groups or organizations etc., that being what is known as the Cabal or NWO. Look no further than Rothschild’s, Rockefeller’s, and on a lesser scale Bush’s, Netanyahu’s …etc. We must always remember that according to these people we the “goyim” are the enemy and furthermore we must understand not only are they Khazars (read Khazars and their empire) but Satanists and clearly want us all dead.
They want the world, this planet and everything they touch. They taint everything they make, put together, manufacture, and one way or another are taking precious seconds and minutes away from our lives. They go so far as to poison baby food (Johnson and Johnson’s most recently caught, simply stated we are sorry and will take the toxins out of the baby food) but when caught they simply walk away leaving a path of utter destruction for many families.
It is time we defend our families, our planet, our friends and those who will soon be life long friends. It is time to bring our planet together as one, to fight these evil criminals disguising themselves as politicians. It is time to fight them as they fight us and stop talking about it.
The road to the collateral accounts was initially filled with litter. From OITC (Ray Dam), OPPT (Heather Tucci), Swiss Indo (Sino), Karen Hudes (who never did understand the collateral accounts and had never heard of the Dragon Family when she requested my help), Red Dragon Family, World Economic Forum (Davos and Giancarlo Bruno), the UN, and many others I have never mentioned all decided at one time or another they owned or managed the accounts when in fact not a one ever had any of the DEPOSITORS permissions to represent said accounts.
We took them all down and we laid them to rest but similar to a film script they often return to life and take a second shot at things after taking a deep breath but… they are all just fiction.
We are on the road to the accounts. The litter has been tossed into the garbage where it belongs and upon completing this road the accounts will be open. The big question, even one from the Dragon Family is… will I be able to move the notes and the answer is YES! We will be able to complete this impossible task and release the funds as initially planned for humanitarian purposes. I need a little more time to get to where we must be but we will be there and when so, the Cabal is finished... FRODO LIVES... ha ha
The TPPA Is Worse Than We Thought: Environmental Risks, Runaway Corporate Power, Weakened Democracy: A Total Corporate Power Grab Nightmare
November 8 2015 | From: MFAT / GlobalResearch / Various
If ratified, the TPP will sneak in SOPA-like attacks on Internet freedom, overturn protections against Wall Street recklessness, and allow corporations to sue sovereign nations to overturn the decisions of democratically elected officials.
The New Zealand government has released the full text of the TPP here.
And just as we thought, it's full of giveaways for big business. The TPP still has to be ratified to become law, but we’re running out of time to stop it.
“The TPP is a disaster for jobs, and environment and our democracy. It is the latest stage in the corporate capture of our society,” said Global Justice Now Director Nick Dearden in response to the release of the text.
In fact, the text of the deal reveals new and expanded rights for corporations to take such legal action against governments. Analysts say the rules will empower fossil fuel companies and other corporate giants to challenge environmental and other regulations, and ultimately worsen climate change.
According to Global Justice Now’s Dearden, the TPP is a “turbo-charged NAFTA,” referring to the 1994 trade deal between Canada, Mexico, and the United States that resulted in more inequality and major job losses in the U.S.
“TPP has less to do with selling more goods, than with rewriting the rules of the global economy is favor of big business,” said Dearden.
“Like the North American Free Trade Agreement, 20 years ago, it will be very good for the very richest, and a disaster for everything and everyone else.”
What’s more, Wikileaks has shown that the TPP will crack down on whistleblowing and make investigative journalism even more difficult. According to Wikileaks, the TPP text also reveals a “NSA-friendly” provision regarding telecommunications.
Section J, which addresses Internet Service Providers (ISPs) “is one of the worst sections that impacts the openness of the Internet,” according to the digital rights group, which explained further:
This section requires Internet Service Providers to play “copyright cops” and assist in the enforcement of copyright takedown requests - but it does not require countries to have a system for counter-notices, so a U.S company could order a website to be taken down in another country, and there would be no way for the person running that website to refute their claims if, say, it was a political criticism website using copyrighted content in a manner consistent with fair use.
Section J makes it so ISPs are not liable for any wrongdoing when they take down content - incentivizing them to err on the side of copyright holders rather than on the side of free speech.
Public Review Is Needed.
Full analysis of the TPPA text is underway:
Do you want to get the facts minus the spin? Sign up here to receive a notification when our expert, independent and peer-reviewed analysis of the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement text becomes available.
Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA) New Zealand Protests Nationwide
"These agreements are negotiated in secret because the public would be horrified by their implications"
Are You Ready To Give Up Water? November 7 2015 | From: NZCPR
Yes, it’s really come to this. While you’ve been debating whether or not to give up your flag, your government’s been preparing to give up control of your drinking water.
On Waitangi Day, iwi leaders issued an ultimatum to the government to surrender control of the nation’s fresh water to Maori tribes within a year.
And believe it or not, your government is complying!
Co-governance. No comeback.
In April, the government met with iwi leaders to work out how to manage the surrender. Together, they decided to hand over control of fresh water to iwi at regional council level. Catchment by catchment. Council by council.
Those regional councils and unitary authorities will then appoint unelected iwi representatives, and give them voting rights to control water. Iwi want priority rights to water in perpetuity.
Memorandum says Iwi trumps Kiwi.
It gets worse. While iwi leaders have been busy consulting their people about the plan, your government’s been hiding it from you. Their trick: to let councils sneak iwi water control clauses into complex fresh water management plans.
In August, Local Government New Zealand agreed in a Memorandum of Understanding with the Iwi Chairs Forum that they “acknowledge the mana and kaitiakitanga status of iwi over the nation’s land and natural resources”.
Is that fine with you?
How can this be happening?
Since 2008, the Maori Party, supported by 1% of New Zealanders, has effectively held the balance of power in Parliament. And with it, the power to demand 50% co-governance of our natural resources.
And what has been your government’s response to this outrageous assault on the democratic rights of all New Zealanders? Appeasement.
Five ways to fight back.
1. Get the full details (yes, there’s more) by visiting www.nzcpr.com
2. Phone or write to your local MP, government MPs, opposition MPs and the Prime Minister. Tell them: “You don’t have my permission to give away my water!” Ask them: “If it’s OK to have a binding referendum on which flag we fly, why can’t we vote on who controls the water we drink?” Then ask: “Where do youstand?”
3. Do the same with your regional councillors. They’re the ones who are voting to give unelected iwi the power to control your water. Demand a local referendum to get ratepayers’ approval before doing such deals.
4. Tell your family and friends to do the same – in person, by email and on Facebook and Twitter. Show them this ad.
5. Ads like this cost big money – donate so we can run more.
Comment: This is the same thing playing out worldwide, the privatisation of water. Except in the case of New Zealand it is the crown operatiing in collusion with corrupt iwi corporations (run by the 'Maori elite') who are willing to screw over not only their own tribes but the whole country. This is absolutely despickable and needs to
Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: "Money" Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It November 6 2015 | From: RiseEarth / TheGuardian
The masses can no longer escape the knowledge that they’re being taken for a walk down a dark alley. The way money is created in our global society benefits the so-called elite at the expense of the 99.9%. It doesn’t have to be this way though, all we have to do is stand up and demand that it change.
Jacob Rothschild with David Rockefeller Money is no longer backed by anything concrete. It used to be, when it was attached to the gold standard, but for the last several decades if you and I were to get a loan from a bank we’re not actually being loaned anything that they physically have. Instead, they punch numbers into a computer, which creates new money that is placed directly into our bank accounts.
That’s right – they create new cash out of nothing. They don’t get it from their vault, or borrow it from another source, they just create it on their computer.
Can’t we just generate new funds for the benefit of the people and direct the profits back into the community?
Apparently NO! Under their psychopathic regime! - lest they lose control -
Of course we can. If so, we could genuinely attempt to finally overcome poverty, homelessness and other socioeconomic disadvantage. In fact, there are some places on earth that have already taken the lead in transforming the way money is created and distributed in their society.
It’s only the beginning, but well done Iceland, you’re killing it (the monetary-madness, that is).
Another example is North Dakota, who operates under a public-banking model. They have designed their state-owned bank in a way that was essentially immune to the 2008 GFC. It has also outperformed the private banking industry in terms of profitability.
Many matrix-media explanations focus on excess deposits or the oil boom for its success, however that is simply not true. As explained in a Global Research article:
"To what, then, are the remarkable achievements of this lone public bank attributable? The answer is something the privately-owned major media have tried to sweep under the rug: the public banking model is simply more profitable and efficient than the private model.
Profits, rather than being siphoned into offshore tax havens, are recycled back into the bank, the state and the community”.
When some people hear that a system like banking can be re-designed to actually benefit society, they automatically hear ‘socialism,’ and it offends them. The reality is, the celebration of the capitalist structure and the contempt towards socialism and communism achieves nothing. Just have a look at where capitalism has gotten us, regardless if it was taken over by crony capitalism and socialism for the rich.
The simple fact remains that going backwards is not an option, and right now humanity is being controlled by a monetary system that is, to put it bluntly, a joke.
We need new approaches and innovative designs to move forward to build real peace and prosperity on planet earth, so as a collective we should make it a fundamental priority to seriously look at the available short and long term solutions that we could potentially implement, to once and for all put an end to being ruled by the banking oligarchy.
For examples of how to truly move forward read, This is How to Create True Freedom for Humanity.
If you want to contribute to the cause, sign and share the petition, here. And finally, watch this five minute video:
The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It
The Bank of England's dose of honesty throws the theoretical basis for austerity out the window
'The central bank can print as much money as it wishes.' Photograph: Alamy 1930s, Henry Ford is supposed to have remarked that it was a good thing that most Americans didn't know how banking really works, because if they did, "there'd be a revolution before tomorrow morning".
Last week, something remarkable happened;
The Bank of England let the cat out of the bag. In a paper called "Money Creation in the Modern Economy", co-authored by three economists from the Bank's Monetary Analysis Directorate, they stated outright that most common assumptions of how banking works are simply wrong, and that the kind of populist, heterodox positions more ordinarily associated with groups such as Occupy Wall Street are correct. In doing so, they have effectively thrown the entire theoretical basis for austerity out of the window.
To get a sense of how radical the Bank's new position is, consider the conventional view, which continues to be the basis of all respectable debate on public policy. People put their money in banks. Banks then lend that money out at interest - either to consumers, or to entrepreneurs willing to invest it in some profitable enterprise.
True, the fractional reserve system does allow banks to lend out considerably more than they hold in reserve, and true, if savings don't suffice, private banks can seek to borrow more from the central bank.
The central bank can print as much money as it wishes. But it is also careful not to print too much. In fact, we are often told this is why independent central banks exist in the first place. If governments could print money themselves, they would surely put out too much of it, and the resulting inflation would throw the economy into chaos.
Institutions such as the Bank of England or US Federal Reserve were created to carefully regulate the money supply to prevent inflation. This is why they are forbidden to directly fund the government, say, by buying treasury bonds, but instead fund private economic activity that the government merely taxes.
It's this understanding that allows us to continue to talk about money as if it were a limited resource like bauxite or petroleum, to say "there's just not enough money" to fund social programmes, to speak of the immorality of government debt or of public spending "crowding out" the private sector.
What the Bank of England admitted this week is that none of this is really true. To quote from its own initial summary:
"Rather than banks receiving deposits when households save and then lending them out, bank lending creates deposits" …
"In normal times, the central bank does not fix the amount of money in circulation, nor is central bank money 'multiplied up' into more loans and deposits."
In other words, everything we know is not just wrong – it's backwards.
When banks make loans, they create money. This is because money is really just an IOU.
The role of the central bank is to preside over a legal order that effectively grants banks the exclusive right to create IOUs of a certain kind, ones that the government will recognise as legal tender by its willingness to accept them in payment of taxes.
There's really no limit on how much banks could create, provided they can find someone willing to borrow it.
They will never get caught short, for the simple reason that borrowers do not, generally speaking, take the cash and put it under their mattresses; ultimately, any money a bank loans out will just end up back in some bank again.
So for the banking system as a whole, every loan just becomes another deposit. What's more, insofar as banks do need to acquire funds from the central bank, they can borrow as much as they like; all the latter really does is set the rate of interest, the cost of money, not its quantity.
Since the beginning of the recession, the US and British central banks have reduced that cost to almost nothing.
In fact, with "quantitative easing" they've been effectively pumping as much money as they can into the banks, without producing any inflationary effects.
Money created out of thin air - the debts you owe - your mortgage - DO NOT EXIST - and the elite 'banksters' are FUCKING YOU
What this means is that the real limit on the amount of money in circulation is not how much the central bank is willing to lend, but how much government, firms, and ordinary citizens, are willing to borrow.
Government spending is the main driver in all this (and the paper does admit, if you read it carefully, that the central bank does fund the government after all). So there's no question of public spending "crowding out" private investment. It's exactly the opposite.
Why did the Bank of England suddenly admit all this? Well, one reason is because it's obviously true.
The Bank's job is to actually run the system, and of late, the system has not been running especially well. It's possible that it decided that maintaining the fantasy-land version of economics that has proved so convenient to the rich is simply a luxury it can no longer afford.
MORTGAGE = DEATH PLEDGE: Latin words Mort-Gage Literally Translated Mort Means (Death) Gage Means (Pledge) “Debt Slavery=Human Mortgages=Debt Till Death.
The word “mortgage” comes from the French “mort-gage”, literally death-pledge. The French peasants were working until they died for the privilege of owning a house. Same Game! Same People! Different Time!
But politically, this is taking an enormous risk. Just consider what might happen if mortgage holders realised the money the bank lent them is not, really, the life savings of some thrifty pensioner, but something the bank just whisked into existence through its possession of a magic wand which we, the public, handed over to it.
Historically, the Bank of England has tended to be a bellwether, staking out seeming radical positions that ultimately become new orthodoxies. If that's what's happening here, we might soon be in a position to learn if Henry Ford was right.
Young People Feel Betrayed By New Zealand Government November 6 2015 | From: Stuff
Young people feel betrayed by Government over zero-hour contracts
The youth network of the Public Service Association (PSA), New Zealand’s largest union, says young people feel betrayed by the Government who have entrenched unfair zero-hour contracts instead of keeping their promise to get rid of them.
"Everybody deserves to have secure work that they can plan their life around," said Caleb Gordon, co-convenor of the PSA Youth network".
"The Government promised to ban zero-hour contracts, but instead they’ve proposed this law change which entrenches them".
"Our young people have been totally let down by the Government’s U-turn on zero-hour contracts.
"Unreliable hours and insecure work means not knowing each week if you’ll be able to pay the rent, let alone live a good life".
"Work should be a part of our lives - but secure work means our lives can be so much more," said Caleb Gordon".
New Zealand’s Zionist Diplomacy In The UN Security Council: “Israel Has A Right To Defend Itself” November 5 2015 | From: GlobalResearch
The reprehensible draft ‘resolution’ circulated by New Zealand (NZ), the present chair of the UN Security Council, is so blatantly biased against the Palestinian people that it proffers, in this instance, the correct diplomatic protocol to mind it’s own business.
Particularly as NZ is an on-the-record, apologist and morally blind supporter of Israel. On July 22, 2014 as Israel’s vicious war on the people of Gaza raged relentlessly, Prime Minister John Key, repeated the zionist mantra that “Israel has a right to defend itself.”
In June this year, during a visit to Israel, NZ’s Foreign Minister Murray McCully ran the idea of the resolution by Netanyahu. So, sure enough, NZ, like all western governments, obsequiously replicated zionist propaganda in the ‘resolution’:
NZ normalises Israeli atrocities by falsely presenting Israel and Palestine as equal perpetrators and equal victims and
By pushing the demand that Palestine gives up its endeavour for justice in the International Criminal Court thus letting Israel off scott free for its monstrous war crimes and crimes against humanity.
While NZ demands that Israel freezes its rapacious settlement expansion (in which NZ invests..see below), it absurdly promotes the farce of negotiations that expand settlements. There is no demand by NZ that the zionist infiltrators leave the present settlements that have illegally expropriated half of the remaining Palestinian West Bank.
NZ obediently keeps up the pretence of a two state solution when Netanyahu has repeatedly ruled out Palestinian sovereignty
At the height of the 2014 Gaza war, Netanyahu revealed that he doesn’t envision Palestinian sovereignty in the West Bank anytime soon. “I think the Israeli people understand now what I always say: that there cannot be a situation, under any agreement, in which we relinquish security control of the territory west of the River Jordan,” he said at a press conference in Jerusalem. In other words: no withdrawal and no Palestinian sovereignty, which means no state of Palestine.
A few months later, Netanyahu said, in a much quoted interviewon the eve of the March 17election, that, “indeed,” no Palestinian state would be created under his leadership.
To add insult to hypocrisy, NZ does not act on its recommendations – it will not “make a move to first recognise the Palestinian state.”
Then loading more inanity on the ridiculous, NZ calls on the same incompetent clowns “the Quartet (United States, Russia, United Nations and European Union), Security Council members and Arab states” to maintain the posturing of the nihilistic negotiations.
So what can the people of Palestine expect from a flunkey state that belongs to the Impunity- for- Israel’s- War- Crimes Club?
A state furthermore that owns a government body, the New Zealand Super Fund that invests in and profits from a number of Israeli companies integrally connected to the illegal settlements and/or Israel’s arms industry such as Israel Chemicals which supplies white phosphorus to the USA which in turn sells its white phosphorous munitions back to Israel which then fires them illegally on innocent Gaza children such as little Hamza Almidani, 3.
Palestinians can expect the same old bystander impunity that exacerbates their suffering caused by the ongoing betrayal of NZ’s own obligations as a High Contracting Party to the Geneva Conventions to protect and uphold Palestinian political and human rights.
This ‘resolution’ comes at a crucial time when Palestinian children and youth are being extrajudicially executed in the street for their courageous efforts to uphold their rights while NZ fails them and, in doing so, shames the decency of the people of New Zealand.
[Sellout Globalist] Minister Open To More GMO's November 3 2015 | From:3News
Environment Minister Nick Smith says more genetically modified organisms may get approval for use in New Zealand and he has dismissed as impractical local councils' opposition to them.
The Environmental Protection Agency this week approved the importation of the Pexa-Vec virus, which is used to combat liver cancer. It is the first GMO to get New Zealand approval as a human medicine.
[Bought-and-paid for piece of shit] Dr Smith told The Nation today the scientific advice was that there was little chance the virus would spread or survive outside a tumorous liver.
About 180 New Zealanders died from liver cancer each year, he said.
"We do not want to deny people access to life-saving treatments on the basis of knee-jerk political reactions, slogans like 'GM-free'."
Dr Smith admitted he was leaving the door open for the threshold for approval of GM changing.
There was an international argument about what was a GMO and what was not.
"When you're bringing in foreign DNA into an organism there's no question in my view that that's a genetically modified organism."Where it gets more tricky is when there are alterations to the genes of an organism within it."
Humans had been selectively breeding, using techniques to enhance mutations for decades, he said.
"When you use those older techniques of enhancements of the mutations that occur naturally within an organism, at what point, where is that line?"
There was a wide range of definitions of the line but New Zealand needed to be cautious, he said.
"New Zealand does have an important brain for natural products, we earn a lot of our living from food products, but also we are a country that has got a pretty proud heritage of leading in science."
Earlier this year, Hastings District Council declared itself a GMO-free food-producing region, but Dr Smith said it was"impractical and wrong for councils to try and regulate this separately".
"It is impractical to have 86 different councils rules around GM. If you get in a car and you drive from Hastings to Gisborne or to Wairarapa, if you had trees that are GM, there is no biological barrier for those to spread."
Councils were welcome to submit to the EPA, and he had confidence in its robust and thorough processes.
Did The CIA & Mossad Shoot Down Russian Flight 7K9268? November 2 2015 | From: Geopolitics
“It is technically difficult to target a plane on that level,” Ismail told reporters, saying it’s too early to give a reason for the crash. It’s not clear that the Islamic State group in Sinai has weapons capable of downing aircraft at such a height. “We have no evidence that anything unusual was happening on the plane before it crashed.”
“We didn’t receive any SOS signals from the plane,” Hossam Kamal, the minister, told reporters.
Those are the facts gathered by Bloomberg from different sources which could lead us to some intelligent conclusions when superimposed with what we have already known from the last few days.
Another fact emerges that the Egyptian flight control tower confirmed that the pilot was trying to control the plane’s descent but have no prior complaint about any trouble.
Q1. If the Russian plane was technically sound prior to flight, why were the pilots deterred to send an SOS call on time? What made the whole system completely disabled to make such call impossible in case when a technical malfunction was detected mid-flight?
There’s only one possible logical answer: the damage to the whole system was quick and abrupt. Mechanical and electrical troubles are out of the picture considering the redundancy of any system such as aviation.
Even the Egyptian authorities are confirming tha tt the pilots did not mention any technical or mechanical troubles mid-flight.
And for the pilot to have tried to control its descent suggest that indeed the communication system was completely severed early on, possible only by an external force hitting behind the pilots’ cockpit, and only those at the control tower could visually determine that while the flight crew were struggling to control its descent, the flight was already doomed.
The only time a plane crashes on its own is when it is depleted of fuel. Crashes due to deteriorating mechanical integrity can be anticipated beforehand and ignored at the same time, both of which do not result to the pilots being unable to call for help.
Q2. What caused the plane to experience a total system failure in such a short time as to prevent thepilots from sending out SOS call?
Externally induced failure either by electronic means or kinetic.
When both mechanical and electrical troubles happen at the same and such a short time, rendering the plane totally unmaneuverable, only one thing is certain: the plane was subjected to a high velocity projectile, or a surface to air missile attack.
Q3. If Russian flight 7K9268 was attacked, who and what motivated the attack?
Regular readers of this blog are fully aware that there’s an ongoing multi-pronged covert war being waged between the BRICS and the Khazarian organized crime syndicate and they may have already formed intelligent conclusions as to who and why such senseless attack was done.
Obviously, when Russia made the noble call to help Syria in its fight against extremism, the Russian authorities have already made prior contingencies. In fact, the whole establishment has been on constant alert amidst prior attacks on civilian targets in the recent past, e.g. Beslan School Siege, and especially with the events in Ukraine. But the Russians are obviously only limited in their own sphere as far as alert level preparations are concerned.
When other countries are involved, Russian civilian security is at the mercy of that country.
So, when Egypt participated in the repulsion of the Islamic State, considering that the latter is just composed in part of recycled Muslim Brotherhood fanatics that the present Sisi government has toppled years ago, the country is to some level might have made the necessary security measures.
But what boggles the mind is why a similar flight path was permitted as that of the Malaysian MH17 in Ukraine, i.e. over a territory of ongoing conflict?
REUTERS/StringerEgypt’s Prime Minister Sherif Ismail (2nd L) and Tourism Minister Hisham Zaazou look at the remains of a Russian airliner which crashed in …
Or, were both countries fully aware of the fact that the ISIS militants in the area of the Sinai Peninsula have no capability to launch such an attack.
Another major event prior to the plane crash was Russia flight maneuvers in the South China Sea which we interpreted as a response to the Aegis destroyer USS Lassen maneuver within 12 miles of Chinese artificial islands turned airstrips in the Spratlys.
TEHRAN (FNA)- The USS Ronald Reagan reportedly scrambled fighter jets to escort Russian naval surveillance aircraft flying through the area east of the Korean Peninsula.
The US Navy’s Seventh Fleet said on Thursday that the USS Ronald Reagan aircraft carrier scrambled four fighter jets after two Russian Tu-142 anti-ship reconnaissance aircraft were spotted in the area, Stars and Stripes reported.
These successions of provocation and counter-provocation are dangerously courting a major exchange of firepower that we already know would result to ELE for mankind. We are closely monitoring how the Eastern Alliance would respond to the deaths of Russian civilians without causing a major escalation of this covert hybrid geopolitical conflict.
With the obvious rejection of Israel’s and Saudi Arabia’s request to Russia for the immediate removal of Assad, and the close proximity of Israel to the area of the incident, it is highly probable that if such missile attack was indeed done, only entities based in Israel could have actually done it, considering the fact that ISIS itself is disabled.
So that when somebody uploaded the original video of the purported attack and subsequently, deleted the account, the actual perpetrator may have decided to cover its own tracks before forensic analyst could determine who really uploaded the video.
Who Were The Victims?
Said recovery of the victims will last several more days. This further supports the notion that the spread of the explosion covered at least 5 mile radius, i.e. the plane did not crash down in one piece.
There’s a huge plausibility that the ill-fated Russian flight 9268 was a very special flight considering the exclusivity of the passengers. The all Russian flight could be composed of personnel engaging in mutual economic arrangements as the BRICS nations are trying to redevelop Eurasia, Africa and the Middle East through the economic blueprint of the New Silk Road led by China.
We have been expecting the first infrastructure loans to be awarded by the AIIB at the end of the year or early next year. Three financial institutions are being organized and put into operation to accomodate the requirements of Third World countries not properly served by the IMF and World Bank.
China is even planning to make huge investments into Israel as part of the whole Silk Road program. And for Israel to have initiated the Russian plane crash is a clear sign that the whole Khazarian Gangster Club is still not abandoning their global totalitarian ambition.
Latest developments would strongly support that theory…
Finian Cunningham (born 1963) has written extensively on international affairs, with articles published in several languages. Originally from Belfast, Ireland, he is a Master’s graduate in Agricultural Chemistry and worked as a scientific editor for the Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, England, before pursuing a career in newspaper journalism.
For over 20 years he worked as an editor and writer in major news media organizations, including The Mirror, Irish Times and Independent. Now a freelance journalist based in East Africa, his columns appear on RT, Sputnik, Strategic Culture Foundation and Press TV.
Obama’s decision to send Special Forces into Syria is being widely viewed as a US military escalation in the country. The troop dispatch also signals that the US trying to forestall Russian successes in wiping out Washington’s regime-change assets in Syria.
In short, the US Special Forces are being used as “human shields” to curb Russian air strikes against anti-government mercenaries, many of whom are instrumental in Washington’s regime-change objective in Syria.
The UK has begun the construction of a new Royal Navy facility in Bahrain, which will become the first permanent British military base in the Middle East in over four decades. It is designed to assert influence over the Gulf and to fight extremist elements in the region.
The British Foreign Secretary, accompanied by navy personnel, attended the grand ceremony at Bahrain’s Mina Salman Port, marking the beginning of construction works at the new Royal Navy base.
“The beginning of construction work at Mina Salman Port marks a watershed moment in the UK’s commitment to the region,” Philip Hammond said at the ceremony. “The presence of the Royal Navy in Bahrain is guaranteed into the future, ensuring Britain’s sustained presence east of Suez.”
The events leading to the Russian Flight 7K9268 crash are hard to ignore:
The critical destruction of the supply lines to ISIS militants which should have angered the CIA,
The reported injury of ISIS leader Al Baghdadi in the earlier period of the Russian assault on the terror group,
The total destruction to ISIS arms and ammunition depots,
The rejection of Netanyahu’s requests for “Assad to go” at the Kremlin,
The rejection of the House of Saud’s request for closer collaboration with the Russians amidst IMF projection of bankruptcy by 2020,
The recent foiling of Saudi Arabia’s elaborate plan to capture and occupy the Syrian capital of Damascus [here];
The recent Russian reconnaissance flyby within a mile away of USS Ronald Reagan,
The rising 90% popularity rating of Vladimir Putin,
The overwhelmingly positive reception of the entire Russian efforts throughout the globe,
The successful recovery of at least 70% of the Chinese Collateral Accounts [here],
Tthe massive resignations of not less than 2,500 central bankers and CEOs worldwide in 2012 [here], and subsequent murder of several bankers that could have served as potential witnesses to the massive rigging of the global financial system;;
The resignation of WB president Zoellick and Pedophile Pope Benedict in 2013, and;
The exposé of their plan to occupy a New Zealand territory as part of their escape plan [here].
… are all hard for Khazarians to accept.
It is not a delusion, therefore, to say that the world of these hardliners is shrinking by the minute and they are not going quietly in to the night. They will bring as many casualties as possible just to satisfy their lust for death and destruction even to the very end.
We have been expecting this to happen as the endgame is progressing, although, we wish the Good Guys should have neutralized them for good already as opposed to making peace with irredeemable breed of animals.
As always, we implore everyone to take necessary precautions wherever you are today. Be very vigilant.
12 Days Before ’08 Crash, Congress Was Secretly Told To Sell Off Their Stocks October 31 2015 | From: ActivistPost
Earlier this month, it was reported that less than two weeks before the economic collapse of 2008, several members of Congress took their money out of the stock market.
Many high-ranking government employees were given a heads-up about the impending market crash in secret meetings with the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department. Then they used that information to engage in insider trading.
It was revealed that Senator Shelley Capito and her husband sold $350,000 worth of Citigroup stock at $83 per share, just one day before the stock dropped to $64 per share. Another shady trader was Congressman Jim Moran, who had his biggest trading day of the year days after the secret meeting, sellings stock in nearly 100 different companies.
These actions would be illegal for any American in any other circumstance, but members of Congress and high-ranking government officials are actually exempt from insider trading laws.
Years later, a 60 Minutes investigation aired on television which highlighted the government’s deep history of insider trading. The investigation sparked outrage, prompting Congress to pass “the STOCK Act” which was said to hold members of the government to the same standards as any American when it came to insider trading.
However, Congress watered down the bill and changed key elements that would hold them accountable, allowing them to return to business as usual, and escape any consequences for their prior crimes.
“It’s really the way the rules have been defined. And the people who make the rules are the political class in Washington and they’ve conveniently written them in such a way that they don’t apply to themselves.”
“These meetings were so sensitive - that they would actually confiscate cell phones and Blackberries going into those meetings. What we know is that those meetings were held one day and literally the next day Congressman Bachus would engage in buying stock options based on apocalyptic briefings he had the day before from the Fed chairman and treasury secretary. I mean, talk about a stock tip,” he added.
Since it was passed, the STOCK Act has been more or less worthless. Whenever a politician is accused of anything, they are defended by other politicians and the investigation is immediately stonewalled.
For example, a former staffer for the House Ways and Means Committee, Brian Stutter was guilty of insider trading. However, he avoided charges because House Speaker John Boehner refused to hand over the evidence, and claimed that Sutter had legal immunity.
It seems that America operates on two different sets of laws – one set for those who claim to rule us, and another for everyone else.
Snowden Reveals First Ever Public Disclosure Of Secret Black Budget Programs October 30 2015 | From: CollectiveEvolution
Edward Snowden, a former intelligence contractor has leaked the very first documentation that proves the existence of clandestine black budget operations (programs that are extremely classified dealing with technology, information and more.)
Did we really need this leak in order to believe that black budget programs operate in secrecy? No, many people will tell you that the existence of black budget programs was obvious and that we didn’t need any official documentation to prove it, but this still helps.
The United States has a history of government agencies existing in secret for years. The National Security Agency (NSA) was founded in 1952, its existence was hidden until the mid 1960’s. Even more secretive is the National Reconnaissance Office, which was founded in 1960 but remained completely secret for 30 years.
We are talking about Special Access Programs (SAP). From these we have unacknowledged and waived SAPs. These programs do not exist publicly, but they do indeed exist. They are better known as ‘deep black programs.’
A 1997 US Senate report described them as “so sensitive that they are exempt from standard reporting requirements to the Congress.” The Washington Post revealed that the “black-budget” documents report a staggering 52.6 billion dollars that was set aside for operations in the fiscal year 2013.
Although it’s great to have this type of documentation in the public domain proving the existence of these black budget programs, the numbers seem to be off according to some statements made by some very prominent people who have been involved in the defense sector for years.
There is a lot of evidence to suggest that these programs are not using billions of dollars, but trillions of dollars that are unaccounted for. Here is a statement given by Canada’s former Minister of National Defence, Paul Hellyer in 2008:
“It is ironic that the U.S. would begin a devastating war, allegedly in search of weapons of mass destruction when the most worrisome developments in this field are occurring in your own backyard.
It is ironic that the U.S. should be fighting monstrously expensive wars allegedly to bring democracy to those countries, when it itself can no longer claim to be called a democracy when trillions, and I mean thousands of billions of dollars have been spent on projects which both congress and the commander in chief no nothing about."
We are talking about large amounts of unaccounted-for money going into programs we know nothing about. There have been several congressional inquiries that have noted billions, and even trillions of dollars that have gone missing from the federal reserve system. On July 16, 2001, in front of the house appropriations committee, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld stated:
“The financial systems of the department of defence are so snarled up that we can’t account for some $2.6 trillion in transactions that exist, if that’s believable."
We don’t really hear about black budget programs, or about people who have actually looked into them. However, the topic was discussed in 2010 by Washington Post journalists Dana Priest and William Arkin. Their investigation lasted approximately two years and concluded that America’s classified world has:
“Become so large, so unwieldy and so secretive that no one knows how much money it costs, how many people it employes, how many programs exist within it or exactly how many agencies do the same work."
Another person was aviation journalist Bill Sweetman. Within the Pentagon, he estimated that approximately 150 special access programs existed that weren’t even acknowledged.
These programs are not known about by the highest members of government and the highest ranking officials in the military.
He determined that most of these programs were dominated by private contractors (Lockheed Martin, Boeing, etc.) and that he had no idea as to how these programs were funded.
The above are some of those understood to be members of the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate branch of the secret space program. It is interesting to note the space travel themes in these logos. There are likely to be some weapons manufacturers in the ICC too.
Dwight Eisenhower, former 5 star U.S. general (highest possible rank) and President of the United States also warned us about secrecy and the acquisition of unwarranted influence within the “department of defence” with his farewell speech:
“In the council of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex.
The potential disaster of the rise of mis placed power exists, and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes."
He warns us about the influence of the military industrial complex, and the influence and power it’s capable of. After Eisenhower the next and only other president that blew the whistle on secrecy beyond the government was president John F. Kennedy in one of his most famous speeches, he is also referring to the military industrial complex:
“The very word secrecy is repugnant, in a free and open society. And we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it.
Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions.
Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it.
And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment.
That I do not intend to permit to the extent that it is in my control. We are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. On Infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day.
It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumour is printed, no secret is revealed."
The amount that the US sets aside for sensitive operations each year is not allowed to be published for eyes outside of the intelligence community.
Click here to open a larger version of this image in a new window
We are in an age where the US is having a difficult time keeping sensitive information under wraps, and although there is an abundance of blatant information for the world to wake up to, that which is still kept under tight wraps has also become more transparent. Many phenomena previously labelled as merely a “conspiracy theory” are now surfacing as true and verifiable day after day.
Could some of these black budget programs be dealing with UFOs? There is a large amount of evidence to suggest that they do, and possibly even extraterrestrials. Documents from the NSA prove that UFOs and extraterrestrials are of high interest to the agency.
In fact I would like to mention that there is an overwhelming amount of evidence to suggest that these black budget programs deal with matters beyond our world.
Garry McKinnon has also shed light on this fact, as have thousands of previously classified documents and statements from high level government and military personnel. The world within our own world must be quite fascinating, the fact that we are living in the time of transparency must mean that the truth cannot stay hidden forever.
Worlds Within Worlds
Excerpt from the book “A.D. After Disclosure” written by Richard Dolan and Bryce Zabel (8).
By now, the classified world has moved far beyond the reach of the public world, and far beyond in its power and capabilities.
Consider the story of a former NSA scientist who spoke with the authors. According to this individual, the NSA was operating computers during the mid-1960s with a processing clock-speed of roughly 650 megahertz(MHZ).
To put that in perspective, it took 35 years for personal computers in the consumer market to reach that speed.
Indeed, in 1965 there were no personal computers at all. Immediately, the near-fatal Apollo 13 mission in 1971 comes to mind, with its reliance on slide-rulers by mission specialist to guide the damaged NASA spacecraft back to Earth.
When presented with this image, the NSA scientist shrugged and stated that secret computational capabilities were too important to share with NASA.
So in, in computing, the National Security Agency was an amazing 35 years ahead of the rest of the world. This leads one to wonder what its computational powers are today.
Another example was the U.S. air strike against Libya in 1986. The raid employed f-111 fighter aircraft. Left out of the mission, however, was the F-117A Nighthawk, better known as the stealth fighter.
It had been operational since 1983, but was still classified in 1986. In a form of logic both perverse and rational, the F-117A was so radically advanced that keeping it secret was more important than using it for this military mission.
Given the mixture of a treasure chest of government money, and private connections, the likelihood exists that six decades later there is a clandestine group that possesses:
Technology that is vastly superior to that of the “mainstream” world
The ability to explore areas of our world and surroundings presently unavailable to the rest of us
Scientific and cosmological understandings that give them greater insights into the nature of our world
A significant “built off the grid” infrastructure, partially underground, that affords them a high degree of secrecy and independence of action
This might well qualify them as a separate civilization – one that has broken away from our own, in effect, a breakaway civilization. Still interacting with our own, its members probably move back and forth between the official reality of what we are supposed to believe, and the other reality which encompasses new truths and challenges.